1;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2;;
3;;; Code:
4
5;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6;;;;;;  5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7;;;;;;  "play/5x5.el" (17941 38806))
8;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10(autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11Play 5x5.
12
13The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14squares you must fill the grid.
15
165x5 keyboard bindings are:
17\\<5x5-mode-map>
18Flip                      \\[5x5-flip-current]
19Move up                   \\[5x5-up]
20Move down                 \\[5x5-down]
21Move left                 \\[5x5-left]
22Move right                \\[5x5-right]
23Start new game            \\[5x5-new-game]
24New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25Random cracker            \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26Mutate current cracker    \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27Mutate best cracker       \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28Mutate xor cracker        \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29Quit current game         \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31\(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36\(fn)" t nil)
37
38(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41\(fn)" t nil)
42
43(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46\(fn)" t nil)
47
48(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50Mutate the result.
51
52\(fn)" t nil)
53
54(autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
575x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
60should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62\(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64;;;***
65
66;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17905 55681))
67;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68(put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70;;;***
71
72;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
74;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76(autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79\(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81;;;***
82
83;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
85;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87(autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90extensions.
91SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92the file name.
93
94\(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96(autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100\\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line                                          '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in             '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region                           '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region    '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer    '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix   '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]'  Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package        '\\[ada-next-package]'  Previous package        '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;'            '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block                            '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment                                      '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region                                       '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region                                     '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line                        '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures       '\\[imenu]'
127
128If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec)                 '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130						   or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window                 '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132						   or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration:          '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137			 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier:       '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140\(fn)" t nil)
141
142;;;***
143
144;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
146;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148(autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151\(fn)" t nil)
152
153;;;***
154
155;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
157;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159(autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161Completion is available.
162
163\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165;;;***
166
167;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168;;;;;;  change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169;;;;;;  find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170;;;;;;  add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171;;;;;;  "add-log.el" (17851 44469))
172;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174(defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175*If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179(custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181(defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185(custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
190being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
191will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194(custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196(autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197Prompt for a change log name.
198
199\(fn)" nil nil)
200
201(autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
211directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214current buffer to the complete file name.
215Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217\(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235the same person.
236
237The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
239notices.
240
241Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244\(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249the change log file in another window.
250
251\(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254(autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260\\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262\(fn)" t nil)
263
264(defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265*Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267(defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268*Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270(defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271*Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273(autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
282`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283`add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287\(fn)" nil nil)
288
289(autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293or a buffer.
294
295Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
296old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298\(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300(autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303\(fn)" t nil)
304
305;;;***
306
307;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308;;;;;;  ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309;;;;;;  "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17992 30878))
310;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312(defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313*Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
319`error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
320it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
321interpreted as `error'.")
322
323(custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325(defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326*Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
331be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
332COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334(custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336(autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339\(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341(autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344\(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346(autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go.  The value
350of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351to `first'.  Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352extreme position.  If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354will be overwritten with the new one.
355    If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357will clear the cache.
358
359\(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361(autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
366cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
369no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
374an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
376definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378\(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380(autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384  (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385    [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386    BODY... )
387
388FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392    see also `ad-add-advice'.
393ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394    instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
395    before/around/after-advices will be used.
396FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397    All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400    function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403Semantics of the various flags:
404`protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
406then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408`activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411`compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412advised function should be compiled.
413
414`disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417`preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
420this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422`freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423to this particular single advice.  No other advice information will be saved.
424Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425the advised function.  `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'.  The
426documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427during preloading.
428
429See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431\(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433;;;***
434
435;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436;;;;;;  align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437;;;;;;  align) "align" "align.el" (17842 58280))
438;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440(autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
443nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449`align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450`separate' attribute set.
451
452RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454`align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
455on the format of these lists.
456
457\(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459(autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  This function will prompt
462for the REGEXP to align with.  If no prefix arg was specified, you
463only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464whitespace is replaced.  If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468the line.  See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469options.
470
471For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474    Fred (123) 456-7890
475    Alice (123) 456-7890
476    Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477    Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483\(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485(autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490align that section.
491
492\(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494(autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
498EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500been used to align that section.
501
502\(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504(autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
507that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510to be colored.
511
512\(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514(autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517\(fn)" t nil)
518
519(autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522\(fn)" t nil)
523
524;;;***
525
526;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527;;;;;;  (17892 52945))
528;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530(put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532(put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534(put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536(put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538(put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540(put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542(put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544(put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546(put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548(put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550(put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552(put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554(put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556(put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558(put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560(put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562(autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564\\<allout-mode-map>
565
566Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567symbol.  Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570manipulation.  It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571navigation and exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at
572accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For
573an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574outline.)
575
576In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579   repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587and many other features.
588
589Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the outline
591menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596variable.  We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597`\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598any personal bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
599navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604        Exposure Control:
605        ----------------
606\\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607\\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608\\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609\\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610\\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
611
612        Navigation:
613        ----------
614\\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615\\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616\\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618\\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619\\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621\\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622     if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623     and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626        Topic Header Production:
627        -----------------------
628\\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629\\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630\\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632        Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633        ---------------------------------
634\\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635\\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636\\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637            current topic
638\\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
639            its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640            are alternated according to nesting depth.
641\\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642           the offspring are not affected.
643           With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645        Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646        ----------------------------------
647\\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
648\\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649\\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650\\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651\\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652                             depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653                             heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654\\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656        Topic-oriented Encryption:
657        -------------------------
658\\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659          Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661        Misc commands:
662        -------------
663M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664                            and establish a default file-var setting
665                            for `allout-layout'.
666\\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
667\\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668                            Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669                            buffer with name derived from derived from that
670                            of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671\\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672                            Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673                            prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674                            format.
675\\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676                            auto-activation.
677
678                  Topic Encryption
679
680Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686encrypted during file saves.  If the contents of the topic
687containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693pitfalls.
694
695See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697for details.
698
699                 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702navigation and exposure control.
703
704When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
707would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708\(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
718repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721\(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724                             Extending Allout
725
726Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
729
730`allout-mode-hook'
731`allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732`allout-exposure-change-hook'
733`allout-structure-added-hook'
734`allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735`allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737                            Terminology
738
739Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743        and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744CURRENT ITEM:
745        The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747        The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
748        called the:
749LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
750
751ANCESTORS:
752        Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
754        of the ITEM.
755OFFSPRING:
756        The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757SUBTOPIC:
758        An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759CHILD:
760        An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761SIBLINGS:
762        TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764Topic text constituents:
765
766HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767        text.
768ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769        the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
771PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772        ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773        to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774        PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
775        number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776        siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777        space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778        the PREFIX.
779
780        The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781        of the ITEM.
782PREFIX-LEAD:
783        The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784        It can be customized by changing the setting of
785        `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787        When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788        programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789        program code without interfering with processing of the text
790        (by emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
791        setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792        programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793        docstring for more detail.
794PREFIX-PADDING:
795        Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796        bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798        the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799        `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
800        plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801        TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802        provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803        TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
804        significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805        convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806        more details.
807EXPOSURE:
808        The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809        of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810CONCEALED:
811        TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
812        text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
813
814        CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816OPEN:	A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
817
818\(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
819
820(defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
821
822(autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
824
825See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826setup for auto-startup.
827
828\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830;;;***
831
832;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833;;;;;;  "net/ange-ftp.el" (17905 9579))
834;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
835
836(defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
837
838(autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
843directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
844
845\(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
846
847(autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848Not documented
849
850\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851
852;;;***
853
854;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855;;;;;;  "animate" "play/animate.el" (17941 38806))
856;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
857
858(autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864in the current window.
865
866\(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
867
868(autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
871
872\(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
873
874(autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
877
878\(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879
880;;;***
881
882;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883;;;;;;  "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17842 58280))
884;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
885
886(autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888
889\(fn)" t nil)
890
891(autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
893
894Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896`ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
898
899The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900`comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
901
902This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
903
904\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905
906;;;***
907
908;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909;;;;;;  "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17833 42928))
910;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
911
912(autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917\\[yank].
918
919This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922the rules.
923
924If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
927*Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928
929\(fn)" t nil)
930
931(autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933\\{antlr-mode-map}
934
935\(fn)" t nil)
936
937(autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940
941\(fn)" nil nil)
942
943;;;***
944
945;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946;;;;;;  appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947;;;;;;  appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948;;;;;;  appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17952 17513))
949;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
950
951(defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952*Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
955
956(custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
957
958(defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959*Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
960
961(custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
962
963(defvar appt-audible t "\
964*Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
965
966(custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
967
968(defvar appt-visible t "\
969*Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
971
972(custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
973
974(defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975*Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
977
978(custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
979
980(defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981*Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
983
984(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
985
986(defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987*The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
989
990(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
991
992(defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993*Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
995
996(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
997
998(autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1001
1002\(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1003
1004(autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006
1007\(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009(autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013the function `appt-check').  We assume that the variables DATE and
1014NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1016
1017Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018function.
1019
1020For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022
1023\(fn)" nil nil)
1024
1025(autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026Toggle checking of appointments.
1027With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029
1030\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031
1032;;;***
1033
1034;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035;;;;;;  apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036;;;;;;  "apropos.el" (17842 58280))
1037;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1038
1039(autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1043
1044SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045kind of objects to search.
1046
1047\(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1048
1049(autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1053search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1054search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057normal variables.
1058
1059\(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061(defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1062
1063(autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1067search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1068search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071noninteractive functions.
1072
1073If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1075
1076When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1078
1079\(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1080
1081(autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1083
1084\(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1085
1086(autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1090
1091PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1093search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1094search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1095
1096With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1098
1099Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1100
1101\(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1102
1103(autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1107search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1108search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112Returns list of symbols and values found.
1113
1114\(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116(autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1120search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1121search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122
1123With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125bindings.
1126Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1127
1128\(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130;;;***
1131
1132;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17960
1133;;;;;;  49045))
1134;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1135
1136(autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1142
1143If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145archive.
1146
1147\\{archive-mode-map}
1148
1149\(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150
1151;;;***
1152
1153;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17842 58280))
1154;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1155
1156(autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157Major mode for editing arrays.
1158
1159  Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1160considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1161NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1162
1163  The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1164
1165  TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1168
1169  Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1172in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173The variables are:
1174
1175Variables you assign:
1176     array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1177     array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1178     array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179     array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1180     array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181                       row numbers in the buffer.
1182
1183Variables which are calculated:
1184     array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185     array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1186
1187  The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188take a numeric prefix argument):
1189
1190    *  	\\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]	  Move forward one column.
1191    *  	\\[array-backward-column]	  Move backward one column.
1192    *  	\\[array-next-row]	  Move down one row.
1193    *  	\\[array-previous-row]	  Move up one row.
1194
1195    *   \\[array-copy-forward]	  Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196    *   \\[array-copy-backward]	  Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197    *   \\[array-copy-down]	  Copy the current field into the row below.
1198    *   \\[array-copy-up]	  Copy the current field into the row above.
1199
1200    *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201    *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202    *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1203    *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1204
1205        \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206                  between that of point and mark.
1207
1208	\\[array-what-position]	  Display the current array row and column.
1209	\\[array-goto-cell]	  Go to a particular array cell.
1210
1211	\\[array-make-template]	  Make a template for a new array.
1212	\\[array-reconfigure-rows]	  Reconfigure the array.
1213        \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214                  newlines inside rows)
1215
1216        \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1217
1218Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219
1220\(fn)" t nil)
1221
1222;;;***
1223
1224;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17842
1225;;;;;;  58277))
1226;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1227
1228(autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1232
1233How to quit artist mode
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236
1237
1238How to submit a bug report
1239
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241
1242
1243Drawing with the mouse:
1244
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2	Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247		mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248		below).
1249
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1	Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252		or pastes:
1253
1254		Operation	Not shifted		  Shifted
1255		--------------------------------------------------------------
1256                Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1257                                                          to new point
1258		--------------------------------------------------------------
1259		Line		Line in any direction	  Straight line
1260		--------------------------------------------------------------
1261		Rectangle	Rectangle		  Square
1262		--------------------------------------------------------------
1263		Poly-line	Poly-line in any dir	  Straight poly-lines
1264		--------------------------------------------------------------
1265		Ellipses	Ellipses		  Circles
1266		--------------------------------------------------------------
1267		Text		Text (see thru)		  Text (overwrite)
1268		--------------------------------------------------------------
1269		Spray-can	Spray-can		  Set size for spray
1270		--------------------------------------------------------------
1271		Erase		Erase character		  Erase rectangle
1272		--------------------------------------------------------------
1273		Vaporize	Erase single line	  Erase connected
1274							  lines
1275		--------------------------------------------------------------
1276		Cut		Cut rectangle		  Cut square
1277		--------------------------------------------------------------
1278		Copy		Copy rectangle		  Copy square
1279		--------------------------------------------------------------
1280		Paste		Paste			  Paste
1281		--------------------------------------------------------------
1282		Flood-fill	Flood-fill		  Flood-fill
1283		--------------------------------------------------------------
1284
1285		* Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286		  or diagonally.
1287
1288		* Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289		  release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290		  to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291		  mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292		  poly-lines.
1293
1294		* See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295		  will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296		  overwrite means the opposite.
1297
1298		* Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299		  _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300		  `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1301
1302		* Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1303
1304		* When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305		  See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1306
1307		* The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308		  In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309		  are currently drawing something.
1310
1311		* Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312		  some time to fill.
1313
1314
1315 mouse-3	Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3	Erases rectangle
1317
1318
1319Settings
1320
1321 Set fill	Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1322
1323 Set line	Sets the character used when drawing lines
1324
1325 Erase char	Sets the character used when erasing
1326
1327 Rubber-banding	Toggles rubber-banding
1328
1329 Trimming	Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330		is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1331
1332 Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333
1334
1335Drawing with keys
1336
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point]		Does one of the following:
1338		For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339		For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340		When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341		When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342		When pasting: Pastes
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-operation]	Selects what to draw
1345
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1347
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char]	Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char]	Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char]	Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]	Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]	Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]	Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354
1355
1356Arrows
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]		Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359		of the line/poly-line
1360
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]		Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362		of the line/poly-line
1363
1364
1365Selecting operation
1366
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line]	Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]	Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle]	Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square]	Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line]	Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]	Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]	Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle]	Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]	Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]	Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can]	Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]	Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]	Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]	Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]	Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]	Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]	Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]	Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste]	Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]	Selects flood-filling
1389
1390
1391Variables
1392
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1395
1396 artist-rubber-banding		Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char		What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char		...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect	If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows			The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio		Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings	Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border	Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally	Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape		Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char	Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char	Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1415
1416Hooks
1417
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420
1421
1422Keymap summary
1423
1424\\{artist-mode-map}
1425
1426\(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427
1428;;;***
1429
1430;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17842
1431;;;;;;  56333))
1432;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1433
1434(autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1437
1438\\[asm-colon]	outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439\\[tab-to-tab-stop]	tab to next tab stop.
1440\\[asm-newline]	newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441\\[asm-comment]	smart placement of assembler comments.
1442
1443The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444`asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1445
1446Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1448
1449Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1450
1451Special commands:
1452\\{asm-mode-map}
1453
1454\(fn)" t nil)
1455
1456;;;***
1457
1458;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1459;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
1460;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1461
1462(defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1463Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1464See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1465
1466(custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1467
1468(autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1469Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1470With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1471\\<autoarg-mode-map>
1472In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1473supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1474C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.  \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1475and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1476Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1477invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1478
1479For example:
1480`6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1481`6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1482`6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1483then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1484`C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1485
1486\\{autoarg-mode-map}
1487
1488\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1489
1490(defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1491Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1492See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1493Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1494either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1495or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1496
1497(custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1498
1499(autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1500Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1501With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1502\\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1503This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1504etc. to supply digit arguments.
1505
1506\\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1507
1508\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1509
1510;;;***
1511
1512;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1513;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
1514;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1515
1516(autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1517Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1518
1519\(fn)" t nil)
1520
1521;;;***
1522
1523;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1524;;;;;;  "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17842 58280))
1525;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1526
1527(autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1528Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1529Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1530
1531\(fn)" t nil)
1532
1533(autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1534Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1535Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1536or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1537
1538\(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1539
1540(defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1541Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1542See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1543Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1544either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1545or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1546
1547(custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1548
1549(autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1550Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1551With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1552Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1553
1554When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1555insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1556
1557\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1558
1559;;;***
1560
1561;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1562;;;;;;  update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1563;;;;;;  (17860 50557))
1564;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1565
1566(autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1567Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1568\(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1569If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1570save the buffer too.
1571
1572Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1573
1574\(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1575
1576(autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1577Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1578This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1579In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1580of a single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1581directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1582
1583The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1584directory or directories specified.
1585
1586\(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1587
1588(autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1589Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1590Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1591
1592\(fn)" nil nil)
1593
1594;;;***
1595
1596;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1597;;;;;;  auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1598;;;;;;  "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17925 15265))
1599;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1600
1601(autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1602Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1603
1604With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1605This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1606Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1607Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1608without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1609
1610\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611
1612(autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1613Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1614
1615This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1616  (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1617
1618\(fn)" nil nil)
1619
1620(autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1621Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1622With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1623
1624When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1625followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This means that
1626whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1627background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1628reflected in the current buffer.
1629
1630You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1631you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1632writing before you save the file!
1633
1634Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1635
1636\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1637
1638(autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1639Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1640
1641This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1642  (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1643
1644\(fn)" nil nil)
1645
1646(defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1647Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1648See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1649Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1650either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1651or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1652
1653(custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1654
1655(autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1656Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1657
1658With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1659This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1660Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1661
1662\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1663
1664;;;***
1665
1666;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1667;;;;;;  "avoid.el" (17842 58280))
1668;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1669
1670(defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1671Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1672See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1673Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1674use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1675
1676(custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1677
1678(autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1679Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1680MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1681`cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1682
1683If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1684modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1685as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1686
1687Effects of the different modes:
1688 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1689 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1690     and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1691 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1692     a random distance & direction.
1693 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1694 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1695 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1696
1697Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1698
1699\(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1700and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1701definition of \"random distance\".)
1702
1703\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1704
1705;;;***
1706
1707;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1708;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
1709;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1710
1711(autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1712Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1713
1714The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1715places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1716
1717For example:
1718
1719b              => (ba bb bc)		; assume b has this value
1720`(a b c)       => (a b c)		; backquote acts like quote
1721`(a ,b c)      => (a (ba bb bc) c)	; insert the value of b
1722`(a ,@b c)     => (a ba bb bc c)	; splice in the value of b
1723
1724Vectors work just like lists.  Nested backquotes are permitted.
1725
1726\(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1727
1728(defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1729
1730;;;***
1731
1732;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1733;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
1734;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1735 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1736
1737(autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1738Display battery status information in the echo area.
1739The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1740`battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1741
1742\(fn)" t nil)
1743
1744(defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1745Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1746See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1747Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1748either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1749or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1750
1751(custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1752
1753(autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1754Display battery status information in the mode line.
1755The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1756`battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1758seconds.
1759
1760\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1761
1762;;;***
1763
1764;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1765;;;;;;  "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17842 54152))
1766;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1767
1768(autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1769Time execution of FORMS.
1770If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1771accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1772FORMS once.
1773Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1774garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1775See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1776
1777\(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1778
1779(autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1780Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1781This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1782byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1783result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1784
1785\(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1786
1787(autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1788Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1789Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.  For
1790non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1791`benchmark-run-compiled'.
1792
1793\(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1794
1795;;;***
1796
1797;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17956
1798;;;;;;  21270))
1799;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1800
1801(autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1802Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1803
1804General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1805
1806Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1807Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1808to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1809new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1810
1811Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1812`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1813works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1814entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1815with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1816
1817For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1818to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1819
1820
1821Special information:
1822
1823A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1824
1825The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1826by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1827start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1828the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1829\\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1830\\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1831\\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1832\\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1833\\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1834\\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1835\\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1836
1837The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1838from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1839no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1840of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1841for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1842Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1843format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1844idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1845
1846BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1847
1848----------------------------------------------------------
1849Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1850if that value is non-nil.
1851
1852\\{bibtex-mode-map}
1853
1854\(fn)" t nil)
1855
1856;;;***
1857
1858;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1859;;;;;;  binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1860;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
1861;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1862
1863(defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1864
1865(autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1866Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1867If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1868
1869\(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1870
1871(autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1872Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1873
1874\(fn START END)" t nil)
1875
1876(autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1877Binhex decode region between START and END.
1878
1879\(fn START END)" t nil)
1880
1881;;;***
1882
1883;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17842
1884;;;;;;  55395))
1885;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1886
1887(autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1888Play blackbox.
1889Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1890
1891What is blackbox?
1892
1893Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1894Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1895balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
1896observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1897the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1898your score.
1899
1900Overview of play:
1901
1902\\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
1903specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1904four.
1905
1906The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1907movement keys.
1908
1909To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1910The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1911
1912You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1913box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1914
1915When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1916press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
1917not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
1918numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1919placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1920indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1921
1922Details:
1923
1924There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1925
1926	Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1927		where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
1928		denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1929		ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1930
1931	Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1932		it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
1933		denoted by the letter `R'.
1934
1935	Hit:	the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
1936		not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
1937		denoted by the letter `H'.
1938
1939The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1940example.
1941
1942As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
1943be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
1944represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1945The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1946described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
1947points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
1948ray.
1949
1950Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1951degree deflection it causes.
1952
1953    1
1954  - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
1955  - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
19561 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
1957  - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
1958  - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
1959  - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
1960  - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
1961  - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
1962                                2                         3
1963
1964As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1965it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
1966
1967
1968  - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1969  - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
1970R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
1971  - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
1972  - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1973  - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1974  - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1975  - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
1976
1977In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1978ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1979its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
1980example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1981ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
1982can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1983emerging from the box.
1984
1985A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1986
1987  - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1988  - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
1989  - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
1990  - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
1991  - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
1992H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1993  - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1994  - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
1995
1996Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1997a reflection.
1998
1999\(fn NUM)" t nil)
2000
2001;;;***
2002
2003;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2004;;;;;;  bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2005;;;;;;  bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2006;;;;;;  bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17842 58280))
2007;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2008 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2009 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2010 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2011
2012(defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2013Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2014It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2015so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2016key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2017functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2018 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2019 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2020 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2021 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2022 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2023 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2024 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2025 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2026 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2027 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2028 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2029 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2030 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2031
2032(autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2033Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2034If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2035With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2036as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2037the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  Thus the most recently set
2038bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2039but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2040recent one.
2041
2042To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2043bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2044yank successive words.
2045
2046Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2047\(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2048through a large file).  If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2049name of the file being visited.
2050
2051Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2052and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2053the list of bookmarks.)
2054
2055\(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2056
2057(autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2058Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2059You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2060`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2061bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2062this.
2063
2064If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2065if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2066will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2067of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2068
2069\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2070
2071(autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2072Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2073This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2074the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2075after a bookmark was set in it.
2076
2077\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2078
2079(autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2080Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2081Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2082minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2083
2084\(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2085
2086(defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2087
2088(autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2089Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2090If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW.  If called from
2091menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2092
2093If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2094argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.  You
2095must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2096
2097While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2098consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2099name.
2100
2101\(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2102
2103(autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2104Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2105You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2106`bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2107bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2108this.
2109
2110\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2111
2112(autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2113Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2114Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2115there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2116not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2117one most recently used in this file, if any).
2118Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2119probably because we were called from there.
2120
2121\(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2122
2123(autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2124Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2125Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2126
2127\(fn)" t nil)
2128
2129(autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2130Save currently defined bookmarks.
2131Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2132`bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2133\(second argument).
2134
2135If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2136FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2137pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2138instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2139user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2140
2141When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2142`bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2143for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2144`bookmark-default-file'.
2145
2146\(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2147
2148(autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2149Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2150Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2151optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2152destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2153while loading.
2154
2155If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2156will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2157in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2158place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2159maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2160explicitly.
2161
2162If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2163bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2164unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2165method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2166
2167\(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2168
2169(autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2170Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2171The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2172The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2173deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2174
2175\(fn)" t nil)
2176
2177(defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2178
2179(defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2180
2181(defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2182
2183(defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2184
2185;;;***
2186
2187;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2188;;;;;;  browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2189;;;;;;  browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2190;;;;;;  browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2191;;;;;;  browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2192;;;;;;  browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2193;;;;;;  browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2194;;;;;;  browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2195;;;;;;  browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2196;;;;;;  "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17842 55218))
2197;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2198
2199(defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2200*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2201This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2202`browse-url-of-file' commands.
2203
2204If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2205\(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2206associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2207function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2208regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2209
2210(custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2211
2212(defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2213*The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2214
2215(custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2216
2217(defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2218*The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2219
2220(custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2221
2222(autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2223Not documented
2224
2225\(fn)" nil nil)
2226
2227(autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2228Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2229Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2230interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2231`browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2232`browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2233
2234\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2235
2236(autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2237Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2238Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2239currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2240narrowed.
2241
2242\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2243
2244(autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2245In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2246
2247\(fn)" t nil)
2248
2249(autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2250Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2251
2252\(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2253
2254(autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2255Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2256Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2257`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2258
2259\(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2260
2261(autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2262Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2263Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2264`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2265
2266\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2267
2268(autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2269Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2270The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2271but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2272`browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2273to use.
2274
2275\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2276
2277(autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2278Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2279Default to the URL around or before point.
2280
2281When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2282non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2283a random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2284the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2285
2286When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2287used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2288
2289The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2290Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2291xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2292
2293\(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2294
2295(autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2296Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2297Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2298`browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2299
2300When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2301non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2302random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2303the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2306whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2307is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2308
2309When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2310used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2311
2312\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2313
2314(autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2315Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2316Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2317`browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2318
2319When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2320non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2321random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2322the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2323
2324If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2325document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2326new tab in an existing window instead.
2327
2328When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2329used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2330
2331\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2332
2333(autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2334Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2335Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2336variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2337Firefox.
2338
2339When called interactively, if variable
2340`browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2341new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2342non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2343`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2344
2345If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2346whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2347is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2348
2349When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2350NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2351
2352On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2353ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2354command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2355`browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2356are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2357URL in a new window.
2358
2359\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2360
2361(autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2362Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2363Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2364`browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2365
2366When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2367non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2368random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2369the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2370
2371If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2372document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2373new tab in an existing window instead.
2374
2375When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2376used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2377
2378\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2379
2380(autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2381Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2382Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2383`browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2384
2385When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2386non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2387existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2388effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2389
2390When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2391used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2392
2393\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2394
2395(autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2396Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2397
2398Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2399`browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2400program is invoked according to the variable
2401`browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2402
2403When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2404non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2405random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2406the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2407
2408When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2409used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2410
2411\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2412
2413(autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2414Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2415Default to the URL around or before point.  Runs the program in the
2416variable `browse-url-grail'.
2417
2418\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2419
2420(autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2421Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2422Default to the URL around or before point.
2423
2424This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2425select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2426value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2427
2428When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2429non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2430random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2431the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432
2433When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2434used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2435
2436\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2437
2438(autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2439Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2440Default to the URL around or before point.
2441
2442\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2443
2444(autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2445Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2446Default to the URL around or before point.
2447
2448When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2450prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2453used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457(autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2458Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2459The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2460`browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2461
2462\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2463
2464(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2465Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2466Default to the URL around or before point.  A new Lynx process is run
2467in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2468with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2469
2470\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2471
2472(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2473Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2474Default to the URL around or before point.  With a prefix argument, run
2475a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2476
2477When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2478non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2479otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2480reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2483used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2484
2485\(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2486
2487(autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2488Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2489Default to the URL around or before point.
2490
2491\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2492
2493(autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2494Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2495Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2496recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2497will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2498current one.
2499
2500When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2501non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2502non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2503`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504
2505When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2506used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507
2508\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509
2510(autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2511Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2512Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2513browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2514`browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2515don't offer a form of remote control.
2516
2517\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2518
2519(autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2520Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2521Default to the URL around or before point.
2522
2523\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2524
2525;;;***
2526
2527;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17842
2528;;;;;;  55395))
2529;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2530
2531(autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2532Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2533
2534\(fn)" t nil)
2535
2536(autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2537Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2538
2539\(fn)" nil nil)
2540
2541;;;***
2542
2543;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2544;;;;;;  "bs" "bs.el" (17842 58280))
2545;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2546
2547(autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2548Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2549The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2550by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2551
2552\(fn)" t nil)
2553
2554(autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2555Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2556The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2557by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2558
2559\(fn)" t nil)
2560
2561(autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2562Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2563
2564\(fn)" t nil)
2565
2566(autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2567Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2568\\<bs-mode-map>
2569There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2570manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2571User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2572by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2573
2574Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2575Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2576With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2577`bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2578name of buffer configuration.
2579
2580\(fn ARG)" t nil)
2581
2582;;;***
2583
2584;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2585;;;;;;  make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17992
2586;;;;;;  30877))
2587;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2588
2589(defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "
2590" (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2591Keymap used by buttons.")
2592
2593(defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "	" (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2594Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2595Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2596
2597(autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2598Define a `button type' called NAME.
2599The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2600specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2601\(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2602creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2603
2604In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2605button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2606\(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2607changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2608
2609\(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2610
2611(autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2612Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2613The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2614specifying properties to add to the button.
2615In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2616button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2617`define-button-type'.
2618
2619Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2620
2621\(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2622
2623(autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2624Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2625The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2626specifying properties to add to the button.
2627In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2628button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2629`define-button-type'.
2630
2631Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2632
2633\(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2634
2635(autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2636Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2637The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2638specifying properties to add to the button.
2639In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2640button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2641`define-button-type'.
2642
2643This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2644part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.  Creating
2645large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2646`make-text-button'.
2647
2648Also see `insert-text-button'.
2649
2650\(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2651
2652(autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2653Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2654The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2655specifying properties to add to the button.
2656In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2657button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2658`define-button-type'.
2659
2660This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2661actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2662Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2663`insert-text-button'.
2664
2665Also see `make-text-button'.
2666
2667\(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2668
2669;;;***
2670
2671;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2672;;;;;;  batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2673;;;;;;  compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2674;;;;;;  byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2675;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17949 41467))
2676;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2677(put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2678(put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2679(put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2680
2681(autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2682Not documented
2683
2684\(fn X)" nil nil)
2685
2686(autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2687Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2688Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2689
2690\(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2691
2692(autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2693Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2694This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2695Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2696
2697If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2698compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However,
2699if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2700A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2701whether to compile it.
2702
2703A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2704
2705If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2706recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2707
2708\(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2709(put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2710
2711(autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2712Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2713The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2714`byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2715With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2716The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2717
2718\(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2719
2720(autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2721Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2722Print the result in the echo area.
2723With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2724
2725\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2726
2727(autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2728If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2729If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2730
2731\(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2732
2733(autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2734Display a call graph of a specified file.
2735This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2736them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2737whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2738all functions called by those functions.
2739
2740The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2741primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2742cons, etc.).
2743
2744The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2745\(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2746invoked interactively.
2747
2748\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2749
2750(autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2751Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2752Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2753it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2754
2755\(fn)" nil nil)
2756
2757(autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2758Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2759Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2760it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2761Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2762For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2763If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2764already up-to-date.
2765
2766\(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2767
2768(autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2769Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2770Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2771For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2772
2773Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2774`batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2775and corresponding effects.
2776
2777\(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2778
2779;;;***
2780
2781;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17956 13479))
2782;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2783
2784(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2785
2786(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2787
2788;;;***
2789
2790;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2791;;;;;;  (17956 13479))
2792;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2793
2794(autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2795List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2796When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2797from the cursor position.
2798
2799\(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2800
2801;;;***
2802
2803;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2804;;;;;;  calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2805;;;;;;  full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2806;;;;;;  (17965 11665))
2807;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2808
2809(defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2810*File in which to record permanent settings.")
2811
2812(custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2813 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2814
2815(autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2816Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2817
2818\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2819
2820(autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2821The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2822
2823\(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2824
2825(autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2826Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2827
2828\(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2829
2830(autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2831Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2832
2833\(fn)" t nil)
2834
2835(autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2836Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2837Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2838or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2839
2840\(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2841
2842(autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2843Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2844This is most useful in the X window system.
2845In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2846Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2847
2848\(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2849
2850(autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2851Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2852See calc-keypad for details.
2853
2854\(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2855
2856(autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2857Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2858
2859\(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2860
2861(autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2862Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2863
2864\(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2865
2866(autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2867Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2868
2869\(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2870
2871(autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2872Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2873Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2874
2875\(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2876
2877(autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2878Not documented
2879
2880\(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2881
2882;;;***
2883
2884;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17870
2885;;;;;;  28179))
2886;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2887
2888(autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2889Run the Emacs calculator.
2890See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2891
2892\(fn)" t nil)
2893
2894;;;***
2895
2896;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2897;;;;;;  solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2898;;;;;;  hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2899;;;;;;  general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2900;;;;;;  nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2901;;;;;;  diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2902;;;;;;  american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2903;;;;;;  european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2904;;;;;;  abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2905;;;;;;  bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2906;;;;;;  diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2907;;;;;;  today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2908;;;;;;  calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2909;;;;;;  all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2910;;;;;;  mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2911;;;;;;  calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2912;;;;;;  view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2913;;;;;;  "calendar/calendar.el" (17956 13479))
2914;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2915
2916(defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2917The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
29180 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2919+1 means on the right.  Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2920the screen.")
2921
2922(custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2923
2924(defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2925Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2926The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2927if the current date is visible.  The number of days of diary entries displayed
2928is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.  This variable can
2929be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2930
2931(custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2932
2933(defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2934Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2935The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2936
2937(custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2938
2939(defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2940Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2941If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2942
2943(custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2944
2945(defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2946Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2947The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2948displayed.")
2949
2950(custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2951
2952(defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2953Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2954The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2955
2956(custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2957
2958(defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2959If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2960This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2961
2962If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2963
2964(custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2965
2966(defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2967If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2968This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2969
2970If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2971calendar.")
2972
2973(custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2974
2975(defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2976If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2977This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2978
2979If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2980calendar.")
2981
2982(custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2983
2984(defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
2985If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
2986These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
2987
2988If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
2989calendar.")
2990
2991(custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2992
2993(defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2994List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2995This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2996
2997(custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
2998
2999(defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3000List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3001The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3002once opened is never called again.  Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3003and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3004
3005(custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3006
3007(defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3008List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3009This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3010function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3011    (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3012It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3013a function is also provided for this:
3014    (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3015
3016The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3017functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3018date is not visible in the window.
3019
3020Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3021characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3022functions that move by days and weeks.")
3023
3024(custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3025
3026(defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3027List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3028
3029The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3030functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3031date is visible in the window.
3032
3033Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3034characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3035functions that move by days and weeks.")
3036
3037(custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3038
3039(defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3040List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3041
3042For example,
3043
3044  (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3045
3046redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3047
3048(custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3049
3050(defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3051Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3052
3053The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3054specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3055
3056            MONTH/DAY
3057            MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3058            MONTHNAME DAY
3059            MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3060            DAYNAME
3061
3062with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3063that date.  MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3064number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3065digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil).  MONTHNAME
3066and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3067`calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3068abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3069`calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3070capitalized or not.  Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3071`*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3072date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3073year.  A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3074in every week.
3075
3076The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3077used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3078calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3079file.  The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3080
3081            DAY/MONTH
3082            DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3083            DAY MONTHNAME
3084            DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3085            DAYNAME
3086
3087To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3088`american-calendar' in the calendar.
3089
3090A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3091`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3092nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3093window but will appear in a diary window.
3094
3095Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3096either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3097
3098Lines not in one the above formats are ignored.  Here are some sample diary
3099entries (in the default American style):
3100
3101     12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3102     &1/1. Happy New Year!
3103     10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3104     21: Payday
3105     Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3106              Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3107     1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3108     &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3109     mar 16 Dad's birthday
3110     April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3111     &* 15 time cards due.
3112
3113If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3114no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3115diary window; only the continuation lines is shown.  For example, the
3116single diary entry
3117
3118     02/11/1989
3119      Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3120      2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3121      2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3122      4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3123      7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3124      7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3125
3126will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning.  This
3127facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3128used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3129
3130Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps.  For example, the diary entry
3131
3132      %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3133
3134causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3135November 10, 1990.  Other functions available are `diary-float',
3136`diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3137`diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3138`diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3139`diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3140`diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3141`diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3142`diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'.  See the
3143documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3144details.
3145
3146Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3147calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3148are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3149the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately.  See the
3150documentation for these functions for details.
3151
3152Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3153details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3154
3155(custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3156
3157(defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3158Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3159
3160(custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3161
3162(defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3163Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3164
3165(custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3166
3167(defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3168Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3169
3170(custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3171
3172(defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3173Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3174
3175(custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176
3177(defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3178The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3179See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3180
3181(custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3182
3183(defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3184The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3185See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3186
3187(custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3188
3189(defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3190Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3191For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3192Baha'i calendars.  If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3193full.")
3194
3195(custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3196
3197(defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3198Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3199If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
32001990.  The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3201are
3202
3203            DAY/MONTH
3204            DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3205            DAY MONTHNAME
3206            DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3207            DAYNAME
3208
3209Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3210variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3211`calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3212
3213Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3214calendar package is already loaded).  Rather, use either
3215\\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3216`american-calendar'.")
3217
3218(custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3219
3220(defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3221List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3222See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3223
3224(custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3225
3226(defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3227List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3228See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3229
3230(custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3231
3232(defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3233Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3234See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3235
3236(custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3237
3238(defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3239Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3240See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3241
3242(custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3243
3244(defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3245List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3246The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3247buffer.  The default just does the printing.  Other uses might include, for
3248example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3249instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3250
3251(custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3252
3253(defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3254List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3255It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3256
3257A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3258this hook.  This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3259with your own.  The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3260of the form
3261
3262        #include \"filename\"
3263
3264This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3265obeyed.  You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3266the variable `diary-include-string'.  When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3267as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3268function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3269
3270For example, you could use
3271
3272     (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3273       '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3274     (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3275
3276in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3277diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3278lexicographic order.")
3279
3280(custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3281
3282(defvar diary-hook nil "\
3283List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3284Can be used for appointment notification.")
3285
3286(custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3287
3288(defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3289List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3290If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used.  Use `ignore' for no
3291diary display.
3292
3293Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3294the mode line), if there are any relevant entries.  At the time these
3295functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3296by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3297STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date.  This can be
3298used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3299holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3300
3301A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3302choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3303buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3304with headings.  The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3305variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil.  Ordinarily, the fancy
3306diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3307if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3308diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3309
3310(custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3311
3312(defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3313List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3314As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3315to cull relevant entries.  You can use either or both of
3316`list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3317`list-bahai-diary-entries'.  The documentation for these functions
3318describes the style of such diary entries.")
3319
3320(custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3321
3322(defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3323List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3324
3325A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3326`mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3327with your own.  The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3328of the form
3329        #include \"filename\"
3330This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3331obeyed.  You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3332variable `diary-include-string'.  When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3333part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3334function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3335
3336(custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3337
3338(defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3339List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3340As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3341to cull relevant entries.  You can use either or both of
3342`mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3343`mark-bahai-diary-entries'.  The documentation for these functions
3344describes the style of such diary entries.")
3345
3346(custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3347
3348(defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3349If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3350Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3351are holidays.")
3352
3353(custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3354
3355(defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3356Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3357The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3358fancy diary buffer next to the date.  This slows down the diary functions
3359somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3360
3361(custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3362
3363(put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3364
3365(defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3366General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
3367See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3368
3369(custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3370
3371(put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3372
3373(defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3374Oriental holidays.
3375See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3376
3377(custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3378
3379(put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3380
3381(defvar local-holidays nil "\
3382Local holidays.
3383See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3384
3385(custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3386
3387(put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3388
3389(defvar other-holidays nil "\
3390User defined holidays.
3391See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3392
3393(custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3394
3395(put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3396
3397(defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3398
3399(put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3400
3401(defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3402
3403(put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3404
3405(defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3406
3407(put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3408
3409(defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3410
3411(put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3412
3413(defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3414Jewish holidays.
3415See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3416
3417(custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3418
3419(put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3420
3421(defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3422Christian holidays.
3423See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3424
3425(custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3426
3427(put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3428
3429(defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3430Islamic holidays.
3431See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3432
3433(custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3434
3435(put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3436
3437(defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3438Baha'i holidays.
3439See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3440
3441(custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3442
3443(put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3444
3445(defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3446Sun-related holidays.
3447See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3448
3449(custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3450
3451(put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3452
3453(defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3454The frame setup of the calendar.
3455The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3456dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3457frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3458any other value the current frame is used.  Using any of the first
3459three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3460
3461(custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3462
3463(autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3464Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3465If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3466
3467The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3468See the documentation of that function for more information.
3469
3470\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3471
3472(defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3473The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
34740 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3475
3476If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3477after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3478update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3479movement commands will not work correctly.")
3480
3481(custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3482
3483;;;***
3484
3485;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3486;;;;;;  "gnus/canlock.el" (17842 54741))
3487;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3488
3489(autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3490Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3491
3492\(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3493
3494(autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3495Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3496If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3497it fails.
3498
3499\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3500
3501;;;***
3502
3503;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17842
3504;;;;;;  56333))
3505;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3506(put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3507
3508;;;***
3509
3510;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3511;;;;;;  (17942 63381))
3512;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3513
3514(autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3515Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3516
3517\(fn)" nil nil)
3518
3519;;;***
3520
3521;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3522;;;;;;  c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3523;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
3524;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3525
3526(autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3527Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3528If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3529initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3530only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3531`c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3532control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3533
3534\(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3535
3536(defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3537Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3538 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3539 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3540 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3541 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3542 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3543 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3544
3545(autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3546Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3547To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3548c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3549information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3550problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3551
3552To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3553
3554The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3555initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3556
3557Key bindings:
3558\\{c-mode-map}
3559
3560\(fn)" t nil)
3561
3562(defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3563Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3564
3565(autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3566Major mode for editing C++ code.
3567To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3568c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3569version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3570of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3571message.
3572
3573To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3574
3575The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3576initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3577
3578Key bindings:
3579\\{c++-mode-map}
3580
3581\(fn)" t nil)
3582
3583(defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3584Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3585 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3586
3587(autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3588Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3589To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3590objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3591version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3592of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3593message.
3594
3595To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3596
3597The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3598initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3599
3600Key bindings:
3601\\{objc-mode-map}
3602
3603\(fn)" t nil)
3604
3605(defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3606Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3607 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3608
3609(autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3610Major mode for editing Java code.
3611To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3612java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3613version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3614of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3615message.
3616
3617To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3618
3619The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3620initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3621
3622Key bindings:
3623\\{java-mode-map}
3624
3625\(fn)" t nil)
3626
3627(defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3628Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3629 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3630
3631(autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3632Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3633To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3634idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3635version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3636of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3637message.
3638
3639To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3640
3641The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3642initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3643
3644Key bindings:
3645\\{idl-mode-map}
3646
3647\(fn)" t nil)
3648
3649(defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3650Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3651 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3652 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3653
3654(autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3655Major mode for editing Pike code.
3656To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3657pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3658version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3659of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3660message.
3661
3662To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3663
3664The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3665initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3666
3667Key bindings:
3668\\{pike-mode-map}
3669
3670\(fn)" t nil)
3671 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3672 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3673 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3674 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3675 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3676 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3677
3678;;;***
3679
3680;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3681;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17842 56333))
3682;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3683
3684(autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3685Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3686STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3687in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3688
3689The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3690
3691\"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3692values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3693might get set too.
3694
3695If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3696have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3697`set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3698done in ~/.emacs.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3699way.
3700
3701If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3702values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3703calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3704cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3705a null operation.
3706
3707\(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3708
3709(autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3710Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3711STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3712is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3713
3714  ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3715
3716See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3717VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3718STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3719
3720\(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3721
3722(autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3723Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3724SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3725offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3726and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3727
3728\(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3729
3730;;;***
3731
3732;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17949
3733;;;;;;  41467))
3734;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3735 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3736
3737;;;***
3738
3739;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17941 38806))
3740;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3741(put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3742(put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3743(put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3744
3745;;;***
3746
3747;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3748;;;;;;  declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3749;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
3750;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3751
3752(autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3753Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3754
3755\(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3756
3757(autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3758Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3759
3760\(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3761
3762(autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3763Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3764
3765This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3766Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3767yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3768now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3769execution.
3770
3771Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3772
3773\(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3774
3775(autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3776Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3777
3778CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3779	(BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3780	 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3781	 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3782
3783BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3784output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3785text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3786more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3787If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3788`write' commands.
3789
3790CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3791executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3792is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3793CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3794
3795Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3796starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3797semantics.
3798
3799CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3800
3801CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3802
3803CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3804
3805STATEMENT :=
3806	SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3807	| TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3808
3809SET :=	(REG = EXPRESSION)
3810	| (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3811	;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3812	| integer
3813
3814EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3815
3816;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3817;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3818IF :=	(if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3819
3820;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3821;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3822BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3823
3824;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3825LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3826
3827;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3828BREAK := (break)
3829
3830REPEAT :=
3831	;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3832	(repeat)
3833	;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3834	;;	     (repeat))
3835	| (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3836	;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3837	;;	     (read REG)
3838	;;	     (repeat))
3839	| (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3840	;; Same as: ((write integer)
3841	;;	     (read REG)
3842	;;	     (repeat))
3843	| (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3844
3845READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3846	;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3847	(read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3848	;; Same as: ((read REG)
3849	;;	     (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3850	| (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3851	;; Same as: ((read REG)
3852	;;	     (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3853	| (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3854	;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3855	;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3856	;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3857	;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3858	;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3859	;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3860	| (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3861
3862WRITE :=
3863	;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3864	;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3865	;; representation.
3866	(write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3867	;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3868	;;	     (write r7))
3869	| (write EXPRESSION)
3870	;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3871	;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3872	;; representation.
3873	| (write integer)
3874	;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3875	;; buffer.
3876	| (write string)
3877	;; Same as: (write string)
3878	| string
3879	;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3880	;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3881	;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3882	;; representation.
3883	| (write REG ARRAY)
3884	;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3885	;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3886	;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3887	;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3888	;; is the second code point of the character.
3889	| (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3890
3891;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3892CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3893
3894;; Terminate the CCL program.
3895END := (end)
3896
3897;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3898;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3899REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3900
3901ARG := REG | integer
3902
3903OPERATOR :=
3904	;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3905	+ | - | * | / | %
3906
3907	;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3908	| & | `|' | ^
3909
3910	;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3911	| << | >>
3912
3913	;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3914	;;	(REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3915	| <8
3916
3917	;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3918	;;	((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3919	;;	 (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3920	| >8
3921
3922	;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3923	;;	((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3924	;;	 (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3925	| //
3926
3927	;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3928	| < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3929
3930	;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3931	;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3932	;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3933	;;	((REG = CODE0)
3934	;;	 (r7 = CODE1))
3935	;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3936	;; second code point of CHAR.
3937	| de-sjis
3938
3939	;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3940	;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3941	;; Shift-JIS code,
3942	;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3943	;;	((REG = HIGH)
3944	;;	 (r7 = LOW))
3945	;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3946	;; byte of SJIS.
3947	| en-sjis
3948
3949ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3950	;; Same meaning as C code
3951	+= | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3952
3953	;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3954	;;	((REG <<= 8)
3955	;;	 (REG |= ARG))
3956	| <8=
3957
3958	;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3959	;;	((r7 = (REG & 255))
3960	;;	 (REG >>= 8))
3961
3962	;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3963	;;	((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3964	;;	 (REG /= ARG))
3965	| //=
3966
3967ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3968
3969
3970TRANSLATE :=
3971	(translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3972	| (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3973        ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3974LOOKUP :=
3975	(lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3976	| (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3977        ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3978MAP :=
3979     (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3980     | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3981     | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3982MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3983MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3984MAP-ID := integer
3985
3986\(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3987
3988(autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3989Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3990If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3991CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3992If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3993register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3994
3995\(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3996
3997(autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3998Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3999The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4000
4001See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4002
4003\(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4004
4005;;;***
4006
4007;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4008;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
4009;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4010
4011(autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4012Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4013There are no special keybindings by default.
4014
4015Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4016to the action header.
4017
4018\(fn)" t nil)
4019
4020;;;***
4021
4022;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4023;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4024;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4025;;;;;;  checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4026;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4027;;;;;;  checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4028;;;;;;  checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4029;;;;;;  checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4030;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
4031;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4032
4033(autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4034Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4035The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4036the users will view as each check is completed.
4037
4038\(fn)" t nil)
4039
4040(autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4041Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4042Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4043point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4044buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4045errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4046Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4047checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4048
4049\(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4050
4051(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4052Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4053Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4054point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4055buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4056errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4057Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4058checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4059
4060\(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4061
4062(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4063Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4064Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4065doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4066spacing are all verified.
4067
4068\(fn)" t nil)
4069
4070(autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4071Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4072With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4073store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4074otherwise stop after the first error.
4075
4076\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4077
4078(autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4079Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4080Only documentation strings are checked.
4081Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4082Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4083a separate buffer.
4084
4085\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4086
4087(autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4088Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4089Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4090save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
4091is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4092
4093\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4094
4095(autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4096Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4097Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4098separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
4099if there is one.
4100
4101\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4102
4103(autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4104Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4105Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4106separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
4107if there is one.
4108Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4109
4110\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4111
4112(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4113Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4114Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4115
4116\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117
4118(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4119Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4120Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4121documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
4122of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4123
4124\(fn)" t nil)
4125
4126(autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4127Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4128Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
4129non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4130If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4131space at the end of each line.
4132
4133\(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4134
4135(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4136Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4137Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4138Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4139
4140\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4141
4142(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4143Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4144Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4145Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4146
4147\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4148
4149(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4150Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4151Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4152Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4153
4154\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4155
4156(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4157Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4158Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4159Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4160
4161\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4162
4163(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4164Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4165Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4166Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4167
4168\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4169
4170(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4171Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4172Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4173Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4174
4175\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4176
4177(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4178Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4179Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4180Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4181
4182\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4183
4184(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4185Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4186Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4187Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4188
4189\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4190
4191(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4192Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4193Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4194Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4195
4196\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4197
4198(autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4199Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4200With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4201
4202In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4203bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4204checking of documentation strings.
4205
4206\\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4207
4208\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4209
4210;;;***
4211
4212;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4213;;;;;;  decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17842
4214;;;;;;  58278))
4215;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4216
4217(autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4218Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4219Return the length of resulting text.
4220
4221\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4222
4223(autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4224Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4225
4226\(fn)" t nil)
4227
4228(autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4229Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4230Return the length of resulting text.
4231
4232\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4233
4234(autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4235Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4236
4237\(fn)" t nil)
4238
4239;;;***
4240
4241;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4242;;;;;;  "chistory" "chistory.el" (17842 58280))
4243;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4244
4245(autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4246Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4247Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4248a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4249command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4250editing and the result is evaluated.
4251
4252\(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4253
4254(autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4255List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4256The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4257Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4258element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4259
4260The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4261
4262\(fn)" t nil)
4263
4264(autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4265Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4266The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4267The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4268Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4269
4270Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4271and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
4272\\{command-history-map}
4273
4274This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4275and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4276
4277\(fn)" t nil)
4278
4279;;;***
4280
4281;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17842 54152))
4282;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4283
4284(defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4285This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4286Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4287stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4288print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4289printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4290
4291This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4292a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4293
4294;;;***
4295
4296;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4297;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
4298;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4299
4300(autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4301Not documented
4302
4303\(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4304
4305;;;***
4306
4307;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4308;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
4309;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4310
4311(autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4312Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4313Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4314prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4315
4316`c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4317Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4318prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4319otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4320
4321Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4322For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4323
4324\(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4325
4326;;;***
4327
4328;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17842
4329;;;;;;  58280))
4330;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4331
4332(autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4333Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4334If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4335With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4336of `scheme-program-name').
4337If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4338it is given as initial input.
4339Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4340discards input when it starts up.
4341Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4342is run).
4343\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4344
4345\(fn CMD)" t nil)
4346 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4347
4348;;;***
4349
4350;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4351;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
4352;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4353
4354(autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4355Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4356V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4357the character set.  DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4358corresponding args of `make-coding-system'.  If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4359?* is used.
4360Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4361
4362\(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4363(autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4364(autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4365(autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4366(autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4367(autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4368(autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4369(autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4370(autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4371(autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4372(autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4373(autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4374(autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4375(autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4376(autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4377(autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4378(autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4379(autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4380(autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4381(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4382(autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4383(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4384(autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4385(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4386(autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4387(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4388(autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4389(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4390(autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4391(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4392(autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4393(autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4394(autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4395(autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4396(autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4397(autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4398(autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4399(autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4400(autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4401(autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4402(autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4403(autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4404(autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4405(autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4406(autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4407
4408;;;***
4409
4410;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4411;;;;;;  cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4412;;;;;;  "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17842 54888))
4413;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4414
4415(autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4416Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4417whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4418ASCII table.
4419
4420The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4421DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion.  However, unlike built-in coding
4422systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4423decoder and encoder created by this function.
4424
4425\(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4426
4427(autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4428Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4429CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4430
4431\(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4432
4433(autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4434Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4435CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4436
4437\(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4438
4439(autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4440Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4441CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4442
4443\(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4444
4445(autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4446Return an alist of supported codepages.
4447
4448Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4449codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4450for the character set supported by that codepage.
4451
4452A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4453is a vector, and has a charset property.
4454
4455\(fn)" nil nil)
4456
4457(autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4458Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4459
4460These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4461characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4462read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4463
4464\(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4465
4466;;;***
4467
4468;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4469;;;;;;  comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4470;;;;;;  comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4471;;;;;;  (17937 3189))
4472;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4473
4474(defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4475Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4476One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4477These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4478inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4479`comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4480functions have already modified the buffer.
4481
4482See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4483
4484You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4485either globally or locally.")
4486
4487(define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4488
4489(autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4490Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4491If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4492PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4493via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4494connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already a
4495running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional fourth arg
4496STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4497
4498If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4499
4500\(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4501
4502(autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4503Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4504The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4505PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4506via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4507connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already a
4508running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4509STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4510
4511If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4512
4513\(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4514
4515(autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4516Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4517The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4518The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4519hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4520See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4521
4522\(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4523
4524(defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4525Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4526This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4527directory tracking functions.")
4528
4529(autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4530Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4531With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4532
4533If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4534
4535\(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4536
4537(autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4538Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4539With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4540
4541If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4542
4543\(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4544
4545(autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4546Send COMMAND to current process.
4547Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4548REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4549
4550\(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4551
4552(autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4553Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4554Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4555REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4556
4557\(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4558
4559;;;***
4560
4561;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17926
4562;;;;;;  45410))
4563;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4564
4565(autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4566Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4567Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4568moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4569
4570This command pushes the mark in each window
4571at the prior location of point in that window.
4572If both windows display the same buffer,
4573the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4574first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4575
4576A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4577`compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4578nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4579`compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4580don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4581`compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4582If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4583ignored.
4584
4585If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4586this command work in interlaced mode:
4587on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4588on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4589on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4590
4591\(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4592
4593;;;***
4594
4595;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4596;;;;;;  compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4597;;;;;;  compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4598;;;;;;  compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4599;;;;;;  "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18006 55797))
4600;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4601
4602(defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4603*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4604
4605(custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4606
4607(defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4608*Number of lines in a compilation window.  If nil, use Emacs default.")
4609
4610(custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4611
4612(defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4613*Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4614This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4615started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4616while processing the output of the compilation process.  The function
4617is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4618bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4619
4620(defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4621Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4622The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4623compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4624nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4625
4626(defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4627Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4628It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4629describing how the process finished.")
4630
4631(defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4632Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4633Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4634and a string describing how the process finished.")
4635(put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4636
4637(defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4638*Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4639Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4640
4641(custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4642
4643(defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4644*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4645Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4646nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4647
4648(custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4649
4650(defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4651*Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4652
4653Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4654You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4655
4656    (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4657       (lambda ()
4658	 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4659		     (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4660	   (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4661		(concat \"make -k \"
4662			(file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4663
4664(custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4665(put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4666
4667(defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4668*If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4669This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4670`start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4671
4672(custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4673
4674(autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4675Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4676Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4677with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4678
4679You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4680and move to the source code that caused it.
4681
4682If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4683`compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4684
4685Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4686non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.  With prefix arg, always prompts.
4687Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4688comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4689
4690To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4691the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4692\\[rename-buffer].  Then start the next one.  On most systems,
4693termination of the main compilation process kills its
4694subprocesses.
4695
4696The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4697the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4698to a function that generates a unique name.
4699
4700\(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4701
4702(autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4703Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4704If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4705The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4706
4707MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4708may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4709If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4710to determine the buffer name.
4711
4712If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4713the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4714global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4715
4716Returns the compilation buffer created.
4717
4718\(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4719
4720(autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4721Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4722\\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4723move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4724To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4725
4726Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4727
4728\\{compilation-mode-map}
4729
4730\(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4731
4732(autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4733Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4734With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4735In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4736Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4737collide with Shell mode.  See `compilation-mode'.
4738Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4739
4740\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4741
4742(autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4743Toggle compilation minor mode.
4744With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4745In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4746Compilation major mode are available.  See `compilation-mode'.
4747Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4748
4749\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4750
4751(autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4752Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4753This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4754
4755\(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4756
4757(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4758
4759;;;***
4760
4761;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4762;;;;;;  (17954 15344))
4763;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4764
4765(defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4766Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4767See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4768Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4769either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4770or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4771
4772(custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4773
4774(autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4775Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4776With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4777
4778When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4779nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4780delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4781as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4782
4783For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4784command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4785\\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4786other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4787
4788Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4789specially in \\[find-file].  For example,
4790\\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4791See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4792
4793Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4794see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4795buffer only on the second attempt to complete.  That is, if TAB finds nothing
4796to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4797second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4798
4799\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4800
4801;;;***
4802
4803;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4804;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
4805;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4806
4807(defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4808Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4809See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4810Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4811either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4812or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4813
4814(custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4815
4816(autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4817Enable dynamic word-completion.
4818
4819\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4820
4821;;;***
4822
4823;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4824;;;;;;  find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4825;;;;;;  decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4826;;;;;;  "composite" "composite.el" (17842 58280))
4827;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4828
4829(defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4830Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4831A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4832rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4833`make-composition'.
4834
4835Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4836
4837    0----1----2 <---- ascent	0:tl or top-left
4838    |         |			1:tc or top-center
4839    |         |			2:tr or top-right
4840    |         |			3:Bl or base-left     9:cl or center-left
4841    9   10   11 <---- center	4:Bc or base-center  10:cc or center-center
4842    |         |			5:Br or base-right   11:cr or center-right
4843  --3----4----5-- <-- baseline	6:bl or bottom-left
4844    |         |			7:bc or bottom-center
4845    6----7----8 <---- descent	8:br or bottom-right
4846
4847Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4848rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4849GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4850composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4851be added.
4852
4853For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4854NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4855follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4856
4857    +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4858    |       |  |
4859    | global|  |
4860    | glyph |  |
4861 -- |       |  |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4862    +----+--*--+
4863    |    | new |
4864    |    |glyph|
4865    +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4866")
4867
4868(autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4869Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4870RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4871\(see `reference-point-alist').
4872
4873\(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4874
4875(autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4876Compose characters in the current region.
4877
4878Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4879stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4880
4881When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4882
4883First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4884specifying the region.
4885
4886Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4887sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.  In this case,
4888characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4889
4890If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4891of the text in the region.
4892
4893If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4894
4895If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4896composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4897elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4898elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4899
4900A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4901symbols.  See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4902detail.
4903
4904Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4905adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4906text in the composition.
4907
4908\(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4909
4910(autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4911Decompose text in the current region.
4912
4913When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4914positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4915
4916\(fn START END)" t nil)
4917
4918(autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4919Compose characters in string STRING.
4920
4921The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4922the characters in it.
4923
4924Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4925STRING to be composed.  They default to the beginning and the end of
4926STRING respectively.
4927
4928Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4929sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.  See the function
4930`compose-region' for more detail.
4931
4932Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4933adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4934text in the composition.
4935
4936\(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4937
4938(autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4939Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4940
4941\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4942
4943(autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4944Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4945For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4946For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4947characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4948A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4949\(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT).  See the documentation of
4950`reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4951
4952\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4953
4954(autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4955Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4956
4957If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4958of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4959
4960FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4961property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4962
4963If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4964is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4965
4966If no composition is found, return nil.
4967
4968Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4969composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4970
4971If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4972is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4973RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4974
4975COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4976
4977RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4978
4979If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4980composed.  If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4981and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4982
4983MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4984
4985WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
4986
4987\(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
4988
4989(autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
4990Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
4991
4992It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
4993a character after POS.  If non-nil value is found, the format of the
4994value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
4995regular expressions and FUNCs are functions.  If the text after POS
4996matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
4997arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
4998matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns.  Otherwise, return
4999nil.
5000
5001FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly.  The return value
5002is:
5003  nil -- if no characters were composed.
5004  CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5005
5006Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5007
5008Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5009text to compose.  In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5010
5011This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5012
5013\(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5014
5015(autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5016Compose last characters.
5017The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5018	(compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5019where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5020COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5021\(which see).  If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5022and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5023This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5024The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5025function.  Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5026after a sequence of character events.
5027
5028\(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5029(global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5030
5031(autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5032Convert CHAR to string.
5033
5034If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5035`vector'.  In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5036vector of CHAR respectively.
5037Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5038
5039\(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5040
5041(make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5042
5043;;;***
5044
5045;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5046;;;;;;  conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5047;;;;;;  conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5048;;;;;;  (17842 58277))
5049;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5050
5051(autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5052Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5053Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5054assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
5055there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5056files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5057details for some of the most widespread variants.
5058
5059This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5060alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
5061come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5062
5063Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5064the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
5065constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5066
5067Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5068even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5069quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5070without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5071
5072If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5073command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
5074identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
5075doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5076`conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5077See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5078`conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5079
5080\\{conf-mode-map}
5081
5082\(fn)" t nil)
5083
5084(autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5085Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5086Comments start with `#'.
5087For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5088
5089# Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5090
5091\[Desktop Entry]
5092	 Encoding=UTF-8
5093	 Name=The GIMP
5094	 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5095	 Name[cs]=GIMP
5096
5097\(fn)" t nil)
5098
5099(autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5101Comments start with `;'.
5102For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5103
5104; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5105
5106\[ExtShellFolderViews]
5107Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5108{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5109
5110\[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5111PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5112
5113\(fn)" t nil)
5114
5115(autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5116Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5117Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5118between `/*' and `*/'.
5119For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5120
5121# Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5122// another kind of comment
5123/* yet another */
5124
5125name:value
5126name=value
5127name value
5128x.1 =
5129x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5130x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5131
5132\(fn)" t nil)
5133
5134(autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5135Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5136\"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
5137recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5138Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5139`conf-space-keywords'.
5140Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5141in an interactive fashion instead.
5142
5143For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5144
5145# Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5146
5147image/jpeg			jpeg jpg jpe
5148image/png			png
5149image/tiff			tiff tif
5150
5151# Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5152class desktop
5153# Standard multimedia devices
5154add /dev/audio		desktop
5155add /dev/mixer		desktop
5156
5157\(fn)" t nil)
5158
5159(autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5160Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5161See `conf-space-mode'.
5162
5163\(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5164
5165(autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5166Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5167\"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5168For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5169
5170# Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5171
5172<Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>		: \"\\241\"	exclamdown
5173<Multi_key> <c> <slash>			: \"\\242\"	cent
5174
5175\(fn)" t nil)
5176
5177(autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5178Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5179Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5180For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5181
5182*% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5183
5184*DefaultTransfer: Null
5185*Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5186
5187\(fn)" t nil)
5188
5189(autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5190Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5191Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5192For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
5193
5194! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5195
5196*background:			gray99
5197*foreground:			black
5198
5199\(fn)" t nil)
5200
5201;;;***
5202
5203;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5204;;;;;;  "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17842 55395))
5205;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5206
5207(autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5208Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5209When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5210of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5211
5212\(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5213
5214(autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5215Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5216When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5217of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5218
5219\(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5220
5221(autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5222Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5223Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
5224and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5225
5226\(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5227
5228(autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5229Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5230
5231\(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5232
5233;;;***
5234
5235;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5236;;;;;;  "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17842 54152))
5237;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5238
5239(autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5240Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5241With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5242the current year after them.  If necessary, and
5243`copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5244following the copyright are updated as well.
5245If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5246interactively.
5247
5248\(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5249
5250(autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5251Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5252Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5253
5254\(fn)" t nil)
5255
5256(autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5257Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5258
5259\(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5260
5261;;;***
5262
5263;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5264;;;;;;  "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17955 36604))
5265;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5266
5267(autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5268Major mode for editing Perl code.
5269Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5270Tab indents for Perl code.
5271Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5272Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5273
5274Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5275sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5276well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
5277default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5278\"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
5279since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
5280whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5281appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5282contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5283Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5284You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5285look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5286
5287CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5288
5289   if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5290   for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5291
5292and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5293
5294The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5295causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5296she is most likely to want to be.  eg. when the user types a space
5297following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5298} { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
5299type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
5300typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5301new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5302directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5303
5304If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5305
5306            bite if angry;
5307
5308it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
5309`cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
5310help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5311to nil.)
5312
5313\\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5314return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5315you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5316
5317            foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5318
5319and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5320transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5321appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
5322`newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5323see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5324
5325Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5326
5327	    if (A) { B }
5328
5329into
5330
5331            B if A;
5332
5333\\{cperl-mode-map}
5334
5335Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5336\(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5337on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5338the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5339\(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5340setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5341control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5342one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
5343options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5344`cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
5345by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
5346whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5347consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5348
5349If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5350\\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5351These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5352`cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5353`cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5354\(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5355
5356Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5357help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5358man via menu.
5359
5360It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5361This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
5362`cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5363secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5364menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5365
5366Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5367beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5368span the needed amount of lines.
5369
5370Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5371`cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5372here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5373for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5374
5375Variables controlling indentation style:
5376 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5377    Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5378    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5379 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5380    Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5381 `cperl-auto-newline'
5382    Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5383    and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
5384    \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5385    Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5386    `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5387 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5388    Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5389    Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5390 `cperl-indent-level'
5391    Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5392    The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5393    of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5394 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5395    Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5396    then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5397 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5398    Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5399    This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5400 `cperl-brace-offset'
5401    Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5402 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5403    An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5404    this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5405 `cperl-label-offset'
5406    Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5407 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5408    Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5409
5410Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5411  `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
5412  `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
5413  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
5414  `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
5415  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
5416
5417CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5418corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
5419\\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5420\(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5421
5422Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5423statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5424templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5425`cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5426and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5427`cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5428
5429If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5430column 0 is indented on
5431`cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5432
5433Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5434with no args.
5435
5436DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5437or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5438`cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5439
5440\(fn)" t nil)
5441
5442(autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5443Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5444
5445\(fn WORD)" t nil)
5446
5447(autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5448Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5449
5450\(fn)" t nil)
5451
5452;;;***
5453
5454;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5455;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
5456;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5457
5458(autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5459Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5460This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5461what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5462A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5463
5464\(fn ARG)" t nil)
5465
5466(autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5467Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5468
5469\(fn)" t nil)
5470
5471;;;***
5472
5473;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5474;;;;;;  (17842 54264))
5475;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5476
5477(defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5478Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5479A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
5480indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5481
5482Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5483use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5484
5485(custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5486
5487(autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5488Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5489With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5490
5491\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5492
5493(defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5494
5495;;;***
5496
5497;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5498;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
5499;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5500
5501(autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5502Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5503By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5504single prompt, optionally using completion.
5505
5506Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5507a prespecified separator character.  For example, if the separator
5508character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5509specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5510
5511The default value for the separator character is the value of
5512`crm-default-separator' (comma).  The separator character may be
5513changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5514
5515Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5516'elements'.  In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5517'bob', and 'eve'.
5518
5519Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5520contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5521'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5522
5523The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5524
5525See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5526PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5527INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5528
5529\(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5530
5531;;;***
5532
5533;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5534;;;;;;  (17888 45995))
5535;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5536
5537(defvar cua-mode nil "\
5538Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5539See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5540Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5541either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5542or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5543
5544(custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5545
5546(autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5547Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5548When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5549region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5550and typed text replaces the active selection.
5551
5552Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5553cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5554The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5555active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5556function of these prefix keys.
5557
5558If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5559the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5560options:
5561- press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5562- press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5563- use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5564
5565You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5566CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5567the prefix fallback behavior.
5568
5569CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally.  Trying to disable
5570Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5571only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5572shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5573
5574\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5575
5576(autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5577Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5578
5579\(fn ARG)" t nil)
5580 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5581 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5582 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5583 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5584 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5585 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5586 (if user-init-file (concat
5587 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5588 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5589
5590;;;***
5591
5592;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5593;;;;;;  custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5594;;;;;;  custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5595;;;;;;  customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5596;;;;;;  customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5597;;;;;;  customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5598;;;;;;  customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5599;;;;;;  customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5600;;;;;;  customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5601;;;;;;  custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5602;;;;;;  (17952 11093))
5603;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5604
5605(defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5606If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5607
5608(custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5609
5610(defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5611If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5612
5613(custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5614
5615(defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5616If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5617
5618(custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5619 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5620
5621(autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5622Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5623
5624If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5625it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5626
5627If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5628`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5629
5630If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5631
5632\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5633
5634(autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5635Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5636VALUE is a Lisp object.
5637
5638If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5639VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5640
5641If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5642it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5643
5644If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5645`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5646
5647If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5648
5649\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5650
5651(autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5652Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5653Return VALUE.
5654
5655If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5656VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5657
5658If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5659it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5660
5661If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5662`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5663
5664If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5665
5666\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5667
5668(autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5669Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5670User options are structured into \"groups\".
5671Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5672are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5673
5674\(fn)" t nil)
5675
5676(autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5677Customize options related to the current major mode.
5678If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5679then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5680
5681\(fn MODE)" t nil)
5682
5683(autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5684Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5685
5686\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5687
5688(autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5689Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5690
5691\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5692
5693(defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5694
5695(autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5696Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5697
5698\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5699
5700(defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5701
5702(autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5703Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5704Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5705
5706\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5707
5708(defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5709Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5710We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5711as part of Emacs itself.
5712
5713Each elements looks like this:
5714
5715     (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5716
5717Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5718PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5719package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5720EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5721was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5722PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5723the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5724and `defface'.
5725
5726For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5727
5728     (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5729                  '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5730                         (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5731                         (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5732                         (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5733
5734The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5735PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5736the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5737the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5738
5739(defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5740
5741(autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5742Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5743This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5744customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5745or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5746
5747With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5748that were added or redefined since that version.
5749
5750\(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5751
5752(autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5753Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5754If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5755face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5756
5757Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5758suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5759
5760\(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5761
5762(autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5763Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5764If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5765
5766Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5767suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5768
5769\(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5770
5771(autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5772Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5773
5774\(fn)" t nil)
5775
5776(autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5777Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5778
5779\(fn)" t nil)
5780
5781(autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5782Customize all already saved user options.
5783
5784\(fn)" t nil)
5785
5786(autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5787Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5788If ALL is `options', include only options.
5789If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5790If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5791If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5792that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5793\(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5794
5795\(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5796
5797(autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5798Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5799With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5800\(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5801
5802\(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5803
5804(autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5805Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5806
5807\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5808
5809(autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5810Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5811
5812\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5813
5814(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5815Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5816Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5817OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5818SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5819that option.
5820
5821\(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5822
5823(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5824Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5825The result includes selecting that window.
5826Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5827OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5828SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5829that option.
5830
5831\(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5832
5833(autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5834Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5835
5836\(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5837
5838(defvar custom-file nil "\
5839File used for storing customization information.
5840The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5841as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5842it should be an absolute file name.
5843
5844You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5845last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5846something like the following in your init file:
5847
5848\(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5849\(load custom-file)
5850
5851Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5852save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5853
5854When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5855previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5856forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5857and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5858This will preserve your existing customizations.
5859
5860If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5861currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5862option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5863`custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5864present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5865the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5866want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5867in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5868file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5869and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5870
5871(custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5872
5873(autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5874Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5875
5876\(fn)" nil nil)
5877
5878(autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5879Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5880
5881\(fn)" t nil)
5882
5883(autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5884Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5885The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5886
5887\(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5888
5889(autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5890Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5891If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5892Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5893The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5894
5895\(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5896
5897;;;***
5898
5899;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5900;;;;;;  custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17842 58280))
5901;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5902
5903(autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5904Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5905
5906\(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5907
5908(defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5909Alist of face attributes.
5910
5911The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5912where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5913editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5914value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5915function to make the customized value suitable for storing.  PRE-FILTER
5916and POST-FILTER are optional.
5917
5918The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5919stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5920customization type TYPE).
5921
5922The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5923being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5924given face attribute.")
5925
5926(autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5927Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5928This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5929The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5930
5931  (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5932
5933SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5934`user' theme.  The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5935See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5936See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5937between themes and faces.
5938See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5939
5940If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5941COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5942
5943\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5944
5945(autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5946Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5947Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5948
5949    (FACE IGNORED)
5950
5951This means reset FACE.  The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5952
5953\(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5954
5955(autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5956Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5957This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5958
5959Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5960
5961    (FACE FROM-THEME)
5962
5963This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5964
5965\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5966
5967;;;***
5968
5969;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5970;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
5971;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5972
5973(autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5974Create a custom theme.
5975
5976\(fn)" t nil)
5977
5978;;;***
5979
5980;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5981;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
5982;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5983
5984(autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
5985Mode used for cvs status output.
5986
5987\(fn)" t nil)
5988
5989;;;***
5990
5991;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5992;;;;;;  "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17860 50532))
5993;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5994
5995(autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
5996Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5997
5998Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5999be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
6000C++ modes are included.
6001
6002With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6003
6004\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6005
6006(autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6007Turn on CWarn mode.
6008
6009This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6010  (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6011
6012\(fn)" nil nil)
6013
6014(defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6015Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6016See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6017Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6018either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6019or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6020
6021(custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6022
6023(autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6024Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6025With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6026Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6027See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6028
6029\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6030
6031;;;***
6032
6033;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6034;;;;;;  cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6035;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
6036;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6037
6038(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6039Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6040
6041\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6042
6043(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6044Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6045
6046\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6047
6048(autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6049Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6050For readability, the table is slightly
6051different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6052
6053The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6054that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6055Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6056If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6057If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6058
6059\(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6060
6061;;;***
6062
6063;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6064;;;;;;  (18006 55794))
6065;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6066 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6067 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6068
6069(autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6070Completion on current word.
6071Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6072and presents suggestions for completion.
6073
6074With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6075function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6076completions.
6077
6078If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6079then it searches *all* buffers.
6080
6081\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082
6083(autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6084Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6085
6086Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6087If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6088considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6089buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6090`dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6091
6092A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6093possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
6094
6095If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6096no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6097with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6098
6099The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6100direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6101
6102See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6103
6104\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6105
6106;;;***
6107
6108;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17949
6109;;;;;;  41468))
6110;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6111
6112(autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6113Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6114
6115This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
6116THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6117dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6118
6119Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6120Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6121Data lines are not indented.
6122
6123Key bindings:
6124
6125\\{dcl-mode-map}
6126Commands not usually bound to keys:
6127
6128\\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]		Save changed options
6129\\[dcl-save-all-options]		Save all options
6130\\[dcl-save-option]			Save any option
6131\\[dcl-save-mode]			Save buffer mode
6132
6133Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6134
6135 dcl-basic-offset
6136    Extra indentation within blocks.
6137
6138 dcl-continuation-offset
6139    Extra indentation for continued lines.
6140
6141 dcl-margin-offset
6142    Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6143
6144 dcl-margin-label-offset
6145    Indentation for a label.
6146
6147 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6148    Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6149
6150 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6151 dcl-block-end-regexp
6152    Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6153    a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6154    Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6155    make it possible to define other places to indent.
6156    Set to nil to disable this feature.
6157
6158 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6159    Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6160    Two such functions are included in the package:
6161	dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6162	dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6163
6164 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6165    Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6166    One such function is included in the package:
6167	dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
6168
6169 dcl-tab-always-indent
6170    If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6171    If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6172    margin.
6173
6174 dcl-electric-characters
6175    Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6176    typed.
6177
6178 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6179    Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6180    which words trigger electric indentation.
6181
6182 dcl-tempo-comma
6183 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6184 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6185    These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6186
6187 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6188    Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
6189    SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6190    other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6191
6192 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6193 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6194 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6195 dcl-imenu-label-call
6196    Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6197
6198Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6199`dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6200Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6201with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6202
6203
6204The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6205
6206$! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6207$! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6208$! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6209$       i = 1
6210$       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6211$       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6212$ label:
6213$       if i.eq.1
6214$       then
6215$           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6216$           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6217$           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6218$               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6219$               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6220                       \"lined up with the command line\"
6221$               type sys$input
6222Data lines are not indented at all.
6223$           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6224$       endif
6225$
6226
6227
6228There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6229`dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6230
6231\(fn)" t nil)
6232
6233;;;***
6234
6235;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6236;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17842 54152))
6237;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6238
6239(setq debugger (quote debug))
6240
6241(autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6242Enter debugger.  To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6243Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6244of the evaluator.
6245
6246You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6247any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
6248first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6249
6250\(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6251
6252(autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6253Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6254
6255When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6256
6257This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
6258debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
6259normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6260its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6261form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
6262primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6263
6264Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6265Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6266
6267\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6268
6269(autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6270Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6271If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6272When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6273To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6274
6275\(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6276
6277;;;***
6278
6279;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6280;;;;;;  (17842 55395))
6281;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6282
6283(autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6284Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6285
6286\(fn)" t nil)
6287
6288(autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6289Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6290Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6291Upper-case letters are commands.
6292
6293The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6294modify it.
6295
6296The most useful commands are:
6297\\<decipher-mode-map>
6298\\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6299\\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6300\\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6301\\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6302\\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6303
6304\(fn)" t nil)
6305
6306;;;***
6307
6308;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6309;;;;;;  delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17842
6310;;;;;;  58280))
6311;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6312
6313(autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6314Customization of `columns' group.
6315
6316\(fn)" t nil)
6317
6318(autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6319Prettify all columns in a text region.
6320
6321START and END delimits the text region.
6322
6323\(fn START END)" t nil)
6324
6325(autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6326Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6327
6328START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6329
6330\(fn START END)" t nil)
6331
6332;;;***
6333
6334;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17842
6335;;;;;;  56333))
6336;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6337
6338(autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6339Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6340\\[delphi-tab]	- Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6341\\[delphi-find-unit]	- Search for a Delphi source file.
6342\\[delphi-fill-comment]	- Fill the current comment.
6343\\[delphi-new-comment-line]	- If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6344
6345M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6346
6347Customization:
6348
6349 `delphi-indent-level'                (default 3)
6350    Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6351 `delphi-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
6352    Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6353 `delphi-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
6354    Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6355 `delphi-tab-always-indents'          (default t)
6356    Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6357    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6358 `delphi-newline-always-indents'      (default t)
6359    Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6360    line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6361    blank line.
6362 `delphi-search-path'                 (default .)
6363    Directories to search when finding external units.
6364 `delphi-verbose'                     (default nil)
6365    If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6366
6367Coloring:
6368
6369 `delphi-comment-face'                (default font-lock-comment-face)
6370    Face used to color delphi comments.
6371 `delphi-string-face'                 (default font-lock-string-face)
6372    Face used to color delphi strings.
6373 `delphi-keyword-face'                (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6374    Face used to color delphi keywords.
6375 `delphi-other-face'                  (default nil)
6376    Face used to color everything else.
6377
6378Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6379no args, if that value is non-nil.
6380
6381\(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6382
6383;;;***
6384
6385;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17842
6386;;;;;;  58280))
6387;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6388
6389(defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6390
6391(defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6392Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6393See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6394Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6395either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6396or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6397
6398(custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6399
6400(autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6401Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6402With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6403positive.
6404
6405When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6406enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6407active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6408any selection.
6409
6410\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411
6412;;;***
6413
6414;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6415;;;;;;  "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17842 54152))
6416;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6417
6418(autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6419Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6420
6421The arguments to this command are as follow:
6422
6423CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
6424PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6425           or nil if there is no parent.
6426NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6427DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6428           the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6429BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
6430           hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
6431
6432BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
6433  arguments are currently understood:
6434:group GROUP
6435	Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6436	The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6437:syntax-table TABLE
6438	Use TABLE instead of the default.
6439	A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6440:abbrev-table TABLE
6441	Use TABLE instead of the default.
6442	A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6443
6444Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6445
6446  (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6447
6448You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6449without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
6450and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6451
6452On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6453the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6454
6455  (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6456    \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6457    (setq case-fold-search nil))
6458
6459Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6460been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6461
6462The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6463`derived-mode-hook-name'.
6464
6465See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6466
6467\(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6468
6469(autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6470Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6471Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6472empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6473the first time the mode is used.
6474
6475\(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6476
6477;;;***
6478
6479;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6480;;;;;;  "descr-text.el" (17874 62047))
6481;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6482
6483(autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6484Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6485Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6486If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6487insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6488otherwise.
6489
6490\(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6491
6492(autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6493Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6494The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6495syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6496character composition information (if relevant),
6497as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6498
6499\(fn POS)" t nil)
6500
6501;;;***
6502
6503;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6504;;;;;;  desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6505;;;;;;  desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6506;;;;;;  "desktop.el" (17949 41467))
6507;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6508
6509(defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6510Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6511See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6512
6513(custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6514
6515(autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6516Toggle desktop saving mode.
6517With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6518otherwise.  If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6519saved from one session to another.  See variable `desktop-save'
6520and function `desktop-read' for details.
6521
6522\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6523
6524(defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6525List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6526The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
6527modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6528
6529(custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6530
6531(defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6532When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6533This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6534
6535If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6536DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6537file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6538
6539When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6540\"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6541
6542Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6543is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6544`desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6545
6546(defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6547Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6548Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6549evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6550
6551   (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6552
6553Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6554handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6555
6556Handlers are called with argument list
6557
6558   (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6559
6560Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6561
6562   desktop-file-version
6563   desktop-buffer-major-mode
6564   desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6565   desktop-buffer-point
6566   desktop-buffer-mark
6567   desktop-buffer-read-only
6568   desktop-buffer-locals
6569
6570If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6571and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6572
6573Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6574code like
6575
6576   (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6577   ...
6578   (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6579                '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6580
6581Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6582
6583(put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6584
6585(defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6586Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6587Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6588List elements must have the form
6589
6590   (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6591
6592Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6593function.
6594
6595Handlers are called with argument list
6596
6597   (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6598
6599Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6600
6601   desktop-file-version
6602   desktop-buffer-file-name
6603   desktop-buffer-name
6604   desktop-buffer-major-mode
6605   desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6606   desktop-buffer-point
6607   desktop-buffer-mark
6608   desktop-buffer-read-only
6609   desktop-buffer-misc
6610
6611When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6612been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6613created and set.
6614
6615Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6616code like
6617
6618   (defun foo-desktop-restore
6619   ...
6620   (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6621                '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6622
6623Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6624
6625See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6626
6627(put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6628
6629(autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6630Empty the Desktop.
6631This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6632a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6633Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6634
6635\(fn)" t nil)
6636
6637(autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6638Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6639Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6640See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6641
6642\(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6643
6644(autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6645Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6646This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6647
6648\(fn)" t nil)
6649
6650(autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6651Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6652Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6653directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6654is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6655is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6656This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6657It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6658
6659\(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6660
6661(autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6662Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6663Also inhibit further loading of it.
6664
6665\(fn)" nil nil)
6666
6667(autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6668Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6669Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6670`desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6671directory DIRNAME.
6672
6673\(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6674
6675(autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6676Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6677
6678\(fn)" t nil)
6679
6680(autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6681Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6682
6683\(fn)" t nil)
6684
6685;;;***
6686
6687;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6688;;;;;;  gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6689;;;;;;  "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17842 54741))
6690;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6691
6692(autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6693Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6694You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6695`gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6696indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6697NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6698
6699\(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6700
6701(autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6702Repair a broken attribution line.
6703If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6704
6705\(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6706
6707(autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6708Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6709Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6710NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6711
6712\(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6713
6714(autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6715Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6716
6717\(fn)" t nil)
6718
6719;;;***
6720
6721;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6722;;;;;;  "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17842 58278))
6723;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6724
6725(defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6726
6727(autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6728Not documented
6729
6730\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6731
6732(autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6733Not documented
6734
6735\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6736
6737;;;***
6738
6739;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6740;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17958 11887))
6741;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6742
6743(autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6744Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6745If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6746by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6747does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6748
6749\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6750
6751(autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6752Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6753If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6754Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6755
6756You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6757For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily.  Since
6758`emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6759all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6760
6761#!/bin/sh
6762# diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6763emacs -batch \\
6764-eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6765             diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6766             european-calendar-style t \\
6767             diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6768-l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6769at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6770
6771You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6772system.  Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
67730 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6774to run it every morning at 1am.
6775
6776\(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6777
6778(autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6779Major mode for editing the diary file.
6780
6781\(fn)" t nil)
6782
6783;;;***
6784
6785;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6786;;;;;;  "diff.el" (17992 30877))
6787;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6788
6789(defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6790*A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6791
6792(custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6793
6794(defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6795*The command to use to run diff.")
6796
6797(custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6798
6799(autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6800Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6801Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6802and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6803If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6804With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6805
6806\(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6807
6808(autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6809Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6810Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6811If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6812The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6813With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6814
6815\(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6816
6817;;;***
6818
6819;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6820;;;;;;  (17992 30877))
6821;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6822
6823(autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6824Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6825Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6826normal diffs.
6827
6828When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6829If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6830headers for you on-the-fly.
6831
6832You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6833or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6834a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6835
6836   \\{diff-mode-map}
6837
6838\(fn)" t nil)
6839
6840(autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6841Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6842\\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6843
6844\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6845
6846;;;***
6847
6848;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6849;;;;;;  dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6850;;;;;;  dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6851;;;;;;  dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6852;;;;;;  "dired" "dired.el" (18015 32019))
6853;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6854
6855(defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6856*Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6857May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6858may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6859`dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6860On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6861some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6862`insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6863
6864(custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6865
6866(defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6867Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6868
6869(defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6870*Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6871Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6872`insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6873itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6874
6875Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6876nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6877
6878Dired checks if there is really a @ appended.  Thus, if you have a
6879marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6880don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6881always set this variable to t.")
6882
6883(custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6884
6885(defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6886*Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6887A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6888A value of t means move to first file.")
6889
6890(custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6891
6892(defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6893*Controls marking of renamed files.
6894If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6895If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6896are afterward marked with that character.")
6897
6898(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6899
6900(defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6901*Controls marking of copied files.
6902If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6903If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6904
6905(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6906
6907(defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6908*Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6909If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6910If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6911
6912(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6913
6914(defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6915*Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6916If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6917If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6918
6919(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6920
6921(defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6922*If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6923This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6924use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6925
6926The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6927
6928(custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6929
6930(defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6931*If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6932\(This works on only some systems.)")
6933
6934(custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6935
6936(defvar dired-directory nil "\
6937The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6938Local to each dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6939directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6940The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6941 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6942
6943(autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6944\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6945Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6946\(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6947Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6948shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6949its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6950list of files to make directory entries for.
6951\\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6952You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6953delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6954Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6955
6956If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6957
6958\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6959 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6960
6961(autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6962\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6963
6964\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6965 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6966
6967(autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6968\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6969
6970\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6971
6972(autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6973Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6974
6975\(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6976
6977(autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6978Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6979In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6980  (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6981  Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6982\"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6983  compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6984  and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6985  files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6986  by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6987You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6988Letters no longer insert themselves.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6989Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
6990Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6991  Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6992  if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6993  the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6994  to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6995  Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6996  to see why something went wrong.
6997Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
6998Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
6999Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7000Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7001  (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7002Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7003Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7004Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7005Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7006Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7007Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7008  This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7009SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7010
7011If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7012directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7013subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7014again for the directory tree.
7015
7016Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7017for more info):
7018
7019  `dired-listing-switches'
7020  `dired-trivial-filenames'
7021  `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7022  `dired-marker-char'
7023  `dired-del-marker'
7024  `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7025  `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7026  `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7027  `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7028
7029Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7030
7031  `dired-before-readin-hook'
7032  `dired-after-readin-hook'
7033  `dired-mode-hook'
7034  `dired-load-hook'
7035
7036Keybindings:
7037\\{dired-mode-map}
7038
7039\(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7040 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7041
7042;;;***
7043
7044;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7045;;;;;;  dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7046;;;;;;  dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7047;;;;;;  dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7048;;;;;;  dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7049;;;;;;  dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7050;;;;;;  dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7051;;;;;;  dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7052;;;;;;  dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7053;;;;;;  dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7054;;;;;;  dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7055;;;;;;  dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7056;;;;;;  dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7057;;;;;;  dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17859 20444))
7058;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7059
7060(autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7061Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7062FILE defaults to the file at the mark.  (That's the mark set by
7063\\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7064The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7065With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7066which is options for `diff'.
7067
7068\(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7069
7070(autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7071Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7072Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7073If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7074The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7075With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7076
7077\(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7078
7079(autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7080Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7081Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7082with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7083with the same name.  Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7084Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7085with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7086
7087PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7088
7089    size1, size2   - file size in bytes
7090    mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7091    fa1, fa2       - list of file attributes
7092                     returned by function `file-attributes'
7093
7094    where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7095    and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7096
7097Examples of PREDICATE:
7098
7099    (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7100    (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7101    (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7102    (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2))   - mark files with different UID
7103              (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2))))   and GID.
7104
7105\(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7106
7107(autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7108Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7109This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7110
7111\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7112
7113(autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7114Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7115
7116\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7117
7118(autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7119Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7120
7121\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7122
7123(autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7124Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7125This calls touch.
7126
7127\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7128
7129(autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7130Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7131Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7132`lpr-switches' as default.
7133
7134\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7135
7136(autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7137Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7138Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7139Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7140Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7141
7142To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7143with a prefix argument.
7144
7145\(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7146
7147(autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7148Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7149If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7150the next ARG files are used.  Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7151The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7152
7153If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7154COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7155
7156If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7157whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7158file name substituted for `?'.
7159
7160Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7161file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7162
7163`*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7164significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7165normally to the shell, but you must confirm first.  To pass `*' by
7166itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7167
7168If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7169
7170This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7171there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7172Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7173
7174When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7175the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7176in a subdir.
7177
7178In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7179the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7180can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7181
7182\(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7183
7184(autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7185Not documented
7186
7187\(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7188
7189(autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7190Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7191With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7192\(A negative argument kills backward.)
7193If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7194for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7195Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7196from the buffer as well.
7197To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7198parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7199command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7200
7201\(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7202
7203(autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7204Not documented
7205
7206\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7207
7208(autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7209Not documented
7210
7211\(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7212
7213(autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7214Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7215
7216\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7217
7218(autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7219Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7220
7221\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7222
7223(autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7224Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7225
7226\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7227
7228(autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7229Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7230If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory.  In that case,
7231a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7232
7233Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7234the buffer will not reset them.  However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7235or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery.  Hence, you sometimes
7236may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7237You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7238\\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7239See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7240
7241\(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7242
7243(autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7244Not documented
7245
7246\(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7247
7248(autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7249Not documented
7250
7251\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7252
7253(autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7254Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7255
7256\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7257
7258(autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7259Not documented
7260
7261\(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7262
7263(autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7264Not documented
7265
7266\(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7267
7268(autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7269Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7270
7271\(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7272
7273(autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7274Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7275This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7276When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7277When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7278and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7279with the same names that the files currently have.  The default
7280suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7281`dired-dwim-target', which see.
7282
7283This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7284like `cp -d'.
7285
7286\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7287
7288(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7289Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7290When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7291When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7292and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7293with the same names that the files currently have.  The default
7294suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7295`dired-dwim-target', which see.
7296
7297For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7298
7299\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7300
7301(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7302Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7303When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7304When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7305and new hard links are made in that directory
7306with the same names that the files currently have.  The default
7307suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7308`dired-dwim-target', which see.
7309
7310\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7311
7312(autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7313Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7314When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7315When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7316This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7317The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7318of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7319
7320\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7321
7322(autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7323Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7324
7325With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7326files.  Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7327file if none are marked.
7328
7329As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7330  what to do with it.  For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7331NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7332REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7333
7334With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7335Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7336
7337\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7338
7339(autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7340Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7341See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7342
7343\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7344
7345(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7346Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7347See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7348
7349\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7350
7351(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7352Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7353See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7354
7355\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7356
7357(autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7358Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7359
7360\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7361
7362(autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7363Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7364
7365\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7366
7367(autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7368Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7369If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7370  else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7371With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7372  You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7373  this subdirectory.
7374This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7375
7376Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7377the buffer will not reset them.  However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7378or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery.  Hence, you sometimes
7379may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7380You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7381\\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7382See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7383
7384\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7385
7386(autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7387Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7388If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7389  else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7390With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7391  You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7392  this subdirectory.
7393This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7394
7395\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7396
7397(autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7398Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7399When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7400
7401\(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7402
7403(autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7404Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7405Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7406The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7407
7408\(fn DIR)" t nil)
7409
7410(autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7411Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7412If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7413marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7414
7415\(fn)" t nil)
7416
7417(autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7418Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7419Lower levels are unaffected.
7420
7421\(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7422
7423(autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7424Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7425
7426\(fn ARG)" t nil)
7427
7428(autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7429Go down in the dired tree.
7430
7431\(fn)" t nil)
7432
7433(autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7434Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7435Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7436Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7437
7438\(fn ARG)" t nil)
7439
7440(autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7441Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7442If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7443Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7444
7445\(fn ARG)" t nil)
7446
7447(autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7448Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7449Stops when a match is found.
7450To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7451
7452\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7453
7454(autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7455Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7456Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7457If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7458with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7459
7460\(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7461
7462(autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7463Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7464If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7465true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7466
7467\(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7468
7469;;;***
7470
7471;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7472;;;;;;  (17992 30877))
7473;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7474
7475(autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7476Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7477If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7478If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7479In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7480buffer and try again.
7481
7482\(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7483
7484(autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7485Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7486Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7487This creates relative symbolic links like
7488
7489    foo -> ../bar/foo
7490
7491not absolute ones like
7492
7493    foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7494
7495For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7496
7497\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7498
7499;;;***
7500
7501;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17842 58280))
7502;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7503
7504(autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7505Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7506The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7507
7508You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7509
7510If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7511function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7512
7513You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7514`comint-output-filter-functions'.
7515
7516\(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7517
7518;;;***
7519
7520;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17842
7521;;;;;;  54152))
7522;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7523
7524(autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7525Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7526OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7527\(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7528If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7529redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7530
7531\(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7532
7533;;;***
7534
7535;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7536;;;;;;  make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7537;;;;;;  standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7538;;;;;;  standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7539;;;;;;  set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7540;;;;;;  "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17874 62056))
7541;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7542
7543(autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7544Return a new, empty display table.
7545
7546\(fn)" nil nil)
7547
7548(autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7549Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7550SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7551Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7552`selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7553
7554\(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7555
7556(autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7557Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7558SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7559Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7560`selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7561
7562\(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7563
7564(autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7565Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7566
7567\(fn DT)" nil nil)
7568
7569(autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7570Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7571
7572\(fn)" t nil)
7573
7574(autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7575Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7576
7577\(fn L H)" nil nil)
7578
7579(autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7580Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7581
7582\(fn L H)" nil nil)
7583
7584(autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7585Display character C using printable string S.
7586
7587\(fn C S)" nil nil)
7588
7589(autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7590Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7591This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7592it is meaningless for an X frame.
7593
7594\(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7595
7596(autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7597Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7598This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7599X frame.
7600
7601\(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7602
7603(autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7604Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7605
7606\(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7607
7608(autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7609Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7610
7611\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7612
7613(autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7614Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7615
7616\(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7617
7618(autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7619Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7620
7621\(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7622
7623(autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7624Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7625
7626\(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7627
7628(autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7629Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7630
7631This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7632unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7633with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7634variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7635
7636With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7637if arg is positive, disables it otherwise.  Otherwise, it toggles
7638European character display.
7639
7640When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7641display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
7642and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7643ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7644
7645Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7646from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7647selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7648those created subsequently).  This provides increased compatibility
7649for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7650
7651\(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7652
7653;;;***
7654
7655;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7656;;;;;;  (17941 38806))
7657;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7658
7659(autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7660Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7661Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7662which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7663Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7664If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7665If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7666Default is 2.
7667
7668\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7669
7670;;;***
7671
7672;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17949 41467))
7673;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7674
7675(defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7676The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7677This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7678The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7679The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7680ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7681private or ask).
7682If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7683is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7684If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7685The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7686if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7687
7688(custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7689
7690;;;***
7691
7692;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7693;;;;;;  "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17842 58277))
7694;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7695
7696(autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7697Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7698This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
7699highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7700Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7701variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
7702table and its own syntax table.
7703
7704Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7705
7706\(fn)" t nil)
7707 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7708
7709(autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7710Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7711
7712\(fn)" t nil)
7713(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7714
7715;;;***
7716
7717;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17941 38806))
7718;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7719
7720(autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7721Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7722
7723\(fn)" t nil)
7724
7725;;;***
7726
7727;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7728;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
7729;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7730
7731(defvar double-mode nil "\
7732Toggle Double mode.
7733Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7734use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7735
7736(custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7737
7738(autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7739Toggle Double mode.
7740With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7741
7742When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7743when pressed twice.  See variable `double-map' for details.
7744
7745\(fn ARG)" t nil)
7746
7747;;;***
7748
7749;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17842 55395))
7750;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7751
7752(autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7753Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7754
7755\(fn)" t nil)
7756
7757;;;***
7758
7759;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7760;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
7761;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7762
7763(autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7764Play sounds in message buffers.
7765
7766\(fn)" t nil)
7767
7768;;;***
7769
7770;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7771;;;;;;  define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7772;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17992 30878))
7773;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7774
7775(defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7776
7777(autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7778Define a new minor mode MODE.
7779This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7780and toggle command MODE.
7781
7782DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7783Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7784Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7785Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7786  If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7787  in order to build a valid keymap.  It's generally better to use
7788  a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7789The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7790used (see below).
7791
7792BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7793  It is executed after toggling the mode,
7794  and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7795  Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7796  keywords and values).  These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7797  keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7798:group GROUP	Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7799		Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7800		Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7801		`defgroup' to define that group properly.
7802:global GLOBAL	If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7803		buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7804		By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7805:init-value VAL	Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7806:lighter SPEC	Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7807:keymap MAP	Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7808:require SYM	Same as in `defcustom'.
7809
7810For example, you could write
7811  (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7812    :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7813    ...BODY CODE...)
7814
7815\(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7816
7817(defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7818
7819(defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7820
7821(autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7822Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7823TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7824  and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7825KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
7826  defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7827  ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7828  which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7829  The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7830  `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7831  or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7832  are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7833
7834If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7835enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7836correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
7837prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7838call another major mode in their body.
7839
7840\(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7841
7842(autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7843Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7844BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7845KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7846Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7847Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7848ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7849
7850\(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7851
7852(autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7853Not documented
7854
7855\(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7856
7857(autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7858Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7859CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7860
7861\(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7862
7863;;;***
7864
7865;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7866;;;;;;  easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17842
7867;;;;;;  54152))
7868;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7869
7870(put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7871
7872(autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7873Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7874
7875If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7876and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7877If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7878
7879The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar item name.
7880It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7881
7882   :filter FUNCTION
7883
7884FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7885It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7886
7887   :visible INCLUDE
7888
7889INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7890expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7891
7892   :active ENABLE
7893
7894ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7895whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7896
7897The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7898
7899A menu item is usually a vector of three elements:  [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7900
7901NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7902
7903CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7904or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7905
7906ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7907whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7908
7909Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7910
7911   [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7912
7913Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7914
7915   :keys KEYS
7916
7917KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7918This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7919computed automatically.
7920KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7921
7922   :key-sequence KEYS
7923
7924KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7925menu item.
7926This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7927a menu.  Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7928keyboard equivalent.
7929
7930   :active ENABLE
7931
7932ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7933whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7934
7935   :visible INCLUDE
7936
7937INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7938expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7939
7940   :suffix FORM
7941
7942FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7943value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7944
7945   :style STYLE
7946
7947STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item.  The following are
7948defined:
7949
7950toggle: A checkbox.
7951        Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7952radio: A radio button.
7953       Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7954button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'.  Use this for an item in the
7955        menu bar itself.
7956anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7957
7958   :selected SELECTED
7959
7960SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7961whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7962
7963   :help HELP
7964
7965HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7966
7967A menu item can be a string.  Then that string appears in the menu as
7968unselectable text.  A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7969as a solid horizontal line.
7970
7971A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU.  This is a submenu.
7972
7973\(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7974
7975(autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7976Not documented
7977
7978\(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7979
7980(autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7981Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7982MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7983possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7984
7985\(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7986
7987(autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
7988Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7989PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7990should contain a submenu named NAME.
7991ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7992These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7993
7994If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7995menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7996first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7997
7998If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7999If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8000the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8001
8002To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8003`menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8004
8005\(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8006
8007;;;***
8008
8009;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8010;;;;;;  ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8011;;;;;;  ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8012;;;;;;  ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8013;;;;;;  ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8014;;;;;;  ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8015;;;;;;  ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8016;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17952 11093))
8017;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8018
8019(autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8020Customization for ebnf group.
8021
8022\(fn)" t nil)
8023
8024(autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8025Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8026
8027If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8028
8029The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8030processed.
8031
8032See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8033
8034\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8035
8036(autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8037Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8038
8039If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8040killed after process termination.
8041
8042See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8043
8044\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8045
8046(autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8047Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8048
8049When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8050the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8051it to the printer.
8052
8053More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8054is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
8055the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
8056number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8057
8058\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8059
8060(autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8061Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8062Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8063
8064\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8065
8066(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8067Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8068
8069If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8070
8071The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8072processed.
8073
8074See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8075
8076\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8077
8078(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8079Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8080
8081If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8082killed after process termination.
8083
8084See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8085
8086\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8087
8088(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8089Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8090Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8091local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8092
8093Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8094
8095\(fn)" t nil)
8096
8097(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8098Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8099Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8100
8101Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8102
8103\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8104
8105(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8106Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8107
8108If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8109
8110The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8111processed.
8112
8113See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8114
8115\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8116
8117(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8118Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8119
8120If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8121killed after EPS generation.
8122
8123See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8124
8125\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8126
8127(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8128Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8129
8130Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8131The EPS file name has the following form:
8132
8133   <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8134
8135<PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8136	     The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8137
8138<PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8139	     Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8140	     produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
8141	     \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8142	     file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8143
8144WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8145         files.
8146
8147\(fn)" t nil)
8148
8149(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8150Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8151
8152Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8153The EPS file name has the following form:
8154
8155   <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8156
8157<PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8158	     The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8159
8160<PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8161	     Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8162	     produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
8163	     \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8164	     file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8165
8166WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8167         files.
8168
8169\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8170
8171(defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8172
8173(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8174Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8175
8176If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8177
8178Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8179are processed.
8180
8181See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8182
8183\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8184
8185(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8186Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8187
8188If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8189killed after syntax checking.
8190
8191See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8192
8193\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8194
8195(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8196Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8197
8198\(fn)" t nil)
8199
8200(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8202
8203\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8204
8205(autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8206Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8207
8208\(fn)" nil nil)
8209
8210(autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8212
8213See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8214
8215\(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8216
8217(autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8218Delete style NAME.
8219
8220See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8221
8222\(fn NAME)" t nil)
8223
8224(autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8225Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8226
8227See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8228
8229\(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8230
8231(autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8232Set STYLE as the current style.
8233
8234Returns the old style symbol.
8235
8236See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8237
8238\(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8239
8240(autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8241Reset current style.
8242
8243Returns the old style symbol.
8244
8245See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8246
8247\(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8248
8249(autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8250Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8251
8252Returns the old style symbol.
8253
8254See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8255
8256See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8257
8258\(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8259
8260(autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8261Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8262
8263Returns the old style symbol.
8264
8265See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8266
8267See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8268
8269\(fn)" t nil)
8270
8271;;;***
8272
8273;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8274;;;;;;  ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8275;;;;;;  ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8276;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8277;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8278;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8279;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8280;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8281;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8282;;;;;;  ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8283;;;;;;  ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17821
8284;;;;;;  5918))
8285;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8286
8287(autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8288Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8289Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8290Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8291File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8292E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8293
8294Tree mode key bindings:
8295\\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8296
8297\(fn)" t nil)
8298
8299(autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8300Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8301
8302\(fn)" t nil)
8303
8304(autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8305Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8306
8307\\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8308
8309\(fn)" nil nil)
8310
8311(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8312View declaration of member at point.
8313
8314\(fn)" t nil)
8315
8316(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8317Find declaration of member at point.
8318
8319\(fn)" t nil)
8320
8321(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8322View definition of member at point.
8323
8324\(fn)" t nil)
8325
8326(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8327Find definition of member at point.
8328
8329\(fn)" t nil)
8330
8331(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8332Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8333
8334\(fn)" t nil)
8335
8336(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8337View definition of member at point in other window.
8338
8339\(fn)" t nil)
8340
8341(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8342Find definition of member at point in other window.
8343
8344\(fn)" t nil)
8345
8346(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8347Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8348
8349\(fn)" t nil)
8350
8351(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8352View definition of member at point in other frame.
8353
8354\(fn)" t nil)
8355
8356(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8357Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8358
8359\(fn)" t nil)
8360
8361(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8362Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8363A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8364A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8365completion.
8366
8367\(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8368
8369(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8370Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8371FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8372TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8373
8374\(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8375
8376(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8377Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8378If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8379If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8380
8381\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8382
8383(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8384Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8385With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8386
8387\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8388
8389(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8390Search for call sites of a member.
8391If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8392Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8393Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8394looks like a function call to the member.
8395
8396\(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8397
8398(autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8399Move backward in the position stack.
8400Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8401
8402\(fn ARG)" t nil)
8403
8404(autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8405Move forward in the position stack.
8406Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8407
8408\(fn ARG)" t nil)
8409
8410(autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8411List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8412
8413\(fn)" t nil)
8414
8415(autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8416Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8417
8418\(fn)" t nil)
8419
8420(autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8421Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8422Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8423Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8424
8425\(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8426
8427(autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8428Display statistics for a class tree.
8429
8430\(fn)" t nil)
8431
8432;;;***
8433
8434;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8435;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
8436;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8437
8438(autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8439Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8440Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8441listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8442
8443If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8444window disappears.  Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8445window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8446
8447To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8448the appropriate line of the buffer-list window.  Other commands are
8449much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8450
8451Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8452
8453\\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8454
8455\(fn ARG)" t nil)
8456
8457;;;***
8458
8459;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8460;;;;;;  "echistory.el" (17842 58280))
8461;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8462
8463(autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8464Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8465With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8466
8467\(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8468
8469;;;***
8470
8471;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8472;;;;;;  edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8473;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17952 11093))
8474;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8475
8476(defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8477*If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8478This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8479`eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
8480`eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8481
8482You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8483variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8484\(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8485`emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8486
8487(custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8488
8489(defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8490*Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8491This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8492Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8493
8494(custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8495
8496(autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8497Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8498An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8499`edebug-form-spec' property.
8500
8501\(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8502
8503(defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8504
8505(autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8506Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8507This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8508before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
8509using `eval-expression' (which see).
8510
8511If you do this on a function definition
8512such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8513its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8514later.  It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8515that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8516
8517If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8518evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8519expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8520\(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8521already is one.)
8522
8523\(fn)" t nil)
8524
8525(autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8526Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8527
8528\(fn)" t nil)
8529
8530(autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8531Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8532
8533\(fn)" t nil)
8534
8535;;;***
8536
8537;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8538;;;;;;  ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8539;;;;;;  ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8540;;;;;;  ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8541;;;;;;  ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8542;;;;;;  ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8543;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8544;;;;;;  ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8545;;;;;;  ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8546;;;;;;  ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17846 30361))
8547;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8548
8549(autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8550Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8551
8552\(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8553
8554(autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8555Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8556
8557\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8558
8559(defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8560
8561(defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8562
8563(autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8564Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8565Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8566If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8567
8568\(fn FILE)" t nil)
8569
8570(autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8571Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8572
8573\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8574
8575(defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8576
8577(autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8578Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8579
8580\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8581
8582(defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8583
8584(autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8585Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8586the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8587expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8588
8589\(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8590
8591(defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8592
8593(autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8594Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8595The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8596names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8597
8598\(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8599
8600(defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8601
8602(autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8603Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8604have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8605regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8606
8607\(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8608
8609(defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8610
8611(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8612Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8613the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8614expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8615
8616\(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8617
8618(defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8619
8620(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8621Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8622Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
8623in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8624without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8625only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8626
8627\(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8628
8629(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8630Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8631The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8632names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8633
8634\(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8635
8636(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8637
8638(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8639Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8640The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8641names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8642
8643\(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8644
8645(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8646
8647(defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8648
8649(autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8650Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8651With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8652follows:
8653If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8654If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8655
8656\(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8657
8658(autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8659Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8660With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8661follows:
8662If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8663If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8664
8665\(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8666
8667(autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8668Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8669Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8670This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8671lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8672
8673\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8674
8675(autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8676Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8677Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8678Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8679This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8680lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8681
8682\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8683
8684(defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8685
8686(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8687Merge two files without ancestor.
8688
8689\(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8690
8691(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8692Merge two files with ancestor.
8693
8694\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8695
8696(defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8697
8698(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8699Merge buffers without ancestor.
8700
8701\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8702
8703(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8704Merge buffers with ancestor.
8705
8706\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8707
8708(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8709Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8710The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8711buffer.
8712
8713\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8714
8715(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8716Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8717The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8718buffer.
8719
8720\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8721
8722(autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8723Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8724First run after `M-x cvs-update'.  Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8725file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8726
8727\(fn POS)" t nil)
8728
8729(autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8730Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8731If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8732and don't ask the user.
8733If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8734buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8735
8736\(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8737
8738(autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8739Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8740Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8741prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8742With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8743With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8744PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8745patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8746
8747\(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8748
8749(defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8750
8751(defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8752
8753(autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8754Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8755The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8756Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8757Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8758
8759\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8760
8761(defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8762
8763(autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8764Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8765When called interactively, displays the version.
8766
8767\(fn)" t nil)
8768
8769(autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8770Display Ediff's manual.
8771With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8772
8773\(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8774
8775;;;***
8776
8777;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8778;;;;;;  (17842 58280))
8779;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8780
8781(autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8782Not documented
8783
8784\(fn)" t nil)
8785
8786;;;***
8787
8788;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17842 58280))
8789;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8790
8791(defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8792 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8793
8794(ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8795
8796(ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8797
8798;;;***
8799
8800;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8801;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
8802;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8803
8804(autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8805Display Ediff's registry.
8806
8807\(fn)" t nil)
8808
8809(defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8810
8811;;;***
8812
8813;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8814;;;;;;  "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17846 30361))
8815;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8816
8817(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8818Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8819To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8820which see.
8821
8822\(fn)" t nil)
8823
8824(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8825Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8826Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8827To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8828
8829\(fn)" t nil)
8830
8831;;;***
8832
8833;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8834;;;;;;  edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8835;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
8836;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8837
8838(defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8839*Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8840Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8841
8842(autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8843Edit a keyboard macro.
8844At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8845Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8846the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8847its command name.
8848With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8849
8850\(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8851
8852(autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8853Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8854
8855\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8856
8857(autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8859
8860\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8861
8862(autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8863Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8864The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8865See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8866Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8867The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8868
8869In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8870the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8871The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8872Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8873
8874\(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8875
8876(autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8877Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8878This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8879Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8880If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
8881or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8882
8883\(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8884
8885;;;***
8886
8887;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8888;;;;;;  "emulation/edt.el" (17842 54264))
8889;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8890
8891(autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8892Set scroll margins.
8893Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8894Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8895
8896\(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8897
8898(autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8899Turn on EDT Emulation.
8900
8901\(fn)" t nil)
8902
8903;;;***
8904
8905;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8906;;;;;;  (17873 45892))
8907;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8908
8909(autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8910Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8911THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8912contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
8913erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
8914be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8915the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8916
8917If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8918shrink the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8919
8920After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8921in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8922in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8923this value is non-nil.
8924
8925If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8926shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8927If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8928
8929When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8930buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8931BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8932
8933\(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8934
8935(autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8936Not documented
8937
8938\(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8939
8940;;;***
8941
8942;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8943;;;;;;  "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17992 30878))
8944;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8945
8946(defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8947*String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8948
8949(custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8950
8951(autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8952Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8953In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8954function or variable in the text where point is.  If point is
8955on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8956variable's doc string.  Otherwise it displays the argument list
8957of the function called in the expression point is on.
8958
8959With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8960
8961\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8962
8963(autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8964Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8965
8966\(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968(defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8969If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8970The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8971doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8972It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8973Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8974arg list.
8975
8976This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8977Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8978
8979;;;***
8980
8981;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17842
8982;;;;;;  58279))
8983;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8984
8985(autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
8986Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8987
8988The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8989an elided material again.
8990
8991This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8992
8993\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8994
8995;;;***
8996
8997;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8998;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
8999;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9000
9001(autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9002Initialize elint.
9003
9004\(fn)" t nil)
9005
9006;;;***
9007
9008;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9009;;;;;;  elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17842
9010;;;;;;  54152))
9011;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9012
9013(autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9014Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9015FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9016
9017\(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9018
9019(autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9020Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9021Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9022
9023\(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9024
9025(autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9026Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9027For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9028
9029    \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9030
9031\(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9032
9033(autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9034Display current profiling results.
9035If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9036information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9037displayed.
9038
9039\(fn)" t nil)
9040
9041;;;***
9042
9043;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9044;;;;;;  (17907 23437))
9045;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9046
9047(autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9048Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9049Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9050
9051\(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9052
9053;;;***
9054
9055;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9056;;;;;;  emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9057;;;;;;  emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9058;;;;;;  emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9059;;;;;;  "emerge.el" (17166 62192))
9060;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9061
9062(defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9063 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9064 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9065  '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9066 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9067  '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9068 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9069  '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9070 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9071  '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9072 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9073  '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9074 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9075  '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9076 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9077  '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9078
9079(autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9080Run Emerge on two files.
9081
9082\(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9083
9084(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9085Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9086
9087\(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9088
9089(autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9090Run Emerge on two buffers.
9091
9092\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9093
9094(autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9095Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9096
9097\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098
9099(autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9100Not documented
9101
9102\(fn)" nil nil)
9103
9104(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9105Not documented
9106
9107\(fn)" nil nil)
9108
9109(autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9110Not documented
9111
9112\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9113
9114(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9115Not documented
9116
9117\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9118
9119(autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9120Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9121
9122\(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9123
9124(autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9125Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9126
9127\(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9128
9129(autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9130Not documented
9131
9132\(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9133
9134;;;***
9135
9136;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9137;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
9138;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9139
9140(defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
9141Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
9142See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
9143Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9144either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9145or call the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
9146
9147(custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" nil)
9148
9149(autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
9150Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
9151With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
9152
9153You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
9154\\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
9155automatically.
9156
9157In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
9158as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
9159\\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
9160
9161\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9162
9163;;;***
9164
9165;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9166;;;;;;  "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17842 58277))
9167;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9168
9169(autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9170Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9171These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9172text/enriched format.
9173Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9174
9175More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9176etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9177
9178Commands:
9179
9180\\{enriched-mode-map}
9181
9182\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9183
9184(autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9185Not documented
9186
9187\(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9188
9189(autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9190Not documented
9191
9192\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9193
9194;;;***
9195
9196;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9197;;;;;;  "erc/erc.el" (17935 53318))
9198;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9199
9200(autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9201Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9202
9203\(fn)" nil nil)
9204
9205(autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9206ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9207This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9208
9209It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9210
9211Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9212   (server (erc-compute-server))
9213   (port   (erc-compute-port))
9214   (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
9215   password
9216   (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9217
9218That is, if called with
9219
9220   (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9221
9222then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9223`erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9224be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9225
9226\(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9227
9228(defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9229
9230(autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9231Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9232If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9233Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9234
9235\(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9236
9237;;;***
9238
9239;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17935
9240;;;;;;  53318))
9241;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9243
9244;;;***
9245
9246;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17935 53318))
9247;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9248 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9249
9250;;;***
9251
9252;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17935 53318))
9253;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9254 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9255
9256;;;***
9257
9258;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17935 53318))
9259;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9260 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9261
9262;;;***
9263
9264;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9265;;;;;;  "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17842 54344))
9266;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9267
9268(autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9269Parser for /dcc command.
9270This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9271handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9272where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9273
9274\(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9275
9276(autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9277Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9278
9279\(fn)" nil nil)
9280
9281(defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9282Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9283
9284(autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9285The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9286It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9287that subcommand.
9288
9289\(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9290
9291;;;***
9292
9293;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9294;;;;;;  erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9295;;;;;;  erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9296;;;;;;  erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9297;;;;;;  (17842 54344))
9298;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9299
9300(autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9301Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9302
9303\(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9304
9305(autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9306Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9307Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9308in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9309
9310\(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9311
9312(autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9313Not documented
9314
9315\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9316
9317(autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9318React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9319
9320\(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9321
9322(autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9323Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9324
9325\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9326
9327(autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9328Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9329
9330\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9331
9332(autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9333Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9334
9335\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9336
9337(autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9338Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9339
9340\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9341
9342(autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9343Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9344
9345\(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9346
9347(autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9348Select a detached EZBounce session.
9349
9350\(fn)" nil nil)
9351
9352(autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9353Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9354
9355\(fn)" nil nil)
9356
9357;;;***
9358
9359;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17935
9360;;;;;;  53318))
9361;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9362 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9363
9364(autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9365Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9366You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9367
9368\(fn)" nil nil)
9369
9370;;;***
9371
9372;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17842
9373;;;;;;  54344))
9374;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9375 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9376
9377;;;***
9378
9379;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9380;;;;;;  "erc/erc-identd.el" (17935 53318))
9381;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9382 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9383
9384(autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9385Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9386Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9387machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9388run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9389when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9390system.
9391
9392\(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9393
9394(autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9395Not documented
9396
9397\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9398
9399;;;***
9400
9401;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9402;;;;;;  (17842 54344))
9403;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9404
9405(autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9406Not documented
9407
9408\(fn)" nil nil)
9409
9410;;;***
9411
9412;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17842 54344))
9413;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9414 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9415
9416;;;***
9417
9418;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9419;;;;;;  "erc/erc-log.el" (17935 53318))
9420;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9421 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9422
9423(autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9424Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9425If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9426Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9427is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9428`erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9429
9430\(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9431
9432(autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9433Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9434If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9435Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9436
9437This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9438buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9439automatically.
9440
9441You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9442`erc-insert-post-hook'.
9443
9444\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9445
9446;;;***
9447
9448;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9449;;;;;;  erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9450;;;;;;  erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9451;;;;;;  (17935 53318))
9452;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9453 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9454
9455(autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9456Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9457
9458\(fn)" t nil)
9459
9460(autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9461Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9462
9463\(fn)" t nil)
9464
9465(autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9466Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9467
9468\(fn)" t nil)
9469
9470(autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9471Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9472
9473\(fn)" t nil)
9474
9475(autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9476Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9477
9478\(fn)" t nil)
9479
9480(autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9481Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9482
9483\(fn)" t nil)
9484
9485(autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9486Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9487
9488\(fn)" t nil)
9489
9490(autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9491Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9492
9493\(fn)" t nil)
9494
9495;;;***
9496
9497;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17935 53318))
9498;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9499 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9500
9501;;;***
9502
9503;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9504;;;;;;  (17935 53318))
9505;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9506 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9507
9508(autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9509Show who's gone.
9510
9511\(fn)" nil nil)
9512
9513;;;***
9514
9515;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9516;;;;;;  "erc/erc-networks.el" (17935 53318))
9517;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9518
9519(autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9520Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9521server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9522search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9523
9524\(fn)" nil nil)
9525
9526(autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9527Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9528
9529\(fn)" t nil)
9530
9531;;;***
9532
9533;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9534;;;;;;  "erc/erc-notify.el" (17935 53318))
9535;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9536 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9537
9538(autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9539Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9540Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9541with args, toggle notify status of people.
9542
9543\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9544
9545(autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9546Not documented
9547
9548\(fn)" nil nil)
9549
9550;;;***
9551
9552;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17842 54344))
9553;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9554 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9555
9556;;;***
9557
9558;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17935
9559;;;;;;  53318))
9560;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9561 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9562
9563;;;***
9564
9565;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17842 54344))
9566;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9567 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9568
9569;;;***
9570
9571;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17935 53318))
9572;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9573 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9574
9575;;;***
9576
9577;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9578;;;;;;  "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17935 53318))
9579;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9580 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9581
9582(autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9583Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9584
9585\(fn MODE)" t nil)
9586
9587(autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9588Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9589When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9590
9591\(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9592
9593;;;***
9594
9595;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17842 54344))
9596;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9597 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9598
9599;;;***
9600
9601;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9602;;;;;;  (17935 53318))
9603;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9604
9605(autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9606Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9607This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9608
9609\(fn)" t nil)
9610
9611;;;***
9612
9613;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17935
9614;;;;;;  53318))
9615;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9616 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9617
9618;;;***
9619
9620;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17935 53318))
9621;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9622 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9623
9624;;;***
9625
9626;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9627;;;;;;  (17935 53318))
9628;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9629
9630(defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9631Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9632See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9633
9634(custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9635
9636(autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9637Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9638mode line.
9639
9640This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9641C-c C-@ keybindings.  Make sure that you have enabled the track
9642module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9643
9644\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9645 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9646
9647;;;***
9648
9649;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9650;;;;;;  "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17842 54344))
9651;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9652 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9653
9654(autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9655Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9656If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9657region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9658
9659\(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9660
9661(autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9662Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9663Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9664
9665\(fn)" t nil)
9666
9667;;;***
9668
9669;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9670;;;;;;  (17842 54344))
9671;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9672
9673(autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9674Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9675
9676\(fn FILE)" t nil)
9677
9678;;;***
9679
9680;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17914
9681;;;;;;  52082))
9682;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9683
9684(autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9685Emacs shell interactive mode.
9686
9687\\{eshell-mode-map}
9688
9689\(fn)" nil nil)
9690
9691;;;***
9692
9693;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17842
9694;;;;;;  54411))
9695;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9696
9697(autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9698Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9699
9700\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9701
9702;;;***
9703
9704;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9705;;;;;;  eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17842 54411))
9706;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9707
9708(autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9709Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9710The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9711`eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9712that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9713will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9714switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9715nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9716buffer selected (or created).
9717
9718\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9719
9720(autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9721Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9722With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9723
9724\(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9725
9726(autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9727Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9728The result might be any Lisp object.
9729If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9730command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9731corresponding to a successful execution.
9732
9733\(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9734
9735(autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9736Report a bug in Eshell.
9737Prompts for the TOPIC.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9738Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9739
9740\(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9741
9742;;;***
9743
9744;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9745;;;;;;  tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9746;;;;;;  pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9747;;;;;;  find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9748;;;;;;  visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9749;;;;;;  find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9750;;;;;;  tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9751;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
9752;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9753
9754(defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9755*File name of tags table.
9756To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9757If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9758Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9759 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9760
9761(defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9762*Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9763A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9764Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9765
9766(custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9767
9768(defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9769*List of file names of tags tables to search.
9770An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9771To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9772If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9773Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9774
9775(custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9776
9777(defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9778*List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9779An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9780These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9781\(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9782`auto-compression-mode').")
9783
9784(custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9785
9786(defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9787*Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9788t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9789Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9790to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9791
9792(custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9793
9794(defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9795*Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9796The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9797not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9798
9799(custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9800
9801(defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9802*A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9803If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9804has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9805Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9806
9807(custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9808
9809(autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9810Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9811
9812\(fn)" t nil)
9813
9814(autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9815Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9816FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9817A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9818
9819Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9820With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9821When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9822in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9823file the tag was in.
9824
9825\(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9826
9827(autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9828Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9829If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9830If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9831If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9832 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9833If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9834 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9835Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9836
9837\(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9838
9839(autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9840Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9841Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9842as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9843without directory names.
9844
9845\(fn)" nil nil)
9846
9847(autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9848Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9849Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9850but does not select the buffer.
9851The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9852
9853If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9854another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9855multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9856is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9857or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9858
9859If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9860
9861A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9862onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9863Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9864
9865See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9866
9867\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9868
9869(autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9870Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9871Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9872The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9873
9874If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9875another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9876multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9877is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9878or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9879
9880If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9881
9882A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9883onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9884Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9885
9886See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9887
9888\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9889 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9890
9891(autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9892Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9893Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9894move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9895around or before point.
9896
9897If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9898another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9899multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9900is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9901just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9902
9903If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9904
9905A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9906onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9907Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9908
9909See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9910
9911\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9912 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9913
9914(autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9915Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9916Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9917move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9918around or before point.
9919
9920If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9921another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9922multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9923is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9924just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9925
9926If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9927
9928A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9929onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9930Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9931
9932See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9933
9934\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9935 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9936
9937(autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9938Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9939Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9940
9941If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9942another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9943multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9944is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9945just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9946
9947If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9948
9949A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9950onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9951Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9952
9953See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9954
9955\(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9956 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9957 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9958
9959(autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9960Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9961
9962This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9963since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9964where they were found.
9965
9966\(fn)" t nil)
9967
9968(autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9969Select next file among files in current tags table.
9970
9971A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9972beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9973neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9974
9975Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9976 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9977
9978Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9979if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9980
9981\(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9982
9983(autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9984Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9985Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9986argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9987
9988Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9989`tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9990interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9991evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9992nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9993
9994\(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9995 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9996
9997(autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9998Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9999Stops when a match is found.
10000To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10001
10002See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10003
10004\(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10005
10006(autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10007Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10008Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10009If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10010with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10011
10012See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10013
10014\(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10015
10016(autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10017Display list of tags in file FILE.
10018This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10019FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10020directory specification.
10021
10022\(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10023
10024(autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10025Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10026
10027\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10028
10029(autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10030Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10031The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10032see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10033
10034\(fn)" t nil)
10035
10036(autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10037Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10038Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10039The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10040for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10041
10042\(fn)" t nil)
10043
10044;;;***
10045
10046;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10047;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10048;;;;;;  ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10049;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10050;;;;;;  ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10051;;;;;;  ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10052;;;;;;  ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10053;;;;;;  "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17842 58278))
10054;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10055
10056(autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10057Not documented
10058
10059\(fn)" nil nil)
10060
10061(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10062Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10063The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10064and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10065
10066If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10067begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10068language.
10069
10070If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10071even if the buffer is read-only.
10072
10073See also the descriptions of the variables
10074`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10075`ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10076
10077\(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10078
10079(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10080Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10081
10082The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10083language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10084
10085If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10086begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10087language.
10088
10089If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10090buffer is read-only.
10091
10092See also the descriptions of the variables
10093`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10094`ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10095
10096\(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10097
10098(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10099Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10100If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10101
10102\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10103
10104(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10105Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10106
10107If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10108convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10109
10110If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10111and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10112
10113\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10114
10115(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10116Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10117Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10118The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10119
10120\(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10121
10122(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10123Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10124The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10125language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10126
10127If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10128the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10129the primary language.
10130
10131If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10132buffer is read-only.
10133
10134See also the descriptions of the variables
10135`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10136`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10137
10138\(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10139
10140(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10141Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10142The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10143language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10144
10145If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10146region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10147primary language.
10148
10149If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10150buffer is read-only.
10151
10152See also the descriptions of the variables
10153`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10154`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10155
10156\(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10157
10158(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10159Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10160If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10161
10162\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10163
10164(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10165Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10166
10167If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10168 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10169 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10170 3) convert the body into SERA.
10171
10172The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10173
10174\(fn)" t nil)
10175
10176(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10177Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10178The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10179
10180\(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10181
10182(autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10183Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10184
10185\(fn)" t nil)
10186
10187(autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10188Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10189
10190In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10191Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10192be 1, 2, or 3.
10193
10194If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10195If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10196If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10197
10198The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10199
10200\(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10201
10202(autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10203Allow the user to input special characters.
10204
10205\(fn ARG)" t nil)
10206
10207(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10208Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10209Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10210
10211\(fn)" t nil)
10212
10213(autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10214Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10215
10216\(fn)" t nil)
10217
10218(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10219Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10220
10221Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10222character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10223
10224If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10225Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10226
10227\(fn)" nil nil)
10228
10229(autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10230Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10231
10232\(fn)" nil nil)
10233
10234(autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10235Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10236
10237\(fn)" nil nil)
10238
10239(autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10240Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10241
10242\(fn)" nil nil)
10243
10244;;;***
10245
10246;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10247;;;;;;  eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10248;;;;;;  (17842 55218))
10249;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10250
10251(autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10252Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10253Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10254server for future sessions.
10255
10256\(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10257
10258(autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10259Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10260If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10261
10262\(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10263
10264(autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10265Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10266If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10267
10268\(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10269
10270(autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10271Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10272The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10273the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10274The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10275individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10276After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10277`eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10278If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10279`eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10280Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10281see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10282
10283\(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10284
10285(autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10286Display a form to query the directory server.
10287If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10288queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10289
10290\(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10291
10292(autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10293Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10294This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10295
10296\(fn)" t nil)
10297
10298(cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10299
10300;;;***
10301
10302;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10303;;;;;;  eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10304;;;;;;  "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17842 55218))
10305;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10306
10307(autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10308Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10309
10310\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10311
10312(autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10313Display URL and make it clickable.
10314
10315\(fn URL)" nil nil)
10316
10317(autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10318Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10319
10320\(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10321
10322(autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10323Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10324
10325\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10326
10327(autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10328Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10329
10330\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10331
10332(autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10333Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10334
10335\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10336
10337;;;***
10338
10339;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10340;;;;;;  "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17842 55218))
10341;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10342
10343(autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10344Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10345This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10346
10347\(fn)" t nil)
10348
10349(autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10350Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10351
10352\(fn)" t nil)
10353
10354;;;***
10355
10356;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10357;;;;;;  (17842 55218))
10358;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10359
10360(autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10361Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10362
10363\(fn)" t nil)
10364
10365;;;***
10366
10367;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17933
10368;;;;;;  14283))
10369;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10370
10371(autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10372Create an empty ewoc.
10373
10374The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10375
10376PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10377element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10378point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10379several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10380`insert-before-markers'.
10381
10382Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10383possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10384respectively, of the ewoc.
10385
10386Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10387the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
10388fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10389
10390\(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10391
10392;;;***
10393
10394;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10395;;;;;;  executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10396;;;;;;  executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10397;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
10398;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10399
10400(autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10401Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10402If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10403
10404\(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10405
10406(autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10407Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10408While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10409command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10410`compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10411
10412\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10413
10414(autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10415Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10416The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10417`executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10418when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10419executable.
10420
10421\(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10422
10423(autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10424Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10425The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10426
10427\(fn)" t nil)
10428
10429(autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10430Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10431If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10432file modes.
10433
10434\(fn)" nil nil)
10435
10436;;;***
10437
10438;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10439;;;;;;  expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10440;;;;;;  (17925 52793))
10441;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10442
10443(autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10444Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10445ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10446has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10447
10448ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10449
10450EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10451expansion.  For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10452to generate such functions.
10453
10454ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10455numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10456beginning of the expanded text.
10457
10458If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10459member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10460cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10461`expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10462
10463If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10464
10465\(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10466
10467(autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10468Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10469See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10470
10471\(fn)" nil nil)
10472
10473(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10474Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10475This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10476
10477\(fn)" t nil)
10478
10479(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10480Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10481This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10482
10483\(fn)" t nil)
10484 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10485 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10486
10487;;;***
10488
10489;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17842 56333))
10490;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10491
10492(autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10493Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10494For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10495
10496\\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10497\\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10498\\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10499
10500Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10501
10502Key definitions:
10503\\{f90-mode-map}
10504
10505Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10506
10507`f90-do-indent'
10508  Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10509`f90-if-indent'
10510  Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10511`f90-type-indent'
10512  Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10513`f90-program-indent'
10514  Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10515  (default 2).
10516`f90-continuation-indent'
10517  Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10518`f90-comment-region'
10519  String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10520  line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10521`f90-indented-comment-re'
10522  Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10523  (default \"!\").
10524`f90-directive-comment-re'
10525  Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10526  (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10527`f90-break-delimiters'
10528  Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10529  (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10530`f90-break-before-delimiters'
10531  Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10532  (default t).
10533`f90-beginning-ampersand'
10534  Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10535`f90-smart-end'
10536  From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10537  Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10538  whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10539`f90-auto-keyword-case'
10540  Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10541  The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10542`f90-leave-line-no'
10543  Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10544
10545Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10546with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10547
10548\(fn)" t nil)
10549
10550;;;***
10551
10552;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10553;;;;;;  facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10554;;;;;;  facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10555;;;;;;  facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10556;;;;;;  "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17842 58279))
10557;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10558 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10559 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10560
10561(defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10562Menu keymap for faces.")
10563
10564(defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10565
10566(defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10567Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10568
10569(defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10570
10571(defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10572Menu keymap for background colors.")
10573
10574(defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10575
10576(defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10577Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10578
10579(defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10580
10581(defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10582Submenu for text justification commands.")
10583
10584(defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10585
10586(defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10587Submenu for indentation commands.")
10588
10589(defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10590
10591(defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10592Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10593
10594(setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10595
10596(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10597
10598(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10599
10600(defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10601
10602(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10603Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10604
10605If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10606Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10607this command applies FACE to the region.  Otherwise, it applies FACE
10608to the faces to use for the next character
10609inserted.  (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10610a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10611
10612If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10613the list of faces to be used.  For any other value of FACE,
10614to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10615of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10616along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10617preceding faces (including FACE).
10618
10619This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10620if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10621
10622\(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10623
10624(autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10625Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10626This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10627
10628If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10629and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10630requested face.
10631
10632Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10633inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before
10634typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10635
10636\(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10637
10638(autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10639Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10640This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10641
10642If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10643and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10644requested face.
10645
10646Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10647inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before
10648typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10649
10650\(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10651
10652(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10653Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10654This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10655using the event type of the menu entry.  If FACE is a symbol whose
10656name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10657foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10658symbol's name.  Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10659
10660If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10661and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10662requested face.
10663
10664Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10665inserted.  Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10666to insert cancels the specification.
10667
10668\(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10669
10670(autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10671Make the region invisible.
10672This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10673`facemenu-remove-special'.
10674
10675\(fn START END)" t nil)
10676
10677(autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10678Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10679This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10680`facemenu-remove-special'.
10681
10682\(fn START END)" t nil)
10683
10684(autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10685Make the region unmodifiable.
10686This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10687`facemenu-remove-special'.
10688
10689\(fn START END)" t nil)
10690
10691(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10692Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10693
10694\(fn START END)" t nil)
10695
10696(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10697Remove all text properties from the region.
10698
10699\(fn START END)" t nil)
10700
10701(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10702Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10703These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10704
10705\(fn START END)" t nil)
10706
10707(autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10708Read a color using the minibuffer.
10709
10710\(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10711
10712(autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10713Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10714If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10715colors to display.  Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10716colors that the current display can handle.  If the optional
10717argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10718
10719\(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10720
10721;;;***
10722
10723;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10724;;;;;;  feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10725;;;;;;  feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17888 29839))
10726;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10727
10728(autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10729Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10730This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10731with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10732
10733\(fn)" nil nil)
10734
10735(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10736Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10737
10738\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10739
10740(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10741Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10742This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10743bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10744
10745\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10746
10747(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10748Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10749Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10750messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10751backup file names and the like).
10752
10753\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10754
10755(autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10756Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10757Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10758is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10759is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10760or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10761internally by feedmail):
10762
10763   after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10764   after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10765   after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10766   after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10767
10768WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10769the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10770to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10771by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10772you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10773
10774\(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10775
10776;;;***
10777
10778;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10779;;;;;;  find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17943 4602))
10780;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10781
10782(autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10783Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10784Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10785Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10786Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10787double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10788Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10789
10790\(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10791
10792(autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10793Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10794If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10795With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10796If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10797See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10798and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10799
10800\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10801
10802(defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10803
10804(autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10805Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10806Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10807cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10808The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10809a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10810
10811\(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10812
10813(autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10814Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10815Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10816Return value:
10817  * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10818  * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10819  * otherwise, nil
10820
10821\(fn E)" t nil)
10822
10823(autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10824Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10825
10826\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10827
10828(autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10829Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10830
10831\(fn)" t nil)
10832
10833;;;***
10834
10835;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10836;;;;;;  file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10837;;;;;;  file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10838;;;;;;  "filecache" "filecache.el" (17842 58279))
10839;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10840
10841(autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10842Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10843If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10844be added to the cache.
10845
10846\(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10847
10848(autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10849Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10850If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10851will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10852in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10853
10854\(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10855
10856(autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10857Add FILE to the file cache.
10858
10859\(fn FILE)" t nil)
10860
10861(autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10862Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10863Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10864
10865\(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10866
10867(autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10868Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10869STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10870
10871\(fn STRING)" t nil)
10872
10873(autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10874Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10875This function does not use any external programs
10876If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10877will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10878in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10879
10880\(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10881
10882(autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10883Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10884Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10885the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10886the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10887the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10888\(directories) is done.
10889
10890\(fn ARG)" t nil)
10891 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10892 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10893 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10894
10895;;;***
10896
10897;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17842
10898;;;;;;  58279))
10899;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10900
10901(autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10902Filesets initialization.
10903Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10904
10905\(fn)" nil nil)
10906
10907;;;***
10908
10909;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (18007 39658))
10910;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10911(put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10912
10913;;;***
10914
10915;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10916;;;;;;  find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10917;;;;;;  (17992 30877))
10918;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10919
10920(defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10921*Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10922This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES).  FIND-OPTION
10923gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10924LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10925
10926(custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10927
10928(defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10929`ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10930This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10931Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10932them for `find-ls-option'.")
10933
10934(custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10935
10936(defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10937*Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10938On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10939On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10940
10941(custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10942
10943(autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10944Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10945The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10946
10947    find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10948
10949except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10950as the final argument.
10951
10952\(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10953
10954(autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10955Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10956and run dired on those files.
10957PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10958The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10959
10960    find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10961
10962\(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10963
10964(autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
10965Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10966The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10967
10968    find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
10969
10970Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
10971
10972\(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10973
10974;;;***
10975
10976;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10977;;;;;;  ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
10978;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
10979;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10980
10981(defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
10982*List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
10983Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10984If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10985`ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10986If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10987filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10988
10989(autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
10990Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10991See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10992
10993If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10994
10995\(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10996
10997(defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
10998
10999(autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11000Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11001Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11002
11003If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11004If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11005
11006Variables of interest include:
11007
11008 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11009   Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11010   If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11011
11012 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11013   If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11014   argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11015
11016 - `ff-ignore-include'
11017   If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11018
11019 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11020   If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11021
11022 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11023   If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11024
11025 - `ff-special-constructs'
11026   A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11027   constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11028   extracting the filename from that construct.
11029
11030 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11031   Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11032
11033 - `ff-search-directories'
11034   List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11035   `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11036
11037 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11038   List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11039
11040 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11041   List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11042
11043 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11044   List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11045
11046 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11047   List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11048
11049 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11050   List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11051
11052\(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11053
11054(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11055Visit the file you click on.
11056
11057\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11058
11059(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11060Visit the file you click on in another window.
11061
11062\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11063
11064;;;***
11065
11066;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11067;;;;;;  find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11068;;;;;;  find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11069;;;;;;  find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11070;;;;;;  find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11071;;;;;;  find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11072;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17842 54152))
11073;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11074
11075(autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11076Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11077
11078\(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11079
11080(autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11081Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11082Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11083or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11084
11085If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11086Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11087and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11088The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11089
11090\(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11091
11092(autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11093Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11094
11095Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11096in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
11097not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
11098the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11099
11100If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11101searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11102in `load-path'.
11103
11104\(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11105
11106(autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11107Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11108
11109Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11110near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11111places point before the definition.
11112Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11113
11114The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11115`find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11116See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11117
11118\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11119
11120(autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11121Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11122
11123See `find-function' for more details.
11124
11125\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11126
11127(autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11128Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11129
11130See `find-function' for more details.
11131
11132\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11133
11134(autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11135Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11136
11137Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11138the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
11139If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11140
11141The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11142`find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11143
11144\(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11145
11146(autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11147Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11148
11149Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11150near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11151places point before the definition.
11152
11153Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11154
11155The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11156`find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11157See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11158
11159\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11160
11161(autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11162Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11163
11164See `find-variable' for more details.
11165
11166\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11167
11168(autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11169Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11170
11171See `find-variable' for more details.
11172
11173\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11174
11175(autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11176Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11177If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11178TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11179variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
11180buffer nor display it.
11181
11182The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11183`find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11184
11185\(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11186
11187(autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11188Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
11189
11190Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11191near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11192places point before the definition.
11193
11194Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11195
11196The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11197`find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11198See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11199
11200\(fn FACE)" t nil)
11201
11202(autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11203Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
11204Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11205
11206\(fn KEY)" t nil)
11207
11208(autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11209Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11210
11211\(fn)" t nil)
11212
11213(autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11214Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11215
11216\(fn)" t nil)
11217
11218(autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11219Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11220
11221\(fn)" nil nil)
11222
11223;;;***
11224
11225;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11226;;;;;;  find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17893 23802))
11227;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11228
11229(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11230Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11231
11232\(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11233
11234(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11235Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11236
11237\(fn DIR)" t nil)
11238
11239(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11240Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11241
11242\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11243
11244;;;***
11245
11246;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11247;;;;;;  "finder" "finder.el" (17842 58279))
11248;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11249
11250(autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11251Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11252
11253\(fn)" t nil)
11254
11255(autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11256Display FILE's commentary section.
11257FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11258
11259\(fn FILE)" t nil)
11260
11261(autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11262Find packages matching a given keyword.
11263
11264\(fn)" t nil)
11265
11266;;;***
11267
11268;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11269;;;;;;  "flow-ctrl.el" (17842 58279))
11270;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11271
11272(autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11273Toggle flow control handling.
11274When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11275With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11276
11277\(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11278
11279(autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11280Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11281Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11282on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
11283you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11284to get the effect of a C-q.
11285
11286\(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11287
11288;;;***
11289
11290;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11291;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
11292;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11293
11294(autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11295Not documented
11296
11297\(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11298
11299(autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11300Not documented
11301
11302\(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11303
11304;;;***
11305
11306;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11307;;;;;;  "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17934 27588))
11308;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11309
11310(autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11311Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11312When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11313With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11314
11315\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11316
11317(autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11318Turn flymake mode on.
11319
11320\(fn)" nil nil)
11321
11322(autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11323Turn flymake mode off.
11324
11325\(fn)" nil nil)
11326
11327;;;***
11328
11329;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11330;;;;;;  turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11331;;;;;;  "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (18006 55797))
11332;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11333
11334(autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11335Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11336
11337\(fn)" t nil)
11338(defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11339
11340(autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11341Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11342This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11343The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11344With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11345With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11346
11347Bindings:
11348\\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11349\\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11350\\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11351\\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11352
11353Hooks:
11354This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11355
11356Remark:
11357`flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11358valid.  For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11359invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11360
11361Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11362consider adding:
11363\(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11364in your .emacs file.
11365
11366\\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11367\\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11368
11369\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11370
11371(autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11372Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11373
11374\(fn)" nil nil)
11375
11376(autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11377Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11378
11379\(fn)" nil nil)
11380
11381(autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11382Turn Flyspell mode off.
11383
11384\(fn)" nil nil)
11385
11386(autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11387Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11388
11389\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11390
11391(autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11392Flyspell whole buffer.
11393
11394\(fn)" t nil)
11395
11396;;;***
11397
11398;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11399;;;;;;  turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11400;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
11401;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11402
11403(autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11404Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11405
11406\(fn)" t nil)
11407
11408(autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11409Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11410
11411\(fn)" t nil)
11412
11413(autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11414Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11415
11416The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11417of two major techniques:
11418
11419* The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11420  This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11421  others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11422
11423* Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11424  window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11425  makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11426  movement commands.
11427
11428Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11429side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11430mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11431one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11432and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11433mileage may vary).
11434
11435To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11436`\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11437
11438Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11439
11440If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11441will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11442\(This is the default.)
11443
11444When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11445is called.  When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11446
11447Keys specific to Follow mode:
11448\\{follow-mode-map}
11449
11450\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11451
11452(autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11453Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11454
11455Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11456in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11457frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11458side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11459two windows always will display two successive pages.
11460\(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11461
11462If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If it negative,
11463the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11464selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11465
11466To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11467in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11468    (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11469
11470\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11471
11472;;;***
11473
11474;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17954
11475;;;;;;  24686))
11476;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11477
11478(autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11479Toggle footnote minor mode.
11480\\<message-mode-map>
11481key		binding
11482---		-------
11483
11484\\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes]		Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11485\\[Footnote-goto-footnote]		Footnote-goto-footnote
11486\\[Footnote-delete-footnote]		Footnote-delete-footnote
11487\\[Footnote-cycle-style]		Footnote-cycle-style
11488\\[Footnote-back-to-message]		Footnote-back-to-message
11489\\[Footnote-add-footnote]		Footnote-add-footnote
11490
11491\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11492
11493;;;***
11494
11495;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11496;;;;;;  "forms" "forms.el" (17842 58279))
11497;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11498
11499(autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11500Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11501
11502Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11503 TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11504 C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11505 C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11506 C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11507 C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11508 C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11509 C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11510 C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11511 C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11512 C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11513 C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11514 C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11515 C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11516 C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11517
11518\(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11519
11520(autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11521Visit a file in Forms mode.
11522
11523\(fn FN)" t nil)
11524
11525(autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11526Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11527
11528\(fn FN)" t nil)
11529
11530;;;***
11531
11532;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11533;;;;;;  "progmodes/fortran.el" (17842 56333))
11534;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11535
11536(defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11537*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11538A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11539A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11540with a character in column 6.")
11541
11542(custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11543
11544(autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11545Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11546For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11547
11548\\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11549Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11550
11551Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11552
11553Key definitions:
11554\\{fortran-mode-map}
11555
11556Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11557
11558`fortran-comment-line-start'
11559  To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11560`fortran-do-indent'
11561  Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11562`fortran-if-indent'
11563  Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11564`fortran-structure-indent'
11565  Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11566  (default 3)
11567`fortran-continuation-indent'
11568  Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11569`fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11570  Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11571`fortran-comment-indent-style'
11572  How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11573  nil       don't change the indentation
11574  fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11575              value of either
11576                `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11577                `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11578              depending on the continuation format in use.
11579  relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11580 	      indentation for a line of code.
11581  (default 'fixed)
11582`fortran-comment-indent-char'
11583  Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11584  full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11585`fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11586  Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11587`fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11588  Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11589`fortran-line-number-indent'
11590  Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11591  get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11592  column 5.
11593`fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11594  Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11595  statements (default nil).
11596`fortran-blink-matching-if'
11597  Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11598  to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11599`fortran-continuation-string'
11600  Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11601  line (default \"$\").
11602`fortran-comment-region'
11603  String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11604  the region (default \"c$$$\").
11605`fortran-electric-line-number'
11606  Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11607  as typed (default t).
11608`fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11609  Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11610
11611Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11612with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11613
11614\(fn)" t nil)
11615
11616;;;***
11617
11618;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11619;;;;;;  fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17842 55395))
11620;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11621
11622(autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11623Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11624
11625Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11626read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11627
11628\(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11629
11630(autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11631Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11632
11633Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11634read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11635
11636\(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11637
11638(autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11639Compile fortune file.
11640
11641If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11642the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11643
11644\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11645
11646(autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11647Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11648
11649If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11650otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11651choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11652and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11653
11654\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11655
11656(autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11657Display a fortune cookie.
11658
11659If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11660otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11661choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11662and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11663
11664\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11665
11666;;;***
11667
11668;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11669;;;;;;  (17941 38806))
11670;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11671
11672(autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11673Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11674The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11675and source-file directory for your debugger.
11676
11677If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11678pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11679it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11680other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11681
11682If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11683`gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11684`gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11685occupies the full width of the frame.  Keybindings are shown in
11686some of the buffers.
11687
11688Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11689
11690The following commands help control operation :
11691
11692`gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11693`gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11694
11695See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11696detailed description of this mode.
11697
11698
11699+----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11700|                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11701+-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11702| GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11703|                                   |                                  |
11704|                                   |                                  |
11705|                                   |                                  |
11706+-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11707| Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11708|                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11709|                                   |                                  |
11710|                                   |                                  |
11711|                                   |                                  |
11712|                                   |                                  |
11713|                                   |                                  |
11714|                                   |                                  |
11715+-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11716| Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11717| RET      gdb-frames-select        | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11718|                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11719|                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11720+-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11721
11722\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11723
11724(defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11725Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11726
11727(custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11728
11729;;;***
11730
11731;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11732;;;;;;  define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17842
11733;;;;;;  54152))
11734;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11735
11736(defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11737A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11738Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11739instead (which see).")
11740
11741(autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11742Create a new generic mode MODE.
11743
11744MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11745The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11746you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11747documentation string instead.
11748
11749COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11750string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11751string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11752If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11753starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11754latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11755the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11756enders are actually possible.
11757
11758KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11759`font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11760
11761FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11762element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11763`font-lock-keywords'.
11764
11765AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11766`auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11767runs the macro expansion.
11768
11769FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11770setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11771mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11772
11773See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11774
11775\(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11776
11777(autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11778Go into the generic mode MODE.
11779
11780\(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11781
11782(autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11783Enter generic mode MODE.
11784
11785Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11786for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11787own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11788
11789To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11790Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11791
11792\(fn MODE)" t nil)
11793
11794(autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11795Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11796KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11797highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11798expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11799PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11800regular expression that can be used as an element of
11801`font-lock-keywords'.
11802
11803\(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11804
11805;;;***
11806
11807;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11808;;;;;;  (17842 56333))
11809;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11810
11811(autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11812Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11813When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11814at places they belong to.
11815
11816\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11817
11818;;;***
11819
11820;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11821;;;;;;  gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17934 27588))
11822;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11823
11824(autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11825If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11826
11827Guideline for numbers:
118281 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11829that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11830inside loops.
11831
11832\(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11833
11834(autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11835Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11836ARGS are passed to `message'.
11837
11838\(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11839
11840(autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11841Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11842
11843\(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11844
11845(autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11846Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11847
11848Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11849command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11850element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11851<menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11852and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11853function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11854
11855If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11856`tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11857can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11858item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11859runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11860
11861DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11862
11863\(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11864
11865;;;***
11866
11867;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11868;;;;;;  gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17842 54741))
11869;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11870(when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11871 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11872
11873(autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11874Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11875
11876\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11877
11878(autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11879Read network news.
11880If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11881level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11882non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11883name of an NNTP server to use.
11884As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11885server.
11886
11887\(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11888
11889(autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11890Read news as a slave.
11891
11892\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11893
11894(autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11895Pop up a frame to read news.
11896This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11897option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11898ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame.  The
11899optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11900such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11901omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11902current display is used.
11903
11904\(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11905
11906(autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11907Read network news.
11908If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11909startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11910prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11911
11912\(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11913
11914;;;***
11915
11916;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11917;;;;;;  gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11918;;;;;;  gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11919;;;;;;  gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11920;;;;;;  gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11921;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17842 54741))
11922;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11923
11924(autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11925Start Gnus unplugged.
11926
11927\(fn)" t nil)
11928
11929(autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11930Start Gnus plugged.
11931
11932\(fn)" t nil)
11933
11934(autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11935Read news as a slave unplugged.
11936
11937\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11938
11939(autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11940Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11941
11942The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11943gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11944customize gnus-agent to nil.
11945
11946This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11947`message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11948minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11949
11950\(fn)" t nil)
11951
11952(autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11953Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11954
11955\(fn)" nil nil)
11956
11957(autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11958Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11959Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11960files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11961Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11962supported.
11963
11964\(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11965
11966(autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11967Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11968Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11969files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11970Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11971supported.
11972
11973\(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11974
11975(autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
11976Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11977
11978\(fn)" nil nil)
11979
11980(autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
11981Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11982downloaded into the agent.
11983
11984\(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11985
11986(autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
11987Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11988topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11989variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11990
11991\(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11992
11993(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
11994Start Gnus and fetch session.
11995
11996\(fn)" t nil)
11997
11998(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
11999Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12000
12001\(fn)" t nil)
12002
12003(autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12004Regenerate all agent covered files.
12005If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12006
12007\(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12008
12009;;;***
12010
12011;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12012;;;;;;  (17960 49045))
12013;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12014
12015(autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12016Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12017
12018\(fn)" nil nil)
12019
12020;;;***
12021
12022;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12023;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12024;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12025
12026(autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12027Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12028
12029\(fn FILE)" t nil)
12030
12031;;;***
12032
12033;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12034;;;;;;  gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12035;;;;;;  gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17842
12036;;;;;;  54741))
12037;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12038
12039(autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12040Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12041
12042Usage:
12043$ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12044
12045\(fn)" t nil)
12046
12047(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12048Generate the cache active file.
12049
12050\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12051
12052(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12053Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12054
12055\(fn DIR)" t nil)
12056
12057(autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12058Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12059Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12060files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
12061depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12062supported.
12063
12064\(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12065
12066(autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12067Delete GROUP from the cache.
12068Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12069files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12070Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12071supported.
12072
12073\(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12074
12075;;;***
12076
12077;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12078;;;;;;  "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17842 54741))
12079;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12080
12081(autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12082Delay this article by some time.
12083DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
12084
12085* <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12086  weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12087
12088* YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
12089  variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12090
12091* hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
12092  time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12093
12094\(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12095
12096(autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12097Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12098
12099\(fn)" t nil)
12100
12101(autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12102Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12103This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12104This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12105
12106The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12107Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12108
12109\(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12110
12111;;;***
12112
12113;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12114;;;;;;  "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17992 30878))
12115;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12116
12117(autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12118Not documented
12119
12120\(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12121
12122(autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12123Not documented
12124
12125\(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12126
12127;;;***
12128
12129;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12130;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12131;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12132
12133(autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12134Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12135
12136\(fn)" nil nil)
12137
12138;;;***
12139
12140;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12141;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12142;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12143
12144(autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12145Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12146
12147\(fn)" t nil)
12148
12149;;;***
12150
12151;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12152;;;;;;  gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12153;;;;;;  gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17842
12154;;;;;;  54741))
12155;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12156
12157(autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12158Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12159
12160\(fn)" t nil)
12161
12162(autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12163Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12164
12165\(fn)" t nil)
12166
12167(autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12168Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12169
12170\(fn FILE)" t nil)
12171
12172(autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12173Return a Face header based on an image file.
12174
12175\(fn FILE)" t nil)
12176
12177(autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12178Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12179The PNG is returned as a string.
12180
12181\(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12182
12183(autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12184Convert FILE to a Face.
12185FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12186726 bytes.
12187
12188\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12189
12190;;;***
12191
12192;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12193;;;;;;  "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17842 54741))
12194;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12195
12196(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12197Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12198Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12199
12200\(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12201
12202(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12203Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12204
12205\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12206
12207;;;***
12208
12209;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12210;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12211;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12212
12213(defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12214
12215(autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12216Run batched scoring.
12217Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12218
12219\(fn)" t nil)
12220
12221;;;***
12222
12223;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12224;;;;;;  turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12225;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12226;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12227
12228(autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12229Not documented
12230
12231\(fn)" nil nil)
12232
12233(autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12234Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12235If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12236
12237\(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12238
12239(autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12240Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12241
12242\\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12243
12244\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12245
12246;;;***
12247
12248;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12249;;;;;;  gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12250;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12251;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12252
12253(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12254Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12255Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12256splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12257group parameters.
12258
12259If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12260interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12261getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12262nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12263
12264A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12265gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group.  This variable is only used
12266by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12267nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12268the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12269unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12270uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12271elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12272match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12273`gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12274
12275\(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12276
12277(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12278Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12279It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12280nil CATCH-ALL).
12281
12282If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12283instead.  This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12284
12285\(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12286
12287(autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12288Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12289See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12290
12291gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12292
12293\(fn)" nil nil)
12294
12295(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12296Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12297It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12298
12299\(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12300
12301GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12302be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12303existing groups are considered.
12304
12305if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12306otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12307returned.
12308
12309For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12310is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12311case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12312EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12313constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12314SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12315matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12316clauses will be generated.
12317
12318If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12319catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12320selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12321there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12322split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12323as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12324
12325For example, given the following group parameters:
12326
12327nnml:mail.bar:
12328\((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12329 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12330nnml:mail.foo:
12331\((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12332 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12333 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12334 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12335nnml:mail.others:
12336\((split-spec . catch-all))
12337
12338Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12339
12340\(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12341	   \"mail.bar\")
12342      (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12343	   - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12344   \"mail.others\")
12345
12346\(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12347
12348;;;***
12349
12350;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12351;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12352;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12353
12354(autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12355Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12356Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12357
12358\(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12359
12360;;;***
12361
12362;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12363;;;;;;  "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17949 41467))
12364;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12365
12366(autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12367Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12368Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12369Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12370
12371\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12372
12373(autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12374Mail to ADDRESS.
12375
12376\(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12377
12378(autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12379Like `message-reply'.
12380
12381\(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12382
12383(define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12384
12385;;;***
12386
12387;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12388;;;;;;  "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17842 54741))
12389;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12390
12391(autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12392Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12393
12394\(fn)" t nil)
12395
12396(autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12397Load the NoCeM cache.
12398
12399\(fn)" t nil)
12400
12401;;;***
12402
12403;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12404;;;;;;  gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12405;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12406;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12407
12408(autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12409Display picons in the From header.
12410If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12411
12412\(fn)" t nil)
12413
12414(autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12415Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12416If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12417
12418\(fn)" t nil)
12419
12420(autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12421Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12422If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12423
12424\(fn)" t nil)
12425
12426;;;***
12427
12428;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12429;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12430;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12431;;;;;;  gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12432;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17842 54741))
12433;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12434
12435(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12436Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12437Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12438The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12439
12440\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12441
12442(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12443Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12444Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12445LIST1 is modified.
12446
12447\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12448
12449(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12450Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12451Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12452
12453\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12454
12455(autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12456Not documented
12457
12458\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12459
12460(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12461Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12462LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12463
12464\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12465
12466(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12467Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12468RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12469
12470\(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12471
12472(defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12473
12474(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12475Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12476LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12477
12478\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12479
12480(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12481Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12482LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12483
12484\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12485
12486(autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12487Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12488LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12489
12490\(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12491
12492(autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12493Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12494
12495\(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12496
12497;;;***
12498
12499;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12500;;;;;;  "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17934 27588))
12501;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12502
12503(autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12504Not documented
12505
12506\(fn)" t nil)
12507
12508(autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12509Install the registry hooks.
12510
12511\(fn)" t nil)
12512
12513;;;***
12514
12515;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12516;;;;;;  gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17842
12517;;;;;;  54741))
12518;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12519
12520(autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12521Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12522between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12523\(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12524execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12525See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12526
12527\(fn)" t nil)
12528
12529(autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12530Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12531between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12532\(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12533See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12534
12535\(fn)" t nil)
12536
12537(autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12538Not documented
12539
12540\(fn)" t nil)
12541
12542;;;***
12543
12544;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12545;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12546;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12547
12548(autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12549Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12550Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12551for matching on group names.
12552
12553For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12554groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12555
12556$ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12557
12558Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12559
12560\(fn)" t nil)
12561
12562;;;***
12563
12564;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12565;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12566;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12567
12568(autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12569Update the format specification near point.
12570
12571\(fn VAR)" t nil)
12572
12573;;;***
12574
12575;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12576;;;;;;  gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17842
12577;;;;;;  54741))
12578;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12579
12580(autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12581Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12582
12583\(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12584
12585(autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12586Not documented
12587
12588\(fn)" nil nil)
12589
12590;;;***
12591
12592;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12593;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
12594;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12595
12596(autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12597Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12598
12599\(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12600
12601;;;***
12602
12603;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17941 38806))
12604;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12605
12606(autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12607Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12608
12609If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12610If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12611If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12612
12613You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12614and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12615marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12616
12617You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12618\\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12619
12620This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12621Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12622
12623Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12624
12625\(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12626
12627;;;***
12628
12629;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12630;;;;;;  "net/goto-addr.el" (17842 55218))
12631;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12632
12633(define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12634
12635(autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12636Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12637Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12638`goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12639there, then load the URL at or before point.
12640
12641\(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12642
12643(autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12644Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12645Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12646or to send e-mail.
12647By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12648only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12649
12650Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12651`goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12652
12653\(fn)" t nil)
12654(put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12655
12656;;;***
12657
12658;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12659;;;;;;  grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12660;;;;;;  grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17944 20144))
12661;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12662
12663(defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12664*Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12665
12666(custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12667
12668(defvar grep-command nil "\
12669The default grep command for \\[grep].
12670If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12671in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12672include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12673
12674The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12675call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12676
12677(custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12678
12679(defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12680The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12681The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12682call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12683
12684(custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12685
12686(defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12687List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12688
12689(custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12690
12691(defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ 	]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\\[01;31m\\(?:\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12692Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12693
12694(defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12695The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12696This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12697
12698(defvar find-program "find" "\
12699The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12700This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12701
12702(defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12703Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12704If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12705If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12706Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12707
12708This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12709
12710(defvar grep-history nil)
12711
12712(defvar grep-find-history nil)
12713
12714(autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12715Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12716Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12717
12718\(fn)" nil nil)
12719
12720(autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12721Not documented
12722
12723\(fn)" nil nil)
12724
12725(autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12726Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12727
12728\(fn)" nil nil)
12729
12730(autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12731Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12732While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12733or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12734where grep found matches.
12735
12736For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12737`grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12738
12739This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12740easily repeat a grep command.
12741
12742A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12743tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12744in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12745if that history list is empty).
12746
12747\(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12748
12749(autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12750Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12751Collect output in a buffer.
12752While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12753to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12754
12755This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12756easily repeat a find command.
12757
12758\(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12759
12760(defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12761
12762(autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12763Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12764The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12765FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12766entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12767
12768With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12769before it is executed.
12770With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12771
12772Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12773can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12774in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12775
12776This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12777
12778\(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12779
12780(autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12781Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12782The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12783FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12784entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12785
12786With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12787before it is executed.
12788With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12789
12790Collect output in a buffer.  While find runs asynchronously, you
12791can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12792in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12793
12794This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12795
12796\(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12797
12798;;;***
12799
12800;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17842 58279))
12801;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12802
12803(autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12804Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12805SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12806and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12807the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12808
12809\(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12810
12811;;;***
12812
12813;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12814;;;;;;  "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17992 30878))
12815;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12816
12817(autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12818Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12819The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12820directory and source-file directory for your debugger.  By
12821default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface.  See
12822`gdba' for more information.
12823
12824To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12825option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12826current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12827`gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions.  You need to use
12828text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12829session.
12830
12831\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832
12833(autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12834Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12835The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12836and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837
12838\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839
12840(autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12841Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12842The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12843and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844
12845\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846
12847(autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12848Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12849The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12850and source-file directory for your debugger.
12851
12852You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12853directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12854
12855\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12856
12857(autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12858Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12859The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12860and source-file directory for your debugger.
12861
12862\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12863
12864(autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12865Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12866The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12867and source-file directory for your debugger.
12868
12869\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12870
12871(autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12872Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12873The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12874\"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12875switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12876
12877See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12878information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12879`gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12880original source file access method.
12881
12882For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12883gud, see `gud-mode'.
12884
12885\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12886 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12887
12888(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12889
12890(autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12891Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12892
12893\(fn)" t nil)
12894
12895;;;***
12896
12897;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17842
12898;;;;;;  55395))
12899;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12900
12901(autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12902Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12903The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12904and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12905
12906Variables: handwrite-linespace     (default 12)
12907           handwrite-fontsize      (default 11)
12908           handwrite-numlines      (default 60)
12909           handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12910
12911\(fn)" t nil)
12912
12913;;;***
12914
12915;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12916;;;;;;  (17742 40275))
12917;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12918
12919(autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12920Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
12921
12922\(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12923
12924(autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12925Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12926Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12927second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12928
12929Repent before ring 31 moves.
12930
12931\(fn)" t nil)
12932
12933(autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12934Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12935This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
12936current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12937to be updated.
12938
12939\(fn)" t nil)
12940
12941;;;***
12942
12943;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12944;;;;;;  scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12945;;;;;;  help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12946;;;;;;  help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17842 58279))
12947;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12948
12949(autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12950Return the help-echo string at point.
12951Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12952property, or nil, is returned.
12953If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12954`help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
12955can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12956
12957\(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12958
12959(autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12960Return the keyboard help string at point.
12961If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12962string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.  If
12963this produces no string either, return nil.
12964
12965\(fn)" nil nil)
12966
12967(autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
12968Display local help in the echo area.
12969This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12970the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
12971a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12972printed instead.
12973
12974A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12975there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12976mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12977
12978\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12979
12980(autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12981Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12982This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12983
12984\(fn)" t nil)
12985
12986(autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
12987Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12988This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12989
12990\(fn)" t nil)
12991
12992(defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
12993*Automatically show local help on point-over.
12994If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12995`help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12996echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12997quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12998`kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
12999printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13000included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13001`local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13002a non-empty list disables the feature.
13003
13004This variable only takes effect after a call to
13005`help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13006been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13007`help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13008effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13009
13010When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13011is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13012case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13013list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13014enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13015Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13016that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13017The default is `never'.")
13018
13019(custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13020
13021(autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13022Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13023Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13024hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13025Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13026considered different regions.
13027
13028With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13029such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13030If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13031toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13032the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13033region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13034do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13035an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13036in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13037
13038\(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13039
13040(autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13041Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13042Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13043areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13044different regions.
13045
13046With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13047help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13048is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13049toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13050move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13051in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13052are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13053number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13054
13055A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13056help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13057because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13058rarely happens in practice.
13059
13060\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13061
13062(autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13063Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13064Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13065areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13066different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13067`scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13068
13069\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070
13071;;;***
13072
13073;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13074;;;;;;  variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13075;;;;;;  help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13076;;;;;;  (17845 46651))
13077;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13078
13079(autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13080Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13081
13082\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13083
13084(autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13085Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13086KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13087
13088\(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13089
13090(autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13091Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13092
13093\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13094
13095(autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13096Not documented
13097
13098\(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13099
13100(autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13101Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13102Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13103If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13104
13105\(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13106
13107(autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13108Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13109Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13110If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
13111it is displayed along with the global value.
13112
13113\(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13114
13115(autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13116Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13117The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13118BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13119
13120\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13121
13122(autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13123Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13124The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13125If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13126BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13127
13128\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13129
13130;;;***
13131
13132;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13133;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
13134;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13135
13136(defvar three-step-help nil "\
13137*Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13138The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13139and window listing and describing the options.
13140A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13141\\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13142
13143(custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13144
13145;;;***
13146
13147;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13148;;;;;;  help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13149;;;;;;  help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17842 58279))
13150;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13151
13152(autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13153Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13154Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13155Commands:
13156\\{help-mode-map}
13157
13158\(fn)" t nil)
13159
13160(autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13161Not documented
13162
13163\(fn)" nil nil)
13164
13165(autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13166Not documented
13167
13168\(fn)" nil nil)
13169
13170(autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13171Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13172
13173ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13174buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13175calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13176items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13177
13178This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13179because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13180restore it properly when going back.
13181
13182\(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13183
13184(autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13185Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13186
13187Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13188references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13189the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13190disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13191`help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13192preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13193variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13194preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13195
13196If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13197cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13198\(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13199the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13200
13201A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13202help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13203that.
13204
13205\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13206
13207(autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13208Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13209MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13210regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13211passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13212See `help-make-xrefs'.
13213
13214\(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13215
13216(autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13217Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13218TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13219to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13220See `help-make-xrefs'.
13221
13222\(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13223
13224(autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13225Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13226
13227\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13228
13229;;;***
13230
13231;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13232;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17842 54152))
13233;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13234
13235(autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13236Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13237
13238\(fn)" t nil)
13239
13240(autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13241Provide help for current mode.
13242
13243\(fn)" t nil)
13244
13245;;;***
13246
13247;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13248;;;;;;  "hexl.el" (17844 53657))
13249;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13250
13251(autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13252\\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13253This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13254of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13255Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13256
13257This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13258using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13259
13260Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13261representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13262are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13263values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13264
13265If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13266unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13267periods.
13268
13269If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13270in hexl format.
13271
13272A sample format:
13273
13274  HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13275  --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13276  00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13277  00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13278  00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13279  00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13280  00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13281  00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13282  00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13283  00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13284  00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13285  00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13286  000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13287  000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13288  000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13289
13290Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.  Most
13291cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13292to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13293
13294Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13295also supported.
13296
13297There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13298
13299ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13300bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13301insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13302
13303\\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13304it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13305of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13306
13307\\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13308into the buffer at the current point.
13309
13310\\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13311into the buffer at the current point.
13312
13313\\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13314into the buffer at the current point.
13315
13316\\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13317
13318Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13319will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13320
13321You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13322
13323\\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13324
13325\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13326
13327(autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13328Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13329Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13330and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13331
13332\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13333
13334(autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13335Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13336This discards the buffer's undo information.
13337
13338\(fn)" t nil)
13339
13340;;;***
13341
13342;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13343;;;;;;  hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13344;;;;;;  global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13345;;;;;;  (17992 30877))
13346;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13347
13348(autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13349Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13350
13351If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on.  Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13352turn hi-lock on.  To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13353`global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13354When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13355to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu, which can be
13356called interactively, are:
13357
13358\\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13359  Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13360
13361\\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13362  Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13363  (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13364  to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13365
13366\\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13367  Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13368
13369\\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13370  Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13371
13372\\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13373  Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13374  be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13375  is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13376  (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13377  any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13378  loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13379  'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13380  `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13381  function returns t.
13382
13383\\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13384  Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13385
13386When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13387rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13388form:
13389  Hi-lock: FOO
13390where FOO is a list of patterns.  These are added to the font lock
13391keywords already present.  The patterns must start before position
13392\(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13393Patterns will be read until
13394 Hi-lock: end
13395is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13396
13397\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13398
13399(defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13400Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13401See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13402Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13403either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13404or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13405
13406(custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13407
13408(autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13409Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13410With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13411Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13412See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13413
13414\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13415
13416(defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13417
13418(autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13419Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13420
13421Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Buffer-local history
13422list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13423\\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13424\(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13425
13426\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13427
13428(defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13429
13430(autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13431Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13432
13433Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE.  Buffer-local history
13434list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13435\\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13436\(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13437
13438\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13439
13440(defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13441
13442(autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13443Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13444
13445Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13446lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13447
13448\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13449
13450(defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13451
13452(autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13453Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13454
13455Interactively, prompt for REGEXP.  Buffer-local history of inserted
13456regexp's maintained.  Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13457interactive functions.  (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13458\\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13459\(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13460
13461\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13462
13463(autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13464Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13465
13466Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13467`highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13468be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13469
13470\(fn)" t nil)
13471
13472;;;***
13473
13474;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13475;;;;;;  hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17842 56333))
13476;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13477
13478(autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13479Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode.  This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13480With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13481In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13482would eliminate may be hidden from view.  Several variables affect
13483how the hiding is done:
13484
13485`hide-ifdef-env'
13486	An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13487	current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13488	is used.
13489
13490`hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13491	An association list of defined symbol lists.
13492        Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13493        and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13494        from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13495
13496`hide-ifdef-lines'
13497	Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13498	#endif lines when hiding.
13499
13500`hide-ifdef-initially'
13501	Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13502	is activated.
13503
13504`hide-ifdef-read-only'
13505	Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13506	After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13507
13508\\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13509
13510\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13511
13512(defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13513*Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13514
13515(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13516
13517(defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13518*Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13519
13520(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13521
13522(defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13523*Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13524
13525(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13526
13527;;;***
13528
13529;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13530;;;;;;  (17934 43341))
13531;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13532
13533(defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13534*Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13535Each element has the form
13536  (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13537
13538If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13539and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13540
13541START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13542defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13543
13544As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13545MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13546MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13547place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13548is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13549see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13550
13551For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13552cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13553
13554See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13555use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13556
13557If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13558appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13559whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13560
13561(autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13562Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13563With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13564When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13565commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13566The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13567
13568The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13569`hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13570`hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13571
13572Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13573variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13574
13575Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13576
13577Key bindings:
13578\\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13579
13580\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13581
13582(autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13583Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13584
13585\(fn)" nil nil)
13586
13587;;;***
13588
13589;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13590;;;;;;  highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13591;;;;;;  highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13592;;;;;;  highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13593;;;;;;  "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (17842 58279))
13594;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13595
13596(autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13597Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13598This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13599
13600\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13601
13602(autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13603Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13604
13605Without an argument:
13606  If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13607  or passive state as determined by the variable
13608  `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13609  and passive state.
13610
13611With an argument ARG:
13612  If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13613  If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13614  If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13615
13616Active state  - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13617Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13618		not displayed in a different face.
13619
13620Functions:
13621\\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13622\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13623\\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13624	buffer with the contents of a file
13625\\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13626\\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13627	various faces
13628
13629Hook variables:
13630`highlight-changes-enable-hook'  - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13631`highlight-changes-toggle-hook'  - when entering active or passive state
13632`highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13633
13634\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13635
13636(autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13637Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13638
13639\(fn)" t nil)
13640
13641(autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13642Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13643
13644\(fn)" t nil)
13645
13646(autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13647Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13648
13649Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13650of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13651face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13652shown in the last face in the list.
13653
13654You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13655this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13656this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13657
13658  (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13659
13660\(fn)" t nil)
13661
13662(autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13663Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13664
13665The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13666
13667If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13668to save the file.
13669
13670Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13671written to a temporary file for comparison.
13672
13673If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13674changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13675\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13676
13677\(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13678
13679(autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13680Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13681
13682If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13683this function is called interactively.
13684
13685If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13686also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13687read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13688
13689If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13690changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13691\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13692
13693\(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13694
13695(autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13696Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13697
13698When called interactively:
13699- if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13700- if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13701- if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13702- if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13703
13704When called from a program:
13705- if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13706- if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13707- if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13708- otherwise just turn it on
13709
13710When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13711on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13712variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13713\"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13714
13715\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13716
13717;;;***
13718
13719;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13720;;;;;;  hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13721;;;;;;  hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13722;;;;;;  hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13723;;;;;;  "hippie-exp.el" (17842 58279))
13724;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13725
13726(defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13727The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13728To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13729or insert functions in this list.")
13730
13731(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13732
13733(defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13734*Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13735
13736(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13737
13738(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13739*Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13740
13741(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13742
13743(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13744*Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13745
13746(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13747
13748(defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13749*Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13750
13751(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13752
13753(defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13754*The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13755If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13756
13757(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13758
13759(defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13760*A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13761Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13762\(as atoms)")
13763
13764(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13765
13766(defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13767*A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13768Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13769\(as atoms).  If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13770`hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13771
13772(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13773
13774(autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13775Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13776The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13777tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13778application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13779expansions.
13780With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13781function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13782undoes the expansion.
13783
13784\(fn ARG)" t nil)
13785
13786(autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13787Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13788Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13789argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13790
13791\(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13792
13793;;;***
13794
13795;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13796;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
13797;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13798
13799(autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13800Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13801With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13802
13803If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13804line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13805buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13806non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13807`hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13808
13809When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13810line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13811uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13812addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13813
13814\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13815
13816(defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13817Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13818See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13819Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13820either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13821or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13822
13823(custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13824
13825(autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13826Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13827With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13828
13829Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13830`global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13831
13832\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13833
13834;;;***
13835
13836;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13837;;;;;;  (17956 13479))
13838;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13839
13840(autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13841Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13842If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13843
13844This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13845
13846\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13847
13848(autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13849Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13850
13851The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13852If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13853different list.  For example,
13854
13855  (list-holidays 2006 2006
13856    (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13857
13858will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13859mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13860
13861When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13862holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc.  See the
13863documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13864that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13865of a holiday list.
13866
13867The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13868
13869\(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13870
13871;;;***
13872
13873;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17842
13874;;;;;;  54741))
13875;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13876
13877(autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13878Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13879
13880\(fn)" t nil)
13881
13882;;;***
13883
13884;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13885;;;;;;  ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13886;;;;;;  ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13887;;;;;;  ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13888;;;;;;  ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13889;;;;;;  ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13890;;;;;;  ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13891;;;;;;  ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13892;;;;;;  ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13893;;;;;;  ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13894;;;;;;  ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13895;;;;;;  ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13896;;;;;;  ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13897;;;;;;  ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13898;;;;;;  ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13899;;;;;;  ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13900;;;;;;  ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13901;;;;;;  ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13902;;;;;;  ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13903;;;;;;  ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13904;;;;;;  ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13905;;;;;;  ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13906;;;;;;  ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17842 58279))
13907;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13908
13909(autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13910Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13911With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13912
13913\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13914
13915(autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13916Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13917
13918\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13919
13920(autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13921Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13922
13923\(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13924
13925(autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13926Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13927
13928\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13929
13930(autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13931Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13932
13933\(fn)" t nil)
13934
13935(autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13936Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13937
13938\(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13939
13940(autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13941Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
13942
13943\(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
13944 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
13945 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
13946 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
13947 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
13948 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
13949 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
13950 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
13951 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13952 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
13953 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
13954 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
13955
13956(autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
13957Not documented
13958
13959\(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
13960
13961(autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13962Make the current filters into a filtering group.
13963
13964\(fn NAME)" t nil)
13965
13966(autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13967Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
13968
13969\(fn)" t nil)
13970
13971(autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13972Remove the first filter group.
13973
13974\(fn)" t nil)
13975
13976(autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
13978
13979\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
13980
13981(autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
13982Remove all filter groups.
13983
13984\(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986(autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13987Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
13988
13989\(fn NAME)" t nil)
13990
13991(autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13992Kill the filter group named NAME.
13993The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
13994
13995\(fn NAME)" t nil)
13996
13997(autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998Kill the filter group at point.
13999See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14000
14001\(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14002
14003(autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14004Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14005
14006\(fn)" t nil)
14007
14008(autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14009Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14010
14011\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14012
14013(autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14014Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14015They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.  Interactively,
14016prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14017
14018\(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14019
14020(autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14021Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14022They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14023
14024\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14025
14026(autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14027Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14028The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14029If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14030of replacing the current filters.
14031
14032\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14033
14034(autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14035Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14036
14037\(fn)" t nil)
14038
14039(autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14040Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14041
14042\(fn)" t nil)
14043
14044(autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14045Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14046
14047This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14048be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14049turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14050
14051\(fn)" t nil)
14052
14053(autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14054Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14055
14056\(fn)" t nil)
14057
14058(autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14059Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14060
14061\(fn)" t nil)
14062
14063(autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14064Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14065If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14066filter into parts.
14067
14068\(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14069
14070(autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14072Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14073
14074\(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14075
14076(autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14077Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14078
14079\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14080
14081(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14082Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14083
14084\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14085
14086(autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14087Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14088If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14089of replacing the current filters.
14090
14091\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14092 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14093 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14094 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14095 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14096 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt  "ibuf-ext")
14097 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt  "ibuf-ext")
14098 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14099 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14100
14101(autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102Toggle the current sorting mode.
14103Default sorting modes are:
14104 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14105 Name - the name of the buffer
14106 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14107 Size - the size of the buffer
14108
14109\(fn)" t nil)
14110
14111(autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14113
14114\(fn)" t nil)
14115 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14116 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14117 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14118 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14119
14120(autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14121Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14122
14123\(fn)" t nil)
14124
14125(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14127This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14128for this Ibuffer session.
14129
14130\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14131
14132(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14133Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14134This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14135for this Ibuffer session.
14136
14137\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14138
14139(autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14140Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14141
14142If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14143to move by.  The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14144
14145If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14146mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14147
14148\(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14149
14150(autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14151Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14152
14153If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14154to move by.  The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14155
14156\(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14157
14158(autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14159Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14160
14161\(fn)" t nil)
14162
14163(autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14164Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14165
14166If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14167corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer.  If said buffer is in a
14168hidden group filter, open it.
14169
14170If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14171visible buffers in the completion list.  Calling the command with
14172a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14173
14174\(fn NAME)" t nil)
14175
14176(autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14177View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14178This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14179
14180\(fn)" t nil)
14181
14182(autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14183Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14184
14185The names are separated by a space.
14186If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14187
14188With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14189With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14190With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14191to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14192
14193You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14194
14195\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14196
14197(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14198Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14199
14200\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14201
14202(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14203Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14204
14205\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14206
14207(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14208Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14209
14210\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14211
14212(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14213Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14214
14215\(fn MODE)" t nil)
14216
14217(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218Mark all modified buffers.
14219
14220\(fn)" t nil)
14221
14222(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14223Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14224
14225\(fn)" t nil)
14226
14227(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14228Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14229
14230\(fn)" t nil)
14231
14232(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14233Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14234
14235\(fn)" t nil)
14236
14237(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14238Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14239
14240\(fn)" t nil)
14241
14242(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14243Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14244
14245\(fn)" t nil)
14246
14247(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14248Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14249
14250\(fn)" t nil)
14251
14252(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14253Mark all read-only buffers.
14254
14255\(fn)" t nil)
14256
14257(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14258Mark all `dired' buffers.
14259
14260\(fn)" t nil)
14261
14262(autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14263View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14264Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14265defaults to one.
14266
14267\(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14268
14269;;;***
14270
14271;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14272;;;;;;  define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17842
14273;;;;;;  58279))
14274;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14275
14276(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14277Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14278
14279BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14280`mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14281buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14282
14283If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14284Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14285SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14286the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14287function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14288it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14289
14290If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14291title of the column.
14292
14293Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14294ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14295inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14296change its definition, you should explicitly call
14297`ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14298
14299\(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14300
14301(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14302Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14303DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14304`ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14305DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14306
14307For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14308buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14309value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14310
14311\(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14312
14313(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14314Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14315OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14316`ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14317When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14318each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14319
14320ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14321DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14322INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14323MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14324uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14325deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14326MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14327to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14328values are:
14329 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14330 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14331 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14332  buffer's modification flag.
14333DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14334prompted before performing this operation.
14335OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14336operation is complete, in the form:
14337 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14338ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14339confirmation message, in the form:
14340 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14341COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14342macro for exactly what it does.
14343
14344\(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14345
14346(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14347Define a filter named NAME.
14348DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14349READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14350DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14351
14352BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14353not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14354will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14355bound to the current value of the filter.
14356
14357\(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14358
14359;;;***
14360
14361;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14362;;;;;;  "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17842 58279))
14363;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14364
14365(autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14366Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14367If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14368buffers which are visiting a file.
14369
14370\(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14371
14372(autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14373Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14374If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14375buffers which are visiting a file.
14376
14377\(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14378
14379(autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14380Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14381Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14382
14383All arguments are optional.
14384OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14385NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14386QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14387  see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14388NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14389SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14390  value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14391FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14392  see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14393FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14394  If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14395  that value locally in this buffer.
14396
14397\(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14398
14399;;;***
14400
14401;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14402;;;;;;  icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14403;;;;;;  "calendar/icalendar.el" (17921 16827))
14404;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14405
14406(autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14407Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14408All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14409format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14410
14411\(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14412
14413(autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14414Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14415All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14416converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14417ICAL-FILENAME.
14418This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14419case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14420written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14421
14422\(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14423
14424(autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14425Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14426Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14427Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14428Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14429non-marking or not.
14430
14431\(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14432
14433(autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14434Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14435
14436This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14437object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14438DIARY-FILE.
14439
14440It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14441unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14442DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14443
14444NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14445non-marking.
14446
14447Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14448means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14449buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14450
14451\(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14452
14453;;;***
14454
14455;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17907
14456;;;;;;  1407))
14457;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14458
14459(defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14460Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14461See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14462Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14463either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14464or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14465
14466(custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14467
14468(autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14469Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14470With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14471
14472\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14473
14474;;;***
14475
14476;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17842 56333))
14477;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14478
14479(autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14480Major mode for editing Icon code.
14481Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14482Tab indents for Icon code.
14483Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14484Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14485\\{icon-mode-map}
14486Variables controlling indentation style:
14487 icon-tab-always-indent
14488    Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14489    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14490 icon-auto-newline
14491    Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14492    inserted in Icon code.
14493 icon-indent-level
14494    Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14495    The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14496    of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14497 icon-continued-statement-offset
14498    Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14499    then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14500 icon-continued-brace-offset
14501    Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14502    This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14503 icon-brace-offset
14504    Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14505 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14506    An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14507    this far to the right of the start of its line.
14508
14509Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14510with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14511
14512\(fn)" t nil)
14513
14514;;;***
14515
14516;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14517;;;;;;  (17965 23638))
14518;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14519
14520(autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14521Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14522If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14523If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14524
14525When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14526is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14527separate frames.
14528
14529The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14530with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14531
14532The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14533input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14534See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14535
14536\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14537
14538\(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14539
14540;;;***
14541
14542;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14543;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
14544;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14545
14546(autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14547Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14548
14549The main features of this mode are
14550
145511. Indentation and Formatting
14552   --------------------------
14553   Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14554   TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14555
14556   To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14557   function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14558   at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14559   is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14560
14561   Comments are indented as follows:
14562
14563   `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14564   `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14565   `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14566
14567   The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14568
14569   Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14570   comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14571   relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14572   \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14573   comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14574   nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14575
14576   To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14577   entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14578   \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14579   again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14580
145812. Routine Info
14582   ------------
14583   IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14584   accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14585   \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14586   source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14587   routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14588   idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14589   this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14590   user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14591   default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14592   information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14593
145943. Online IDL Help
14595   ---------------
14596
14597   \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14598   for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14599   key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14600   the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14601
146024. Completion
14603   ----------
14604   \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14605   class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14606   tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14607   sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14608   strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14609   upper case.
14610
146115. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14612   --------------------------------
14613   Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14614   The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples
14615
14616   \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14617   \\fu        FUNCTION template
14618   \\c         CASE statement template
14619   \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14620   \\f         FOR loop template
14621   \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14622   \\w         WHILE loop template
14623   \\i         IF statement template
14624   \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14625   \\b         BEGIN
14626
14627   For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14628   have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14629
14630   \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14631   beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14632   Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14633   \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14634
146356. Automatic Case Conversion
14636   -------------------------
14637   The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14638   `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14639
146407. Automatic END completion
14641   ------------------------
14642   If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14643   will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14644
146458. Hooks
14646   -----
14647   Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14648   Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14649
146509. Documentation and Customization
14651   -------------------------------
14652   Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14653   \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14654   not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14655   documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14656   IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14657
1465810.Keybindings
14659   -----------
14660   Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14661   If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14662   followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14663
14664\\{idlwave-mode-map}
14665
14666\(fn)" t nil)
14667 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14668
14669;;;***
14670
14671;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14672;;;;;;  ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14673;;;;;;  ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14674;;;;;;  ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14675;;;;;;  ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14676;;;;;;  ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14677;;;;;;  ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14678;;;;;;  ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17963
14679;;;;;;  25911))
14680;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14681
14682(defvar ido-mode nil "\
14683Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14684should be enabled.  The following values are possible:
14685- `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14686  displaying...)
14687- `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14688- `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14689- `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14690
14691Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14692use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14693
14694(custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14695
14696(autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14697Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14698With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14699Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14700keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14701commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14702However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14703if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14704This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14705
14706\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14707
14708(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14709Switch to another buffer.
14710The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14711default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14712in another frame.
14713
14714As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14715displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14716`ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14717buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14718their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14719
14720RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14721list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14722
14723\\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14724If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14725
14726\\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14727\\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14728\\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14729matches all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14730If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14731in a separate window.
14732\\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14733\\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14734\\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14735\\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14736\\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14737\\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14738\\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14739\\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14740\\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14741
14742\(fn)" t nil)
14743
14744(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14745Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14746The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14747For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14748
14749\(fn)" t nil)
14750
14751(autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14752Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14753The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14754For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14755
14756\(fn)" t nil)
14757
14758(autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14759Kill a buffer.
14760The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14761For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14762
14763\(fn)" t nil)
14764
14765(autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14766Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14767The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14768For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14769
14770\(fn)" t nil)
14771
14772(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14773Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14774The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14775For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14776
14777\(fn)" t nil)
14778
14779(autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14780Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14781
14782\(fn DIR)" t nil)
14783
14784(autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14785Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14786The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14787default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14788visible in another frame.
14789
14790The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14791type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14792if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14793`ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14794then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14795except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14796
14797RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.  If the
14798list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14799
14800\\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14801If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14802
14803\\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14804\\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14805\\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14806matches all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14807If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14808in a separate window.
14809\\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14810\\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14811\\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14812\\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14813\\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14814\\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14815\\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14816\\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14817\\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14818\\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14819\\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14820\\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14821\\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14822\\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14823\\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14824
14825\(fn)" t nil)
14826
14827(autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14828Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14829The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14830For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14831
14832\(fn)" t nil)
14833
14834(autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14835Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14836The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14837For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14838
14839\(fn)" t nil)
14840
14841(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14842Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14843The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14844For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14845
14846\(fn)" t nil)
14847
14848(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14849Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14850The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14851For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14852
14853\(fn)" t nil)
14854
14855(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14856Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14857The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14858For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14859
14860\(fn)" t nil)
14861
14862(autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14863Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14864The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14865For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14866
14867\(fn)" t nil)
14868
14869(autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14870Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14871The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14872For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14873
14874\(fn)" t nil)
14875
14876(autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14877Write current buffer to a file.
14878The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14879For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14880
14881\(fn)" t nil)
14882
14883(autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14884Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14885The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14886For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14887
14888\(fn)" t nil)
14889
14890(autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14891Call `dired' the ido way.
14892The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14893For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14894
14895\(fn)" t nil)
14896
14897(autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14898Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14899Return the name of a buffer selected.
14900PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14901buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14902If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14903
14904\(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14905
14906(autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14907Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14908Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14909See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14910
14911\(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14912
14913(autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14914Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14915Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14916See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14917
14918\(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14919
14920(autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14921Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14922Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14923PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14924CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14925PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14926 with `completing-read'.
14927If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14928 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14929 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14930 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14931If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14932 with point positioned at the end.
14933HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14934DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14935
14936\(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
14937
14938;;;***
14939
14940;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17842 58279))
14941;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14942 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
14943
14944(autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
14945Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14946Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14947
14948\(fn)" t nil)
14949
14950;;;***
14951
14952;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
14953;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
14954;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14955
14956(autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14957Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
14958
14959\(fn)" t nil)
14960
14961(autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
14962Toggle inline image minor mode.
14963
14964\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14965
14966;;;***
14967
14968;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
14969;;;;;;  insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
14970;;;;;;  image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
14971;;;;;;  image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
14972;;;;;;  "image" "image.el" (17868 42568))
14973;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14974
14975(autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
14976Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14977Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14978be determined.
14979
14980\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14981
14982(autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
14983Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14984Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14985be determined.
14986
14987\(fn)" nil nil)
14988
14989(autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
14990Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14991Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14992be determined.
14993
14994\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14995
14996(autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
14997Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14998Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14999be determined.
15000
15001\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15002
15003(autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15004Determine and return image type.
15005FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15006Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
15007or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15008of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15009use its file extension as image type.
15010Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15011
15012\(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15013
15014(autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15015Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15016Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15017
15018\(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15019
15020(autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15021Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15022This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15023
15024First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15025If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15026autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'.  Finally,
15027if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15028in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15029the autodetection is considered to have failed.  Return t if all the above
15030steps succeed.
15031
15032\(fn)" nil nil)
15033
15034(autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15035Create an image.
15036FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15037Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
15038or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15039of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15040use its file extension as image type.
15041Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15042Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15043like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15044Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15045
15046Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15047
15048\(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15049
15050(autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15051Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15052IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15053IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15054`before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15055image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15056POS may be an integer or marker.
15057AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15058display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15059display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15060means display it in the right marginal area.
15061
15062\(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15063
15064(autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15065Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15066IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15067with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING is
15068defaulted if you omit it.
15069AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15070display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15071display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15072means display it in the right marginal area.
15073SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
15074means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15075specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15076to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15077height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15078
15079\(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15080
15081(autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15082Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15083IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15084with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING is
15085defaulted if you omit it.
15086AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15087display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15088display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15089means display it in the right marginal area.
15090The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15091
15092\(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15093
15094(autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15095Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15096Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15097BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15098
15099\(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15100
15101(autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15102Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15103
15104SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15105
15106Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15107a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15108least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15109`:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15110e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15111string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
15112is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15113specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
15114satisfied.
15115
15116The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15117
15118Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15119
15120\(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15121
15122(autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15123Define SYMBOL as an image.
15124
15125SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
15126documentation string.
15127
15128Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15129a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15130least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15131`:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15132e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15133string containing the actual image data.  The first image
15134specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15135define SYMBOL.
15136
15137Example:
15138
15139   (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15140                         (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15141
15142\(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15143
15144;;;***
15145
15146;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15147;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15148;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15149;;;;;;  image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15150;;;;;;  image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15151;;;;;;  image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15152;;;;;;  image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15153;;;;;;  "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17992 30877))
15154;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15155
15156(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15157Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15158
15159\(fn)" t nil)
15160
15161(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15162Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15163
15164Convenience command that:
15165
15166 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15167 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15168 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15169
15170After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15171image files in dired and type
15172\\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15173
15174If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15175
15176The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15177calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15178
15179\(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15180
15181(autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15182Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15183If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15184fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15185point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15186another one).
15187
15188Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15189you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15190`image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15191
15192With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15193instead of erasing it first.
15194
15195Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15196used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15197`pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15198`image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15199`image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15200thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15201
15202\(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15203
15204(autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15205Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15206If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15207exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15208displayed.
15209
15210\(fn DIR)" t nil)
15211
15212(defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15213
15214(defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15215
15216(autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15217Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15218
15219\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15220
15221(autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15222Remove tag for selected file(s).
15223With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15224
15225\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15226
15227(autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15228Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15229
15230\(fn)" t nil)
15231
15232(autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15233Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15234Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15235`image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15236
15237\(fn)" t nil)
15238
15239(autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15240Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15241
15242\(fn)" t nil)
15243
15244(autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15245Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15246
15247\(fn)" t nil)
15248
15249(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15250Display file at point using an external viewer.
15251
15252\(fn)" t nil)
15253
15254(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15255Display current image file.
15256See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15257With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15258
15259\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15260
15261(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15262Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15263
15264\(fn)" t nil)
15265
15266(autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15267Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15268A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15269image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15270lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15271on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15272matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15273
15274\(fn)" t nil)
15275
15276(autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15277Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15278Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15279easy-to-use form.
15280
15281\(fn)" t nil)
15282
15283;;;***
15284
15285;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15286;;;;;;  image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15287;;;;;;  "image-file.el" (17842 58279))
15288;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15289
15290(defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15291*A list of image-file filename extensions.
15292Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15293in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15294
15295See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15296setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15297`auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15298the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15299
15300(custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15301
15302(defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15303*List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15304Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15305in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15306
15307See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15308enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15309`auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15310the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15311
15312(custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15313
15314(autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15315Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15316
15317\(fn)" nil nil)
15318
15319(autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15320Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15321Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15322the command `insert-file-contents'.
15323
15324\(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15325
15326(defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15327Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15328See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15329Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15330either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15331or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15332
15333(custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15334
15335(autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15336Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15337With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15338Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15339
15340Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15341`image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15342`image-file-name-regexps'.
15343
15344\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15345
15346;;;***
15347
15348;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15349;;;;;;  "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17868 42581))
15350;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15351 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'"    . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15352 (push '("\\.png\\'"      . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15353 (push '("\\.gif\\'"      . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15354 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'"    . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15355 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15356 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'"   . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15357
15358(autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15359Major mode for image files.
15360You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15361to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15362
15363\(fn)" t nil)
15364
15365(autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15366Toggle Image minor mode.
15367With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15368See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15369
15370\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15371
15372(autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15373Set major or minor mode for image files.
15374Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15375associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'.  When an image
15376filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15377set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15378
15379See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15380information on these modes.
15381
15382\(fn)" t nil)
15383
15384;;;***
15385
15386;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15387;;;;;;  imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17842 58279))
15388;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15389
15390(defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15391*The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15392
15393Affects only the mouse index menu.
15394
15395Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15396The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15397in the buffer.
15398
15399Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15400
15401The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15402element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15403\(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15404
15405(custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15406
15407(defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15408The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15409
15410If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15411create a buffer index.  Look there for the documentation of this
15412pattern's structure.
15413
15414For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15415`fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15416characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15417during matching.")
15418
15419(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15420
15421(defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15422The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15423
15424It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15425an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15426called within a `save-excursion'.
15427
15428See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15429
15430(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15431
15432(defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15433Function for finding the next index position.
15434
15435If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15436`imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15437to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15438file.
15439
15440The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15441index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15442
15443(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15444
15445(defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15446Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15447
15448This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15449finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15450It should return the name for that index item.")
15451
15452(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15453
15454(defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15455Function to compare string with index item.
15456
15457This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15458non-nil if they match.
15459
15460If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15461Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15462such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15463arguments match\".")
15464
15465(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15466
15467(defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15468The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15469The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15470
15471(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15472
15473(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15474
15475(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15476
15477(autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15478Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15479NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15480See the command `imenu' for more information.
15481
15482\(fn NAME)" t nil)
15483
15484(autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15485Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15486
15487A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15488
15489\(fn)" t nil)
15490
15491(autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15492Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15493INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15494for more information.
15495
15496\(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15497
15498;;;***
15499
15500;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15501;;;;;;  in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15502;;;;;;  "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17842 58278))
15503;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15504
15505(autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15506Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15507
15508\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15509
15510(autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15511Not documented
15512
15513\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15514
15515(autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15516Not documented
15517
15518\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15519
15520(autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15521Not documented
15522
15523\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15524
15525(autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15526Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15527The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15528Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15529See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15530
15531\(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15532
15533(autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15534Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15535The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15536in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15537See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15538
15539\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15540
15541;;;***
15542
15543;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15544;;;;;;  inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15545;;;;;;  "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17842 56332))
15546;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15547
15548(defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15549*What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15550Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15551mode.  Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15552\(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15553
15554(custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15555
15556(defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15557*Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15558
15559(custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15560
15561(defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15562*Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15563This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15564and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15565to load that file.  The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15566The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15567produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15568but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15569
15570(custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15571
15572(defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15573Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15574Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15575and franz.  This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15576Inferior Lisp buffer.
15577
15578This variable is only used if the variable
15579`comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15580
15581More precise choices:
15582Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15583franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15584kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15585
15586This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15587
15588(custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15589
15590(defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15591*Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15592
15593(autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15594Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15595If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15596to that buffer.
15597With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15598of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15599`inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15600\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15601
15602\(fn CMD)" t nil)
15603 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15604
15605(defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15606
15607;;;***
15608
15609;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15610;;;;;;  Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15611;;;;;;  Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15612;;;;;;  info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18006 55795))
15613;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15614
15615(autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15616Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15617
15618\(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15619 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15620 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15621
15622(autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15623Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15624Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15625the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15626Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15627`(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15628Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15629the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15630just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15631with the top-level Info directory.
15632
15633In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15634this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15635A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15636appended to the Info buffer name.
15637
15638The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15639The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15640in all the directories in that path.
15641
15642\(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15643
15644(autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15645Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15646
15647\(fn)" t nil)
15648
15649(autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15650Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15651Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15652In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15653
15654\(fn)" nil nil)
15655
15656(autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15657Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15658With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15659otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15660
15661\(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15662
15663(autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15664Go to the Info directory node.
15665
15666\(fn)" t nil)
15667
15668(autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15669Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15670If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15671the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15672Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15673Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15674
15675\(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15676
15677(autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15678Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15679Build a menu of the possible matches.
15680
15681\(fn STRING)" t nil)
15682
15683(autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15684Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15685Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15686one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15687topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15688
15689\\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]	Invoke the Info tutorial.
15690\\[Info-exit]	Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15691
15692Selecting other nodes:
15693\\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15694	Follow a node reference you click on.
15695	  This works with menu items, cross references, and
15696	  the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15697\\[Info-follow-nearest-node]	Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15698\\[Info-next]	Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15699\\[Info-prev]	Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15700\\[Info-up]	Move \"up\" from this node.
15701\\[Info-menu]	Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15702	  Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15703\\[Info-directory]	Go to the Info directory node.
15704\\[Info-top-node]	Go to the Top node of this file.
15705\\[Info-final-node]	Go to the final node in this file.
15706\\[Info-backward-node]	Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15707\\[Info-forward-node]	Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15708\\[Info-next-reference]	Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15709\\[Info-prev-reference]	Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15710\\[Info-follow-reference]	Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15711\\[Info-history-back]	Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15712\\[Info-history-forward]	Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15713\\[Info-history]	Go to menu of visited nodes.
15714\\[Info-toc]	Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15715
15716Moving within a node:
15717\\[Info-scroll-up]	Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15718	  Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15719	  screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15720	  subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15721	  move up to the parent node.
15722\\[Info-scroll-down]	Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15723	  already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15724	  if there is none.
15725\\[beginning-of-buffer]	Go to beginning of node.
15726
15727Advanced commands:
15728\\[Info-search]	Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15729	  and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15730\\[Info-search-case-sensitively]	Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15731\\[Info-search-next]	Search for another occurrence of regexp
15732	  from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15733\\[Info-index]	Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15734\\[Info-index-next]	(comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15735\\[info-apropos]	Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15736\\[Info-goto-node]	Move to node specified by name.
15737	  You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
157381 .. 9	Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15739	  Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15740\\[Info-copy-current-node-name]	Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15741\\[clone-buffer]	Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15742\\[universal-argument] \\[info]	Move to new Info file with completion.
15743\\[universal-argument] N \\[info]	Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15744
15745\(fn)" nil nil)
15746 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15747
15748(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15749Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15750The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15751or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15752the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15753COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15754
15755\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15756 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15757
15758(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15759Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15760KEY is a string.
15761Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15762The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15763or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15764the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15765
15766\(fn KEY)" t nil)
15767
15768(autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15769Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15770This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15771
15772\(fn)" t nil)
15773
15774;;;***
15775
15776;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15777;;;;;;  info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15778;;;;;;  (17878 61008))
15779;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15780
15781(autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15782Throw away all cached data.
15783This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15784quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15785system.
15786
15787\(fn)" t nil)
15788 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15789
15790(autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15791Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15792When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15793minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15794value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15795one found at point.
15796
15797With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15798
15799\(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15800 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15801
15802(autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15803Display the documentation of a file.
15804When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15805In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15806into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15807The default file name is the one found at point.
15808
15809With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15810
15811\(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15812
15813(autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15814Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15815
15816\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15817
15818(autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15819Perform completion on file preceding point.
15820
15821\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15822
15823;;;***
15824
15825;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15826;;;;;;  info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17842 58279))
15827;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15828
15829(autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15830Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15831
15832\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15833
15834(autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15835Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15836The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15837
15838\(fn)" t nil)
15839
15840(autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15841Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15842`custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15843
15844`custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15845link information.  This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15846quite a while.
15847
15848\(fn)" t nil)
15849
15850;;;***
15851
15852;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15853;;;;;;  "informat" "informat.el" (17842 58279))
15854;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15855
15856(autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15857Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15858
15859\(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15860
15861(autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15862Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15863Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15864
15865To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15866table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15867should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15868
15869The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15870in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15871file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15872contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15873
15874\(fn)" t nil)
15875
15876(autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15877Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15878Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15879
15880\(fn)" t nil)
15881
15882(autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15883Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15884Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15885Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15886For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15887
15888\(fn)" nil nil)
15889
15890;;;***
15891
15892;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15893;;;;;;  isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15894;;;;;;  (17903 2305))
15895;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15896
15897(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15898Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15899
15900\(fn)" t nil)
15901
15902(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15903Toggle input method in interactive search.
15904
15905\(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907(autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15908Not documented
15909
15910\(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15911
15912;;;***
15913
15914;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17918
15915;;;;;;  44913))
15916;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15917
15918(autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15919Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15920Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15921the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15922accessed via isearchb.
15923
15924\(fn)" t nil)
15925
15926;;;***
15927
15928;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15929;;;;;;  iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15930;;;;;;  iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15931;;;;;;  "international/iso-cvt.el" (17992 30878))
15932;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15933
15934(autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
15935Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15936The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15937Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15938
15939\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15940
15941(autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
15942Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15943The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15944Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15945
15946\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15947
15948(autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
15949Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15950The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15951Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952
15953\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15954
15955(autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15956Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15957The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15958Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15959
15960\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15961
15962(autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15963Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15964The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15965Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15966
15967\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15968
15969(autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
15970Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15971The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15972Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15973
15974\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15975
15976(autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
15977Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15978The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
15979Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15980
15981\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15982
15983(autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
15984Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15985The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15986Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15987
15988\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15989
15990(autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
15991Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15992The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15993Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997(autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
15998Warn that format is read-only.
15999
16000\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16001
16002(autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16003Warn that format is write-only.
16004
16005\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16006
16007(autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16008Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16009
16010\(fn)" t nil)
16011
16012;;;***
16013
16014;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16015;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
16016;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16017 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16018 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16019 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16020
16021;;;***
16022
16023;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16024;;;;;;  ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16025;;;;;;  ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16026;;;;;;  ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16027;;;;;;  ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16028;;;;;;  (18006 55797))
16029;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16030(put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16031
16032(defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16033*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16034If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16035where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16036
16037(custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16038(put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16039
16040(defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16041*List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16042These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16043
16044To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16045will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16046re-start Emacs.")
16047
16048(custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16049
16050(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16051
16052(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16053
16054(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16055
16056(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16057
16058(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16059
16060(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16061
16062(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16063An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16064
16065Each element of this list is also a list:
16066
16067\(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16068        ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16069
16070DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16071nil means the default dictionary.
16072
16073CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16074
16075NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16076
16077OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16078used to construct words in some special way.  If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16079and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16080otherwise they become word-breaks.  As an example in English, assume the
16081regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS.  Then \"they're\" and
16082\"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16083\"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16084If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16085Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16086
16087CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16088containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET.  In addition, if they contain
16089a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16090`character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16091for non-ASCII bytes.
16092
16093MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16094Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16095single word.
16096
16097ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16098subprocess.
16099
16100EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16101have been configured in an Ispell affix file.  (For example, umlauts
16102can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...)  Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16103in English.  This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16104The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16105but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16106Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16107`ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16108
16109CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16110
16111Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16112contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16113LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16114
16115(defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16116Key map for ispell menu.")
16117
16118(defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16119Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16120If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16121and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16122
16123(defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16124
16125(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16126
16127(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16128
16129(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16130
16131(defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ 	]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16132Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16133The alist key must be a regular expression.
16134Valid forms include:
16135  (KEY) - just skip the key.
16136  (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16137  (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16138  (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16139
16140(defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ 	\n]*{[ 	\n]*document[ 	\n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ 	\n]*{[ 	\n]*program[ 	\n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ 	\n]*{[ 	\n]*verbatim\\*?[ 	\n]*}")))) "\
16141*Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16142First list is used raw.
16143Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16144
16145Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16146for skipping in latex mode.")
16147
16148(defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ 	\n>]" ">") ("&[^ 	\n;]" "[; 	\n]"))) "\
16149*Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16150Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16151Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16152 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16153 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16154
16155(autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16156Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16157If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16158in a window allowing you to choose one.
16159
16160If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16161is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16162\(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16163When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16164when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16165
16166With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16167resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16168
16169Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16170which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16171
16172This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16173or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16174
16175Return values:
16176nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
161770             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16178\"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16179\(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16180quit          spell session exited.
16181
16182\(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16183
16184(autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16185Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16186If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16187
16188\(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16189
16190(autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16191Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16192
16193Selections are:
16194
16195DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16196SPC:   Accept word this time.
16197`i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16198`a':   Accept word for this session.
16199`A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16200`r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16201`R':   Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16202`?':   Show these commands.
16203`x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16204`X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16205        the aborted check to be completed later.
16206`q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16207`l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16208`u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16209`m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16210`C-l':  Redraw screen.
16211`C-r':  Recursive edit.
16212`C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16213
16214\(fn)" nil nil)
16215
16216(autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16217Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16218With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16219
16220\(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16221
16222(autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16223Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16224With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16225Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16226
16227By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16228
16229\(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16230
16231(autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16232Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16233Return nil if spell session is quit,
16234 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16235
16236\(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16237
16238(autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16239Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16240
16241\(fn)" t nil)
16242
16243(autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16244Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16245
16246\(fn)" t nil)
16247
16248(autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16249Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16250
16251\(fn)" t nil)
16252
16253(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16254Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16255If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16256sequence inside of a word.
16257
16258Standard ispell choices are then available.
16259
16260\(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16261
16262(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16263Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16264
16265\(fn)" t nil)
16266
16267(autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16268Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16269If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16270that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16271
16272Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16273looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16274program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16275available on the net.
16276
16277\(fn)" t nil)
16278
16279(autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16280Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16281With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16282
16283In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16284warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16285
16286All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16287them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16288
16289\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16290
16291(autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16292Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16293Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16294Don't check included messages.
16295
16296To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16297use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16298The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16299
16300To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16301in your .emacs file:
16302   (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16303   (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16304   (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16305   (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16306
16307You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16308`news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16309   (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16310
16311\(fn)" t nil)
16312
16313;;;***
16314
16315;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17819
16316;;;;;;  9451))
16317;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16318
16319(defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16320Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16321See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16322Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16323either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16324or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16325
16326(custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16327
16328(autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16329Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16330With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16331This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings.  See
16332`iswitchb' for details.
16333
16334\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16335
16336;;;***
16337
16338;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16339;;;;;;  japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16340;;;;;;  japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16341;;;;;;  "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17842 58278))
16342;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16343
16344(autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16345Not documented
16346
16347\(fn)" nil nil)
16348
16349(autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16350Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16351The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16352The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16353Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16354 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16355 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16356 necessary to represent OBJ.
16357
16358\(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16359
16360(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16361Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16362The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16363The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16364
16365\(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16366
16367(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16368Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16369The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16370The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16371Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16372
16373\(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16374
16375(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16376Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16377The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16378The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16379
16380\(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16381
16382(autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16383Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16384Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16385of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16386
16387\(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16388
16389(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16390Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16391
16392\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16393
16394(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16395Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16396`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16397`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16398Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16399
16400\(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16401
16402(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16403Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16404`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16405`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16406Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16407
16408\(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16409
16410(autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16411Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16412If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16413
16414\(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16415
16416;;;***
16417
16418;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16419;;;;;;  "jka-compr.el" (17853 24893))
16420;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16421
16422(defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16423Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16424Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16425It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16426
16427(autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16428Not documented
16429
16430\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16431
16432(autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16433Uninstall jka-compr.
16434This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16435and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16436by `jka-compr-installed'.
16437
16438\(fn)" nil nil)
16439
16440;;;***
16441
16442;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16443;;;;;;  keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16444;;;;;;  (17833 41203))
16445;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16446
16447(defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16448Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16449When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16450decimal key must be specified.")
16451
16452(custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16453
16454(defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16455Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16456When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16457decimal key must be specified.")
16458
16459(custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16460
16461(defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16462Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16463When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16464decimal key must be specified.")
16465
16466(custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16467
16468(defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16469Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16470When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16471decimal key must be specified.")
16472
16473(custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16474
16475(autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16476Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16477If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16478are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16479If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16480keys are bound.
16481
16482 Setup      Binding
16483 -------------------------------------------------------------
16484 'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16485 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16486 'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16487 'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16488 'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16489           this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16490           in the global and local keymaps.
16491
16492If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16493the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16494
16495\(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16496
16497;;;***
16498
16499;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16500;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
16501;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16502
16503(autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16504Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16505LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16506
16507`Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16508at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16509at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16510respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16511shorter.
16512
16513`Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16514in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16515the context of text formatting.
16516
16517\(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16518
16519;;;***
16520
16521;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17842
16522;;;;;;  54888))
16523;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16524
16525(defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16526Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16527With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16528candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16529list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16530positions that contains the current selection.")
16531
16532(autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16533Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16534Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16535When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16536positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16537When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16538and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16539
16540\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16541
16542;;;***
16543
16544;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16545;;;;;;  kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16546;;;;;;  kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16547;;;;;;  "kmacro.el" (17833 41350))
16548;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16549 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16550 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16551 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16552 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16553 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16554 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16555 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16556
16557(autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16558Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16559The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16560Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16561Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16562
16563Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16564
16565With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16566defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16567by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16568
16569Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16570defining the macro.
16571
16572Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16573The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16574The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16575
16576Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16577Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16578
16579\(fn ARG)" t nil)
16580
16581(autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16582Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16583The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16584The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16585or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16586under that name.
16587
16588With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16589counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16590An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16591
16592\(fn ARG)" t nil)
16593
16594(autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16595Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16596A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16597
16598When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16599just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16600command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16601for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16602
16603To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16604others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16605
16606\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16607
16608(autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16609Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16610The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16611
16612Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16613macro.
16614
16615With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16616the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16617
16618When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16619the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16620inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16621
16622The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16623The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16624
16625\(fn ARG)" t nil)
16626
16627(autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16628End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16629With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16630With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16631
16632\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16633
16634(autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16635Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16636With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16637Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16638
16639To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16640even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16641
16642\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16643
16644(autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16645Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16646If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16647
16648\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16649
16650;;;***
16651
16652;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16653;;;;;;  kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16654;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
16655;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16656
16657(defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16658
16659(autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16660Not documented
16661
16662\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16663
16664(autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16665Not documented
16666
16667\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16668
16669(autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16670Not documented
16671
16672\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16673
16674;;;***
16675
16676;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16677;;;;;;  "language/korea-util.el" (17842 58278))
16678;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16679
16680(defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16681*The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16682\"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16683
16684(autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16685Not documented
16686
16687\(fn)" nil nil)
16688
16689;;;***
16690
16691;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16692;;;;;;  (17941 38806))
16693;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16694
16695(defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16696
16697(autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16698Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16699
16700\(fn)" t nil)
16701
16702(defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16703
16704(autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16705Start or resume an Lm game.
16706If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16707Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16708
16709prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16710---------------------------------------------------------------------
16711none / 1   | yes                   | no
16712       2   | yes                   | yes
16713       3   | no                    | yes
16714       4   | no                    | no
16715
16716You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16717if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16718Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16719
16720\(fn PARG)" t nil)
16721
16722;;;***
16723
16724;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16725;;;;;;  lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16726;;;;;;  lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17842
16727;;;;;;  58278))
16728;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16729
16730(autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16731Not documented
16732
16733\(fn STR)" nil nil)
16734
16735(autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16736Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16737Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16738The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16739START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16740LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16741
16742Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16743syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16744
16745\(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16746
16747(autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16748Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16749
16750\(fn STR)" nil nil)
16751
16752(autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16753Not documented
16754
16755\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16756
16757(autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16758Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16759The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16760Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16761to compose.
16762
16763The return value is number of composed characters.
16764
16765\(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16766
16767(autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16768Not documented
16769
16770\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16771
16772;;;***
16773
16774;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16775;;;;;;  latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16776;;;;;;  "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17842 54888))
16777;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16778
16779(defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16780Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16781LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16782Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16783
16784(custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16785
16786(autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16787Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16788Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16789
16790\(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16791
16792(autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16793Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16794Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16795
16796\(fn CS)" nil nil)
16797
16798(autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16799Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16800The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16801coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16802
16803\(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16804
16805;;;***
16806
16807;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16808;;;;;;  "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17874 62081))
16809;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16810
16811(defvar latin1-display nil "\
16812Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16813This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16814if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16815the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16816ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16817methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16818`latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16819
16820This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16821charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16822
16823Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16824use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16825
16826(custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16827
16828(autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16829Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16830See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16831must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16832display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16833`latin1-display-setup'.  As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16834some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16835a Unicode font with which to display them.
16836
16837\(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16838
16839(defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16840Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16841This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16842changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16843
16844Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16845use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16846
16847(custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16848
16849;;;***
16850
16851;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16852;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
16853;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16854
16855(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
16856
16857(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
16858
16859(autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
16860A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16861
16862\(fn)" t nil)
16863
16864;;;***
16865
16866;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
16867;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
16868;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
16869
16870(defconst ledit-save-files t "\
16871*Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
16872
16873(defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
16874*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
16875
16876(defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
16877*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
16878
16879(autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
16880\\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
16881Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
16882  \\[ledit-save-defun]	-- record defun at or after point
16883	   for later transmission to Lisp job.
16884  \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
16885  \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
16886  \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
16887	   and transmit saved text.
16888
16889\\{ledit-mode-map}
16890To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
16891do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
16892
16893\(fn)" t nil)
16894
16895(autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
16896Not documented
16897
16898\(fn)" nil nil)
16899
16900;;;***
16901
16902;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17842 55395))
16903;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16904
16905(autoload (quote life) "life" "\
16906Run Conway's Life simulation.
16907The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16908arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16909generations (this defaults to 1).
16910
16911\(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16912
16913;;;***
16914
16915;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17942
16916;;;;;;  63381))
16917;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16918
16919(autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
16920Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
16921If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16922is nil, raise an error.
16923
16924This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
16925hooks.  Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
16926instead of the normal heuristics for doing this.  Such a hook should
16927undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
16928loading the package or executing functions in it.  It has access to
16929the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
16930variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
16931in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
16932such as redefining an Emacs function.
16933
16934\(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16935
16936;;;***
16937
16938;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16939;;;;;;  "locate" "locate.el" (17992 30877))
16940;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16941
16942(defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
16943`ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16944This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16945
16946(custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
16947
16948(autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
16949Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16950Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16951With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16952
16953This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16954SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16955one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16956system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16957documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16958which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16959the version.)
16960
16961You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16962the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16963
16964The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16965the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16966
16967ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
16968
16969\(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16970
16971(autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
16972Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16973This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16974The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16975prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16976to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16977that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16978contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16979to constrain a big search.
16980
16981ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16982
16983When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16984except that FILTER is not optional.
16985
16986\(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16987
16988;;;***
16989
16990;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (18010 5298))
16991;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
16992
16993(autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
16994Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16995\\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
16996If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16997Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
16998buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16999Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17000`log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17001LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17002  that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17003If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17004  log message and go back to the current buffer when done.  Otherwise, it
17005  uses the current buffer.
17006
17007\(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17008
17009;;;***
17010
17011;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17842
17012;;;;;;  58279))
17013;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17014
17015(autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17016Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17017
17018\(fn)" t nil)
17019
17020;;;***
17021
17022;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (17992
17023;;;;;;  30877))
17024;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17025
17026(autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17027Toggle Long Lines mode.
17028In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17029`fill-column'.  The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17030show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17031
17032If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17033wrapped whenever the buffer is changed.  You can always call
17034`fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17035
17036If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17037are indicated with a symbol.
17038
17039\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17040
17041;;;***
17042
17043;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17044;;;;;;  lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17842
17045;;;;;;  58279))
17046;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17047
17048(defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17049
17050(defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17051
17052(defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17053*The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17054\(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17055
17056On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17057lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17058
17059On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17060a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17061Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17062printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17063\"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
17064it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17065file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17066
17067(custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17068
17069(defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17070*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17071It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17072switch on this list.
17073See `lpr-command'.")
17074
17075(custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17076
17077(defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17078*Name of program for printing a file.
17079
17080On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17081Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17082The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17083Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17084`printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17085treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17086argument.")
17087
17088(custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17089
17090(autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17091Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17092See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17093for customization of the printer command.
17094
17095\(fn)" t nil)
17096
17097(autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17098Paginate and print buffer contents.
17099
17100The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17101If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17102`lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17103`lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17104
17105Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17106in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17107
17108See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17109for further customization of the printer command.
17110
17111\(fn)" t nil)
17112
17113(autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17114Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17115See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17116for customization of the printer command.
17117
17118\(fn START END)" t nil)
17119
17120(autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17121Paginate and print the region contents.
17122
17123The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17124If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17125`lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17126`lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17127
17128Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17129in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17130
17131See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17132for further customization of the printer command.
17133
17134\(fn START END)" t nil)
17135
17136;;;***
17137
17138;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17139;;;;;;  (18006 55796))
17140;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17141
17142(defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17143*Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17144Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17145
17146(custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17147
17148;;;***
17149
17150;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17956
17151;;;;;;  13479))
17152;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17153
17154(autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17155Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17156If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17157
17158This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17159
17160\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17161
17162;;;***
17163
17164;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17923
17165;;;;;;  63540))
17166;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17167
17168(autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17169A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17170\\{m4-mode-map}
17171
17172\(fn)" t nil)
17173
17174;;;***
17175
17176;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17177;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
17178;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17179
17180(autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17181Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17182If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17183The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17184definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17185
17186\(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17187
17188;;;***
17189
17190;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17191;;;;;;  name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17842 58279))
17192;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17193
17194(autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17195Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17196Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17197The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17198Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17199
17200\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17201
17202(autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17203Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17204Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17205\(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17206
17207This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17208definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17209will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17210are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17211bindings.
17212
17213To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17214use this command, and then save the file.
17215
17216\(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17217
17218(autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17219Query user during kbd macro execution.
17220  With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17221commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17222each time the macro executes.
17223  Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17224Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17225\\[act]	Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17226\\[skip]	Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17227\\[exit]	Stop the macro entirely right now.
17228\\[recenter]	Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17229\\[edit]	Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17230
17231\(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17232
17233(autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17234Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17235For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17236the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17237
17238When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17239BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17240The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17241execute.
17242
17243This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17244removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17245
17246For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17247author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17248section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17249and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17250`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17251
17252Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17253looked like this:
17254
17255    { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17256    { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17257    { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17258
17259You could enter the names in this format:
17260
17261    foo
17262    bar
17263    baz
17264
17265and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17266
17267    \\C-x (
17268       \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17269    \\C-x )
17270
17271and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17272`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17273
17274\(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17275 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17276
17277;;;***
17278
17279;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17280;;;;;;  "mail/mail-extr.el" (17842 55035))
17281;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17282
17283(autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17284Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17285Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17286name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17287`mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17288`mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17289
17290If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17291or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17292the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17293each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17294one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17295
17296ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17297\(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17298\(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17299consing a string.)
17300
17301\(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17302
17303(autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17304Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17305
17306\(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17307
17308;;;***
17309
17310;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17311;;;;;;  mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17312;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
17313;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17314
17315(autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17316Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17317
17318\(fn)" nil nil)
17319
17320(autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17321Not documented
17322
17323\(fn)" nil nil)
17324
17325(defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17326*Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17327
17328(custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17329
17330(autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17331Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17332Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17333message.
17334
17335This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17336
17337\(fn)" nil nil)
17338
17339;;;***
17340
17341;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17342;;;;;;  mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17343;;;;;;  mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17842
17344;;;;;;  55035))
17345;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17346
17347(defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17348*If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17349Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17350often correct parser.")
17351
17352(custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17353
17354(autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17355Not documented
17356
17357\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17358
17359(autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17360Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17361If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17362we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17363
17364\(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17365
17366(autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17367Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17368If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17369we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17370
17371\(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17372
17373(autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17374Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17375If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17376we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17377If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17378If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17379That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17380as Rmail does.
17381
17382\(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17383
17384(autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17385Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17386The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17387If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17388If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17389If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17390
17391\(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17392
17393;;;***
17394
17395;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17396;;;;;;  "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17992 30878))
17397;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17398
17399(autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17400Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17401
17402\(fn)" nil nil)
17403
17404(autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17405Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17406By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17407
17408\(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17409
17410(autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17411Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17412If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17413
17414\(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17415
17416;;;***
17417
17418;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17419;;;;;;  mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17842
17420;;;;;;  55035))
17421;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17422
17423(defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17424*Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17425If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17426	king@grassland.com
17427If `parens', they look like:
17428	king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17429If `angles', they look like:
17430	Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17431
17432(custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17433
17434(autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17435Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17436If interactive, expand in header fields.
17437Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17438their `Resent-' variants.
17439
17440Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17441removed from alias expansions.
17442
17443\(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17444
17445(autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17446Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17447This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17448
17449Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17450If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17451can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17452if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17453
17454\(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17455
17456(autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17457Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17458Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17459current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17460
17461\(fn ARG)" t nil)
17462
17463;;;***
17464
17465;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17466;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
17467;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17468
17469(autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17470Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17471Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17472The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17473
17474\(fn)" nil nil)
17475
17476;;;***
17477
17478;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17479;;;;;;  makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17480;;;;;;  "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17842 56332))
17481;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17482
17483(autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17484Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17485
17486If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17487variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17488`makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17489`makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17490chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17491function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17492
17493It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17494provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17495example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17496dependency, despite the colon.
17497
17498\\{makefile-mode-map}
17499
17500In the browser, use the following keys:
17501
17502\\{makefile-browser-map}
17503
17504Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17505
17506`makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17507    Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17508
17509`makefile-target-colon':
17510    The string that gets appended to all target names
17511    inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17512    \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17513
17514`makefile-macro-assign':
17515   The string that gets appended to all macro names
17516   inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17517   The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17518   standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17519   allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17520   might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17521
17522`makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17523   If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17524   target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17525
17526`makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17527   Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17528
17529`makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17530   Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17531   up or down in the browser.
17532
17533`makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17534   String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17535
17536`makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17537   String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17538
17539`makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17540   If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17541   will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17542   has been selected in the browser.
17543
17544`makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17545   If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17546   `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17547   (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17548   filenames are omitted.
17549
17550`makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17551   If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17552   will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17553   (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17554   This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17555   the backslash itself intact.
17556   IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17557   to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17558
17559`makefile-browser-hook':
17560   A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17561   browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17562
17563`makefile-special-targets-list':
17564   List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17565   on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17566   at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17567
17568\(fn)" t nil)
17569
17570(autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17571An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17572
17573\(fn)" t nil)
17574
17575(autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17576An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17577
17578\(fn)" t nil)
17579
17580(autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17581An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17582
17583\(fn)" t nil)
17584
17585(autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17586An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17587
17588\(fn)" t nil)
17589
17590(autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17591An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17592
17593\(fn)" t nil)
17594
17595;;;***
17596
17597;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17842
17598;;;;;;  58279))
17599;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17600
17601(autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17602Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17603Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17604
17605\(fn)" t nil)
17606
17607;;;***
17608
17609;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17992 30877))
17610;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17611
17612(defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17613
17614(autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17615Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17616This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It runs a Un*x
17617command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17618results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer.  See variable
17619`Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17620If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17621
17622To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17623SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry.  To see manpages from
17624all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17625`Man-switches' variable, which see.
17626
17627\(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17628
17629(autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17630Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17631
17632\(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17633
17634;;;***
17635
17636;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17842 58279))
17637;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17638
17639(autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17640Toggle Master mode.
17641With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17642Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17643Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17644
17645When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17646following commands:
17647
17648\\{master-mode-map}
17649
17650The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17651You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17652yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17653
17654\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17655
17656;;;***
17657
17658;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17942
17659;;;;;;  63381))
17660;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17661
17662(put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17663
17664(defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17665Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17666See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17667Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17668either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17669or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17670
17671(custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17672
17673(autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17674Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17675This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17676created in the future.
17677With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17678turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17679
17680\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17681
17682;;;***
17683
17684;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17685;;;;;;  message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17686;;;;;;  message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17687;;;;;;  message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17688;;;;;;  message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17689;;;;;;  message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17690;;;;;;  message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17691;;;;;;  message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17692;;;;;;  message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17693;;;;;;  message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17694;;;;;;  "gnus/message.el" (18010 19867))
17695;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17696
17697(defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17698*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17699
17700If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17701	king@grassland.com
17702If `parens', they look like:
17703	king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17704If `angles', they look like:
17705	Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17706
17707Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17708`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17709
17710(custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17711
17712(defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17713Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17714
17715(custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17716
17717(defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17718*Local news organization file.")
17719
17720(custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17721
17722(defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17723Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17724The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17725variable `mail-header-separator'.
17726
17727Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17728`message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17729`message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17730
17731See also `send-mail-function'.")
17732
17733(custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17734
17735(defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17736*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17737
17738Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17739`writes:' to hide the cited text.  If you change this line too much,
17740people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17741configuration.  See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17742
17743(custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17744
17745(defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17746*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17747Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17748See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17749
17750(custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17751
17752(defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17753*Function for citing an original message.
17754Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17755`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17756Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17757
17758(custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17759
17760(defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17761*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17762This can also be a list of functions.  Each function can find the
17763citation between (point) and (mark t).  And each function should leave
17764point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17765
17766(custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17767
17768(defvar message-signature t "\
17769*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17770If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17771If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17772If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17773
17774(custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17775
17776(defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17777*Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17778Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17779If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17780
17781(custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17782
17783(defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17784*If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17785
17786(custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17787
17788(define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17789
17790(autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17791Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17792Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17793C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17794C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17795C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17796	 C-c C-f C-t  move to To	C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17797	 C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc	C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17798	 C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc	C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17799	 C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary	C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17800	 C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords	C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17801         C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17802	 C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17803	 C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17804	 C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17805	 C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17806	 C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17807	 C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17808	 C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17809C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17810C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17811C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17812C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17813C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17814C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17815C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17816C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17817C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17818C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17819C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17820C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17821C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17822C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17823C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17824C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17825C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17826M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17827
17828\(fn)" t nil)
17829
17830(autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17831Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17832OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17833to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17834is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17835
17836\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
17837
17838(autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
17839Start editing a news article to be sent.
17840
17841\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17842
17843(autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
17844Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17845
17846\(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
17847
17848(autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
17849Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17850
17851\(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17852
17853(autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
17854Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17855If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17856
17857\(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17858
17859(autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
17860Cancel an article you posted.
17861If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17862
17863\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17864
17865(autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
17866Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17867This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17868header line with the old Message-ID.
17869
17870\(fn)" t nil)
17871
17872(autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
17873Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17874
17875\(fn)" t nil)
17876
17877(autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
17878Forward the current message via mail.
17879Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17880Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17881
17882\(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17883
17884(autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
17885Not documented
17886
17887\(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17888
17889(autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
17890Not documented
17891
17892\(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17893
17894(autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
17895Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17896
17897\(fn)" t nil)
17898
17899(autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
17900Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17901
17902\(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17903
17904(autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
17905Re-mail the current message.
17906This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17907contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17908you.
17909
17910\(fn)" t nil)
17911
17912(autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
17913Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17914
17915\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17916
17917(autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
17918Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17919
17920\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17921
17922(autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
17923Start editing a news article to be sent.
17924
17925\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17926
17927(autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
17928Start editing a news article to be sent.
17929
17930\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17931
17932(autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
17933Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17934Works by overstriking characters.
17935Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17936which specify the range to operate on.
17937
17938\(fn START END)" t nil)
17939
17940(autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
17941Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17942Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17943which specify the range to operate on.
17944
17945\(fn START END)" t nil)
17946
17947;;;***
17948
17949;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17950;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
17951;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17952
17953(autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17954Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17955Special commands:
17956\\{meta-mode-map}
17957
17958Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
17959`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17960
17961\(fn)" t nil)
17962
17963(autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
17964Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17965Special commands:
17966\\{meta-mode-map}
17967
17968Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
17969`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
17970
17971\(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973;;;***
17974
17975;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17976;;;;;;  metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17977;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
17978;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17979
17980(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
17981Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17982Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17983
17984\(fn)" t nil)
17985
17986(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
17987Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17988Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17989EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17990Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17991redisplayed as output is inserted.
17992Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17993
17994\(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17995
17996(autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
17997Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17998Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17999EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18000Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18001means current).
18002Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18003redisplayed as output is inserted.
18004
18005\(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18006
18007(autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18008Process current region through 'metamail'.
18009Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18010EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18011Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18012means current).
18013Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18014redisplayed as output is inserted.
18015
18016\(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18017
18018;;;***
18019
18020;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18021;;;;;;  mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18022;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17842 55144))
18023;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18024
18025(autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18026Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18027See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18028
18029\(fn)" t nil)
18030
18031(autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18032Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18033See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18034
18035\(fn)" t nil)
18036
18037(autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18038Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18039
18040This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18041thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18042buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18043
18044Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18045SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18046
18047This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18048applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18049
18050\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18051
18052(define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18053
18054(autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18055Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18056This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18057conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18058which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18059as `compose-mail'.
18060
18061The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18062initial Subject field, respectively.
18063
18064OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18065Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18066are strings.
18067
18068CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18069ignored.
18070
18071\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18072
18073(autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18074Save draft and send message.
18075
18076When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18077command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18078of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18079Mail Delivery*\".
18080
18081The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18082this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18083your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18084
18085Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18086manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18087insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18088are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18089message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18090by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18091
18092In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18093use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18094
18095\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18096
18097(autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18098Quit editing and delete draft message.
18099
18100If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18101this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18102message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18103delete the draft message.
18104
18105\(fn)" t nil)
18106
18107;;;***
18108
18109;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17842 55144))
18110;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18111
18112(put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18113
18114(put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18115
18116(put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18117
18118(autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18119Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18120
18121\(fn)" t nil)
18122
18123;;;***
18124
18125;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18126;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17842 55144))
18127;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18128
18129(autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18130Incorporate new mail with MH.
18131Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18132
18133This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18134the MH mail system.
18135
18136\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18137
18138(autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18139Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18140Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18141
18142This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18143the MH mail system.
18144
18145\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18146
18147(autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18148Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18149
18150You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18151the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18152another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18153separate command.
18154
18155Options that control this mode can be changed with
18156\\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18157see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18158format.
18159
18160When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18161
18162Ranges
18163======
18164Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18165`mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18166can be used in several ways.
18167
18168If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18169these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18170This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18171sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18172page):
18173
18174<num1>-<num2>
18175    Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18176    The range must be nonempty.
18177
18178<num>:N
18179<num>:+N
18180<num>:-N
18181    Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18182    may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18183    last.
18184
18185first:N
18186prev:N
18187next:N
18188last:N
18189    The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18190
18191all
18192    All of the messages.
18193
18194For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
181955-10 last:5 unseen'.
18196
18197If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18198region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18199perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18200
18201\\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18202
18203\(fn)" t nil)
18204
18205;;;***
18206
18207;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18208;;;;;;  "midnight.el" (17842 58279))
18209;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18210
18211(autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18212Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18213The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18214`clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18215`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18216`clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18217`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18218While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18219the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18220displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18221lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18222
18223\(fn)" t nil)
18224
18225(autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18226Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18227Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18228to its second argument TM.
18229
18230\(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18231
18232;;;***
18233
18234;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18235;;;;;;  "minibuf-eldef.el" (17842 58279))
18236;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18237
18238(defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18239Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18240See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18241Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18242either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18243or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18244
18245(custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18246
18247(autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18248Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18249When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18250default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18251the default value.  If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18252would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18253default indication.
18254
18255With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18256Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18257
18258\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18259
18260;;;***
18261
18262;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18263;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
18264;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18265
18266(autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18267Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18268\\{mixal-mode-map}
18269
18270\(fn)" t nil)
18271
18272(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18273
18274;;;***
18275
18276;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18277;;;;;;  malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18278;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
18279;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18280
18281(autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18282Not documented
18283
18284\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18285
18286(autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18287Not documented
18288
18289\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18290
18291(autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18292Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18293Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18294PATTERN regexp.
18295
18296\(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18297
18298;;;***
18299
18300;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18301;;;;;;  "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17842 54741))
18302;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18303
18304(autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18305Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18306
18307\(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18308
18309(autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18310Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18311This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18312the entire message.
18313If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18314
18315\(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18316
18317;;;***
18318
18319;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18320;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
18321;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18322
18323(autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18324Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18325This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18326the entire message.
18327If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18328
18329\(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18330
18331;;;***
18332
18333;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18334;;;;;;  "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17842 54741))
18335;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18336
18337(autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18338Insert file contents of URL.
18339If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18340
18341\(fn URL)" nil nil)
18342
18343(autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18344Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18345
18346\(fn URL)" nil nil)
18347
18348;;;***
18349
18350;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18351;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17842 54741))
18352;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18353
18354(autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18355Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18356The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18357MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18358value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18359
18360\(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18361
18362(autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18363Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18364Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18365
18366\(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18367
18368;;;***
18369
18370;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18371;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
18372;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18373
18374(autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18375Not documented
18376
18377\(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18378
18379(autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18380Not documented
18381
18382\(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18383
18384;;;***
18385
18386;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18387;;;;;;  mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18388;;;;;;  "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17842 54741))
18389;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18390
18391(autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18392Not documented
18393
18394\(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18395
18396(autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18397Not documented
18398
18399\(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18400
18401(autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18402Not documented
18403
18404\(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18405
18406(autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18407Not documented
18408
18409\(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18410
18411(autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18412Not documented
18413
18414\(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18415
18416(autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18417Not documented
18418
18419\(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18420
18421(autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18422Not documented
18423
18424\(fn)" nil nil)
18425
18426;;;***
18427
18428;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18429;;;;;;  (17276 13069))
18430;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18431
18432(autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18433This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18434All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18435followed by the first character of the construct.
18436\\<m2-mode-map>
18437  \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18438  \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18439  \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18440  \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18441  \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18442  \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18443  \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18444  \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18445  \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18446  \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18447  \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18448  \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18449  \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18450  \\[m2-link] link
18451
18452   `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18453   `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18454   `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18455
18456\(fn)" t nil)
18457
18458;;;***
18459
18460;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18461;;;;;;  (17842 55395))
18462;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18463
18464(autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18465Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18466
18467\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18468
18469(autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18470Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18471
18472\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18473
18474;;;***
18475
18476;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17842
18477;;;;;;  58279))
18478;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18479
18480(defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18481Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18482See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18483Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18484either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18485or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18486
18487(custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18488
18489(autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18490Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18491With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18492Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18493
18494When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18495
18496- Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18497
18498- Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18499
18500- Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18501Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18502Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18503Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18504Triple-clicking selects lines.
18505Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18506
18507- Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18508the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18509Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18510mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18511`interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18512
18513- Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18514the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18515
18516- Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18517to the kill ring.  Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18518
18519- Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18520
18521- M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18522& mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18523primary selection and region.
18524
18525\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18526
18527;;;***
18528
18529;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17862 6157))
18530;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18531
18532(autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18533Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18534
18535\(fn)" t nil)
18536
18537;;;***
18538
18539;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18006 55796))
18540;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18541
18542(defvar msb-mode nil "\
18543Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18544See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18545Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18546either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18547or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18548
18549(custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18550
18551(autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18552Toggle Msb mode.
18553With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18554This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18555different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18556
18557\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18558
18559;;;***
18560
18561;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18562;;;;;;  describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18563;;;;;;  describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18564;;;;;;  describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18565;;;;;;  read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18566;;;;;;  (17842 54888))
18567;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18568
18569(defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18570Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18571This is mis-named for historical reasons.  The charsets are actually
18572non-built-in ones.  They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18573charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18574from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18575set of ISO charsets.
18576
18577Each element has the following format:
18578  (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18579
18580CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18581
18582CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18583CHARSET are mapped.
18584
18585TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18586character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18587code.  It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18588character code in CHARSET.
18589
18590CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18591It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18592  (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18593or
18594  ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18595In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18596TO2, or...
18597The second form is used for 2-byte codes.  The car part is the ranges
18598of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18599
18600(autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18601Display a list of all character sets.
18602
18603The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18604internal Emacs use.
18605
18606The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18607multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18608hexadecimal digits.
18609  `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18610  `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18611
18612The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18613column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18614set.  The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18615for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18616
18617With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18618but still shows the full information.
18619
18620\(fn ARG)" t nil)
18621
18622(autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18623Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18624It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18625or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18626`non-iso-charset-alist'.
18627
18628Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18629DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18630INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18631See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18632detailed meanings of these arguments.
18633
18634\(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18635
18636(autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18637Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18638This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18639characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18640PC `codepages' and other coded character sets.  See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18641
18642\(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18643
18644(autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18645Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18646
18647\(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18648
18649(autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18650Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18651
18652\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18653
18654(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18655Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18656
18657The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18658where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18659in place of `..':
18660  `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18661  eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18662  Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18663  eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18664  Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18665  eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18666  `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18667  eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18668  `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18669  eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18670  `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18671  eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18672  `default-process-coding-system' for read
18673  eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18674  `default-process-coding-system' for write
18675  eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18676
18677\(fn)" t nil)
18678
18679(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18680Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18681
18682\(fn)" t nil)
18683
18684(autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18685Display a list of all coding systems.
18686This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18687
18688With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18689but still contains full information about each coding system.
18690
18691\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18692
18693(autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18694Display a list of all coding categories.
18695
18696\(fn)" nil nil)
18697
18698(autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18699Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18700The font must be already used by Emacs.
18701
18702\(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18703
18704(autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18705Display information about FONTSET.
18706This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18707
18708\(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18709
18710(autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18711Display a list of all fontsets.
18712This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18713With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18714see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18715
18716\(fn ARG)" t nil)
18717
18718(autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18719Display information about all input methods.
18720
18721\(fn)" t nil)
18722
18723(autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18724Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18725
18726This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18727environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18728character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18729system which uses fontsets).
18730
18731\(fn)" t nil)
18732
18733;;;***
18734
18735;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18736;;;;;;  detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18737;;;;;;  coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18738;;;;;;  coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18739;;;;;;  truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18740;;;;;;  "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17842 54888))
18741;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18742
18743(autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18744Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18745TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18746
18747\(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18748
18749(make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18750
18751(defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18752Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18753
18754(defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18755Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18756
18757(autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18758Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18759
18760\(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18761
18762(autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18763Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18764The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18765column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18766START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18767are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18768buffer; see also `char-width'.
18769
18770The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18771character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18772of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18773comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18774the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18775middle of a character in STR.
18776
18777If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18778the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18779
18780If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18781end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18782unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18783width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18784defaults to \"...\".
18785
18786\(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18787
18788(defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18789Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18790
18791Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18792any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18793\(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18794
18795You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18796sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18797can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18798
18799(autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18800Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18801Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18802 is considered.
18803Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18804longer than KEYSEQ.
18805See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18806
18807\(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18808
18809(autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18810Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18811Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18812Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18813The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18814car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18815If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18816 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18817 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18818Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18819 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18820
18821\(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18822
18823(autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18824Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18825
18826\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18827
18828(autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18829Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18830
18831\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18832
18833(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
18834Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
18835
18836\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18837
18838(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
18839Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
18840
18841\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18842
18843(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
18844Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18845PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18846coding systems ordered by priority.
18847
18848\(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
18849
18850(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
18851Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18852The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18853language environment LANG-ENV.
18854
18855\(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18856
18857(autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
18858Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18859On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18860appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
18861charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
18862basis, this may not be accurate.
18863
18864\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18865
18866;;;***
18867
18868;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
18869;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
18870;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
18871
18872(defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
18873Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
18874See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18875Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18876either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18877or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
18878
18879(custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
18880
18881(autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
18882Toggle mouse wheel support.
18883With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18884Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18885
18886\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18887
18888(autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
18889Enable mouse wheel support.
18890
18891\(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
18892
18893;;;***
18894
18895;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18896;;;;;;  whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18897;;;;;;  nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
18898;;;;;;  "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17891 7215))
18899;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18900
18901(autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
18902Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18903
18904\(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18905
18906(autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
18907Ping HOST.
18908If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18909`ping-program-options'.
18910
18911\(fn HOST)" t nil)
18912
18913(autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
18914Run ipconfig program.
18915
18916\(fn)" t nil)
18917
18918(defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
18919
18920(autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
18921Run netstat program.
18922
18923\(fn)" t nil)
18924
18925(autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
18926Run the arp program.
18927
18928\(fn)" t nil)
18929
18930(autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
18931Run the route program.
18932
18933\(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935(autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18936Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18937
18938\(fn HOST)" t nil)
18939
18940(autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
18941Run nslookup program.
18942
18943\(fn)" t nil)
18944
18945(autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
18946Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18947
18948\(fn HOST)" t nil)
18949
18950(autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
18951Run dig program.
18952
18953\(fn HOST)" t nil)
18954
18955(autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
18956Run ftp program.
18957
18958\(fn HOST)" t nil)
18959
18960(autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
18961Finger USER on HOST.
18962
18963\(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18964
18965(autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
18966Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18967If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18968from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
18969
18970\(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18971
18972(autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
18973Not documented
18974
18975\(fn)" t nil)
18976
18977(autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
18978Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18979
18980\(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18981
18982(autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
18983Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18984
18985\(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18986
18987;;;***
18988
18989;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
18990;;;;;;  comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
18991;;;;;;  uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
18992;;;;;;  comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
18993;;;;;;  comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
18994;;;;;;  "newcomment.el" (17992 30877))
18995;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
18996
18997(defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
18998
18999(defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19000
19001(defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19002
19003(defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19004
19005(defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19006Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19007Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19008be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19009to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19010Major modes should set this variable.")
19011
19012(defvar comment-column 32 "\
19013Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19014Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
19015can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19016Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
19017not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
19018
19019(custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19020(put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19021
19022(defvar comment-start nil "\
19023*String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19024(put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19025
19026(defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19027*Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19028If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19029at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19030(put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19031
19032(defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19033Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19034(put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19035
19036(defvar comment-end "" "\
19037*String to insert to end a new comment.
19038Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19039(put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19040
19041(defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19042Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19043This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19044the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19045column indentation or nil.
19046If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19047
19048(defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19049Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19050The function has no args.
19051
19052Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19053comments always start in column zero.")
19054
19055(defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19056Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19057See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19058
19059(custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19060
19061(defvar comment-padding " " "\
19062Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19063Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19064of the corresponding number of spaces.
19065
19066Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19067makes the comment easier to read.  Default is 1.  nil means 0.")
19068
19069(custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19070
19071(defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19072Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19073That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19074This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19075customize this variable.
19076
19077It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line].  However, if you want this
19078behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19079
19080(custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19081
19082(autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19083Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19084Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19085this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19086the variables are properly set.
19087
19088\(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19089
19090(autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19091Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19092
19093\(fn)" nil nil)
19094
19095(autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19096Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19097If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19098
19099\(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19100
19101(autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19102Set the comment column based on point.
19103With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19104With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19105With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19106 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19107
19108\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19109
19110(autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19111Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19112With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19113
19114\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19115
19116(autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19117Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19118The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19119comment markers.
19120
19121\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19122
19123(autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19124Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19125With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19126Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19127If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19128By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19129even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19130do not get comments.  This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19131
19132The strings used as comment starts are built from
19133`comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19134
19135\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19136
19137(autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19138Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19139The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19140end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19141
19142\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19143
19144(autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19145Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19146in which case call `uncomment-region'.  If a prefix arg is given, it
19147is passed on to the respective function.
19148
19149\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19150
19151(autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19152Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19153If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19154  `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19155  case it calls `uncomment-region').
19156Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19157Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19158Else, call `comment-indent'.
19159You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19160
19161\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19162
19163(defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19164Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19165This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19166
19167(custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19168
19169(autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19170Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19171This indents the body of the continued comment
19172under the previous comment line.
19173
19174This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19175starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19176If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19177
19178If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19179or comment indentation.
19180
19181The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19182unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19183
19184\(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19185
19186;;;***
19187
19188;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19189;;;;;;  newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19190;;;;;;  "net/newsticker.el" (17873 44590))
19191;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19192
19193(autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19194Check whether newsticker is running.
19195Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19196considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19197
19198\(fn)" nil nil)
19199
19200(autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19201Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19202Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19203considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19204empty.
19205
19206\(fn)" nil nil)
19207
19208(autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19209Start the newsticker.
19210Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19211timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19212DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19213Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19214
19215\(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19216
19217(autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19218Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19219Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19220running already.
19221
19222\(fn)" t nil)
19223
19224(autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19225Switch to newsticker buffer.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19226
19227\(fn)" t nil)
19228
19229;;;***
19230
19231;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19232;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
19233;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19234
19235(autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19236Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19237
19238\(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19239
19240;;;***
19241
19242;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17842
19243;;;;;;  54741))
19244;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19245
19246(autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19247Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19248If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19249as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19250first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19251symbol in the alist.
19252
19253\(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19254
19255;;;***
19256
19257;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19258;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
19259;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19260
19261(autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19262Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19263This command does not work if you use short group names.
19264
19265\(fn)" t nil)
19266
19267;;;***
19268
19269;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19270;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
19271;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19272
19273(autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19274\"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19275Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19276
19277\(fn)" t nil)
19278
19279;;;***
19280
19281;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19282;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
19283;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19284
19285(autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19286Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19287
19288\(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19289
19290;;;***
19291
19292;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19293;;;;;;  "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17842 54741))
19294;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19295
19296(autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19297Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19298
19299\(fn)" t nil)
19300
19301(autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19302Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19303
19304\(fn)" t nil)
19305
19306(autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19307Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19308
19309\(fn)" t nil)
19310
19311;;;***
19312
19313;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19314;;;;;;  "novice" "novice.el" (17842 58279))
19315;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19316
19317(defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19318Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19319If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19320
19321(define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19322
19323(autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19324Not documented
19325
19326\(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19327
19328(autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19329Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19330COMMAND must be a symbol.
19331This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19332to future sessions.
19333
19334\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19335
19336(autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19337Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19338COMMAND must be a symbol.
19339This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19340to future sessions.
19341
19342\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19343
19344;;;***
19345
19346;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19347;;;;;;  (17842 58277))
19348;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19349
19350(autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19351Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19352\\{nroff-mode-map}
19353Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19354Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19355closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19356
19357\(fn)" t nil)
19358
19359;;;***
19360
19361;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19362;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
19363;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19364
19365(autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19366Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19367Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19368specified by `octave-help-files'.
19369If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19370
19371\(fn KEY)" t nil)
19372
19373;;;***
19374
19375;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19376;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
19377;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19378
19379(autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19380Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19381This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19382
19383Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19384
19385The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19386command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19387
19388Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19389the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19390startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19391
19392\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19393
19394(defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19395
19396;;;***
19397
19398;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19399;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
19400;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19401
19402(autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19403Major mode for editing Octave code.
19404
19405This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19406indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19407showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19408Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19409
19410Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19411computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface for
19412solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function definitions
19413can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19414is why you need this mode!).
19415
19416The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19417ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'.  Complete
19418source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19419
19420Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19421
19422Keybindings
19423===========
19424
19425\\{octave-mode-map}
19426
19427Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19428==============================================
19429
19430octave-auto-indent
19431  Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19432  Default is nil.
19433
19434octave-auto-newline
19435  Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19436  Default is nil.
19437
19438octave-blink-matching-block
19439  Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19440  newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword.  Default is t.
19441
19442octave-block-offset
19443  Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19444  Default is 2.
19445
19446octave-continuation-offset
19447  Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19448  Default is 4.
19449
19450octave-continuation-string
19451  String used for Octave continuation lines.
19452  Default is a backslash.
19453
19454octave-mode-startup-message
19455  nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19456  Default is t.
19457
19458octave-send-echo-input
19459  Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19460  command to the inferior Octave process.
19461
19462octave-send-line-auto-forward
19463  Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19464  sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19465
19466octave-send-echo-input
19467  Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19468
19469Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19470
19471To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19472following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19473
19474  (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19475  (setq auto-mode-alist
19476        (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19477
19478To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19479add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19480
19481  (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19482	    (lambda ()
19483	      (abbrev-mode 1)
19484	      (auto-fill-mode 1)
19485	      (if (eq window-system 'x)
19486		  (font-lock-mode 1))))
19487
19488To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19489This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19490already added.  You just need to add a description of the problem,
19491including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19492
19493\(fn)" t nil)
19494
19495;;;***
19496
19497;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19498;;;;;;  org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19499;;;;;;  org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19500;;;;;;  org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19501;;;;;;  org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19502;;;;;;  org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19503;;;;;;  (17922 37459))
19504;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19505
19506(autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19507Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19508\"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19509
19510Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19511contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19512implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19513of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19514time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19515calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19516Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19517messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19518For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19519can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19520
19521The following commands are available:
19522
19523\\{org-mode-map}
19524
19525\(fn)" t nil)
19526
19527(autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19528Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19529
19530- When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19531  buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19532  1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19533  2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19534  3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19535
19536- When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19537  by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19538  1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19539  2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19540               From this state, you can move to one of the children
19541               and zoom in further.
19542  3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19543
19544- When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19545  a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19546  is negative, go up that many levels.
19547
19548- When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19549  `indent-relative', like TAB normally does.  See the option
19550  `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19551
19552- Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19553  no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19554
19555\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19556
19557(autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19558Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19559
19560\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19561
19562(autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19563Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19564
19565\(fn)" nil nil)
19566
19567(autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19568The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19569
19570\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571
19572(autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19573\\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19574This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19575\\[org-insert-link].
19576For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19577For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19578For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19579
19580\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19581
19582(autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19583Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19584If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19585remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19586conventions in Org-mode.  This function returns such a link.
19587
19588\(fn)" nil nil)
19589
19590(autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19591Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19592This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19593to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19594
19595\(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19596
19597(autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19598Call `remember'.  If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19599If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19600of the remember buffer.
19601
19602\(fn)" t nil)
19603
19604(autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19605Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19606First prompts for an org file.  If the user just presses return, the value
19607of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19608Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19609file the text at a specific location.
19610You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19611file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19612find a better place.  Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19613
19614Key      Cursor position   Note gets inserted
19615-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19616RET      buffer-start      as level 2 heading at end of file
19617RET      on headline       as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19618RET      no heading        at cursor position, level taken from context.
19619			   Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19620<left>   on headline       as same level, before current heading
19621<right>  on headline       as same level, after current heading
19622
19623So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19624the default file.  This way your current train of thought is not
19625interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el.  But with
19626little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19627
19628Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19629headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\".  If not, a headline
19630is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19631
19632If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19633also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19634\(i.e. after the stars).
19635
19636See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19637
19638\(fn)" nil nil)
19639
19640(autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19641Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19642Prompts for a character to select a command.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19643on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19644g
19645a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19646t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19647T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19648      entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19649m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19650      a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19651M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19652l     Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19653
19654More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19655`org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19656searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19657
19658If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19659first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19660next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19661
19662\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19663
19664(autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19665Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19666CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19667Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19668before running the agenda command.
19669
19670\(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19671
19672(autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19673Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19674If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19675If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19676
19677\(fn)" t nil)
19678
19679(autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19680Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19681The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19682will be able to go to other weeks.
19683With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19684also be shown, under the current date.
19685With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19686on the days are also shown.  See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19687to turn on logging.
19688START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19689given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19690NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19691
19692\(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19693
19694(autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19695Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19696The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19697the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19698for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19699`org-todo-keywords'.
19700
19701\(fn ARG)" t nil)
19702
19703(autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19704Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19705The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19706
19707\(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19708
19709(autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19710Return diary information from org-files.
19711This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19712It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19713listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19714items should be listed.  The following arguments are allowed:
19715
19716   :timestamp    List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19717		 date range matching the selected date.  Deadlines will
19718		 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19719
19720   :deadline     List any deadlines past due, or due within
19721		 `org-deadline-warning-days'.  The listing occurs only
19722		 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date.  If
19723		 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19724
19725   :scheduled    List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19726		 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19727		 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19728
19729   :todo         List all TODO items from the org-file.  This may be a
19730		 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19731		 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19732		 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19733
19734The call in the diary file should look like this:
19735
19736   &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19737
19738Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
19739all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19740
19741   &%%(org-diary)
19742
19743If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19744arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used.  So the example above may
19745also be written as
19746
19747   &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19748
19749The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19750by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
19751function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19752
19753\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19754
19755(autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19756Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19757The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19758file, but with extension `.ics'.
19759
19760\(fn)" t nil)
19761
19762(autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19763Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19764Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19765file, but with extension `.ics'.
19766
19767\(fn)" t nil)
19768
19769(autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19770Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19771The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19772
19773\(fn)" t nil)
19774
19775;;;***
19776
19777;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19778;;;;;;  (17952 11093))
19779;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19780(put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19781
19782(autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19783Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19784Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19785two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19786
19787Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19788invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
19789of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19790back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19791
19792Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19793\\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
19794\\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
19795\\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
19796\\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
19797\\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading		    move from subheading to heading
19798
19799\\[hide-body]	make all text invisible (not headings).
19800\\[show-all]	make everything in buffer visible.
19801\\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19802
19803The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19804They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19805\\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree	make body and subheadings invisible.
19806\\[show-subtree]   show-subtree	make body and subheadings visible.
19807\\[show-children]   show-children	make direct subheadings visible.
19808		 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19809		 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19810\\[hide-entry]	   make immediately following body invisible.
19811\\[show-entry]	   make it visible.
19812\\[hide-leaves]	   make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
19813		     The subheadings remain visible.
19814\\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
19815
19816The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
19817A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
19818beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
19819
19820Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
19821`outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
19822
19823\(fn)" t nil)
19824
19825(autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
19826Toggle Outline minor mode.
19827With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
19828See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
19829
19830\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19831
19832;;;***
19833
19834;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17842
19835;;;;;;  58277))
19836;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
19837(put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19838(put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19839(put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19840(put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19841(put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19842(put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19843(put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19844(put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19845(put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19846
19847;;;***
19848
19849;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (18016 8765))
19850;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
19851
19852(defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
19853Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
19854See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19855Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19856either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19857or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
19858
19859(custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
19860
19861(autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
19862Toggle Show Paren mode.
19863With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
19864Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
19865
19866When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
19867in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
19868
19869\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19870
19871;;;***
19872
19873;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
19874;;;;;;  (17957 43164))
19875;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
19876
19877(autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
19878Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
19879The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
19880unknown are returned as nil.
19881
19882\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19883
19884;;;***
19885
19886;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17842
19887;;;;;;  56332))
19888;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
19889
19890(autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
19891Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
19892TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19893
19894\\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
19895\\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
19896
19897Other useful functions are:
19898
19899\\[pascal-mark-defun]	- Mark function.
19900\\[pascal-insert-block]	- insert begin ... end;
19901\\[pascal-star-comment]	- insert (* ... *)
19902\\[pascal-comment-area]	- Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
19903\\[pascal-uncomment-area]	- Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
19904\\[pascal-beg-of-defun]	- Move to beginning of current function.
19905\\[pascal-end-of-defun]	- Move to end of current function.
19906\\[pascal-goto-defun]	- Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
19907\\[pascal-outline-mode]	- Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
19908
19909Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
19910
19911 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
19912    Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
19913 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
19914    Indentation for case statements.
19915 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
19916    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
19917    mark after an end.
19918 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
19919    Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
19920 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
19921    Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
19922    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
19923 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
19924    Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
19925    functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
19926 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
19927    List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
19928
19929See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
19930pascal-separator-keywords.
19931
19932Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
19933no args, if that value is non-nil.
19934
19935\(fn)" t nil)
19936
19937;;;***
19938
19939;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
19940;;;;;;  (17842 54264))
19941;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
19942
19943(autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
19944Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
19945The keys affected are:
19946Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
19947C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
19948M-Backspace does undo.
19949Home and End move to beginning and end of line
19950C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
19951C-Escape does list-buffers.
19952
19953\(fn)" t nil)
19954
19955;;;***
19956
19957;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
19958;;;;;;  "emulation/pc-select.el" (17842 54264))
19959;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
19960
19961(defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
19962Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
19963See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19964Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19965either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19966or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
19967
19968(custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
19969
19970(autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
19971Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
19972
19973This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
19974
19975The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
19976which modify the status of the mark.
19977
19978The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
19979The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
19980
19981C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
19982S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
19983
19984M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
19985S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
19986behind.  To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
19987variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
19988turning PC Selection mode on.
19989
19990C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
19991S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
19992
19993HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
19994S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
19995With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
19996
19997END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
19998S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
19999With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20000
20001PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20002S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20003
20004S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20005S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20006C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20007
20008In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20009the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20010but before calling PC Selection mode):
20011
20012  F6           other-window
20013  DELETE       delete-char
20014  C-DELETE     kill-line
20015  M-DELETE     kill-word
20016  C-M-DELETE   kill-sexp
20017  C-BACKSPACE  backward-kill-word
20018  M-BACKSPACE  undo
20019
20020\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20021
20022(defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20023Toggle PC Selection mode.
20024Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20025and cursor movement commands.
20026This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20027Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20028you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20029
20030(custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20031
20032;;;***
20033
20034;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17842
20035;;;;;;  58279))
20036;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20037
20038(autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20039Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20040
20041\(fn)" nil nil)
20042
20043;;;***
20044
20045;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20046;;;;;;  "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17842 58279))
20047;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20048
20049(autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20050Completion for `gzip'.
20051
20052\(fn)" nil nil)
20053
20054(autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20055Completion for `bzip2'.
20056
20057\(fn)" nil nil)
20058
20059(autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20060Completion for GNU `make'.
20061
20062\(fn)" nil nil)
20063
20064(autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20065Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20066
20067\(fn)" nil nil)
20068
20069(defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20070
20071;;;***
20072
20073;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20074;;;;;;  "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17842 58279))
20075;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20076
20077(autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20078Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20079
20080\(fn)" nil nil)
20081
20082(autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20083Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20084
20085\(fn)" nil nil)
20086
20087(autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20088Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20089
20090\(fn)" nil nil)
20091
20092;;;***
20093
20094;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17842
20095;;;;;;  58279))
20096;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20097
20098(autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20099Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20100These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20101system.  They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20102not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20103You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20104
20105\(fn)" nil nil)
20106
20107;;;***
20108
20109;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20110;;;;;;  pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20111;;;;;;  "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17842 58279))
20112;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20113
20114(autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20115Completion for `cd'.
20116
20117\(fn)" nil nil)
20118
20119(defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20120
20121(autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20122Completion for `rmdir'.
20123
20124\(fn)" nil nil)
20125
20126(autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20127Completion for `rm'.
20128
20129\(fn)" nil nil)
20130
20131(autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20132Completion for `xargs'.
20133
20134\(fn)" nil nil)
20135
20136(defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20137
20138(autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20139Completion for `which'.
20140
20141\(fn)" nil nil)
20142
20143(autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20144Completion for the `chown' command.
20145
20146\(fn)" nil nil)
20147
20148(autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20149Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20150
20151\(fn)" nil nil)
20152
20153;;;***
20154
20155;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20156;;;;;;  pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20157;;;;;;  pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17944
20158;;;;;;  62194))
20159;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20160
20161(autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20162Support extensible programmable completion.
20163To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20164completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20165
20166\(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20167
20168(autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20169If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20170
20171\(fn)" t nil)
20172
20173(autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20174Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20175This will modify the current buffer.
20176
20177\(fn)" t nil)
20178
20179(autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20180Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20181
20182\(fn)" t nil)
20183
20184(autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20185Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20186This will modify the current buffer.
20187
20188\(fn)" t nil)
20189
20190(autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20191Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20192
20193\(fn)" t nil)
20194
20195(autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20196Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20197
20198\(fn)" t nil)
20199
20200(autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20201Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20202COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20203dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20204this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20205
20206\(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20207
20208(autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20209Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20210
20211\(fn)" nil nil)
20212
20213;;;***
20214
20215;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20216;;;;;;  cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20217;;;;;;  "pcvs.el" (18006 55796))
20218;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20219
20220(autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20221Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20222Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20223and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20224
20225With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20226
20227\(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20228
20229(autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20230Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20231With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20232A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20233  prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20234Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20235FLAGS is ignored.
20236
20237\(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20238
20239(autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20240Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20241That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20242Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20243With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20244A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20245  prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20246Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20247
20248\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20249
20250(autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20251Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20252Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20253With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20254A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20255  prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20256The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20257  passed to cvs.
20258
20259\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20260
20261(autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20262Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20263Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20264With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20265A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20266  prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20267Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20268
20269\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20270
20271(add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20272
20273(defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20274The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20275Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20276
20277(custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20278
20279(defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20280Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20281A value of nil means never do it.
20282ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20283  command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20284Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20285
20286(custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20287
20288(defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20289Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20290The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20291
20292;;;***
20293
20294;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17842 58279))
20295;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20296
20297(defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20298
20299;;;***
20300
20301;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20302;;;;;;  (17962 28280))
20303;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20304
20305(autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20306Major mode for editing Perl code.
20307Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20308Tab indents for Perl code.
20309Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20310Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20311Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20312\\{perl-mode-map}
20313Variables controlling indentation style:
20314 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20315    Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20316    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20317 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20318    Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20319    either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20320    to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20321 `perl-nochange'
20322    Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20323 `perl-indent-level'
20324    Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20325    The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20326    of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20327 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20328    Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20329    then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20330 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20331    Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20332    This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20333 `perl-brace-offset'
20334    Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20335 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20336    An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20337    this far to the right of the start of its line.
20338 `perl-label-offset'
20339    Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20340 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20341    Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20342
20343Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20344  perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20345  perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20346  perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20347  perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20348  perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20349  perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20350
20351Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20352
20353\(fn)" t nil)
20354
20355;;;***
20356
20357;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20358;;;;;;  pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20359;;;;;;  pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20360;;;;;;  pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17842 58279))
20361;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20362
20363(autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20364Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20365
20366If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20367
20368If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20369passphrase cache or user.
20370
20371\(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20372
20373(autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20374Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20375
20376If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20377cache or user.
20378
20379\(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20380
20381(autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20382Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20383
20384If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20385the region.
20386
20387If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20388passphrase cache or user.
20389
20390\(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20391
20392(autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20393Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20394
20395If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20396
20397If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20398the region.
20399
20400If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20401passphrase cache or user.
20402
20403\(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20404
20405(autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20406Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20407
20408If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20409passphrase cache or user.
20410
20411\(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20412
20413(autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20414Decrypt the current buffer.
20415
20416If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20417the region.
20418
20419If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20420passphrase cache or user.
20421
20422\(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20423
20424(autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20425Make the signature from text between START and END.
20426
20427If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20428a detached signature.
20429
20430If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20431and the the output is displayed.
20432
20433If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20434passphrase cache or user.
20435
20436\(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20437
20438(autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20439Sign the current buffer.
20440
20441If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20442detached signature.
20443
20444If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20445within the region.
20446
20447If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20448and the the output is displayed.
20449
20450If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20451passphrase cache or user.
20452
20453\(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20454
20455(autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20456Verify the current region between START and END.
20457If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20458the detached signature of the current region.
20459
20460If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20461signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20462
20463\(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20464
20465(autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20466Verify the current buffer.
20467If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20468the detached signature of the current region.
20469If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20470signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20471If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20472within the region.
20473
20474\(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20475
20476(autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20477Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20478
20479\(fn)" t nil)
20480
20481(autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20482Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20483
20484\(fn START END)" t nil)
20485
20486(autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20487Import public keys in the current buffer.
20488
20489\(fn)" t nil)
20490
20491;;;***
20492
20493;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20494;;;;;;  (17887 33207))
20495;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20496
20497(autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20498True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20499
20500\(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20501
20502;;;***
20503
20504;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20505;;;;;;  (17842 58277))
20506;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20507
20508(autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20509Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20510\\<picture-mode-map>
20511Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20512afterwards settable by these commands:
20513
20514 Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20515 Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20516 Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20517 Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20518
20519 Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20520 Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20521 Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20522 Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20523
20524 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20525 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20526 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20527 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20528
20529The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20530direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20531spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20532with these commands:
20533
20534 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20535 Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20536 Move to column following last
20537  non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20538 Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20539 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20540 Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20541 Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20542 Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20543
20544You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20545
20546 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20547  character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20548 Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20549 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20550   (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20551 Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20552
20553You can manipulate text with these commands:
20554 Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20555 Delete char at point:                            \\[delete-char]
20556 Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20557 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20558  (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20559 Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20560
20561You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20562  Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20563  Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20564  Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20565  Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20566  Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20567  Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20568  Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[advertised-undo]
20569
20570You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20571also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20572by supplying an argument.
20573
20574Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20575
20576Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20577they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20578
20579\(fn)" t nil)
20580
20581(defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20582
20583;;;***
20584
20585;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20586;;;;;;  (17842 58277))
20587;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20588
20589(autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20590Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20591Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20592
20593\(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20594
20595;;;***
20596
20597;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17842 55395))
20598;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20599
20600(autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20601Play pong and waste time.
20602This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20603Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20604
20605pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20606
20607\\{pong-mode-map}
20608
20609\(fn)" t nil)
20610
20611;;;***
20612
20613;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20614;;;;;;  pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17852 19612))
20615;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20616
20617(autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20618Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20619OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
20620to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20621
20622\(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20623
20624(autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20625Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20626
20627\(fn)" nil nil)
20628
20629(autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20630Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20631Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20632can handle, whenever this is possible.
20633Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20634
20635\(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20636
20637(autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20638Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20639Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20640
20641\(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20642
20643(autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20644Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20645With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20646Ignores leading comment characters.
20647
20648\(fn ARG)" t nil)
20649
20650;;;***
20651
20652;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20653;;;;;;  pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20654;;;;;;  pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20655;;;;;;  pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20656;;;;;;  pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20657;;;;;;  pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20658;;;;;;  pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20659;;;;;;  pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20660;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20661;;;;;;  pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20662;;;;;;  pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20663;;;;;;  pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20664;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20665;;;;;;  pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20666;;;;;;  pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20667;;;;;;  pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20668;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20669;;;;;;  pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20670;;;;;;  (18006 55796))
20671;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20672
20673(autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20674Activate the printing interface buffer.
20675
20676If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20677
20678For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20679
20680\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20681
20682(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20683Preview directory using ghostview.
20684
20685Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20686file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20687command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20688that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20689
20690Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20691nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20692FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20693save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20694PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20695file name.
20696
20697See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20698
20699\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20700
20701(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20702Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20703
20704Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20705file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20706command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20707that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20708
20709Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20710nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20711FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20712save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20713PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20714file name.
20715
20716See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20717
20718\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20719
20720(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20721Print directory using PostScript printer.
20722
20723Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20724file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20725command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20726that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20727
20728Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20729nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20730FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20731save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20732PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20733file name.
20734
20735See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20736
20737\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20738
20739(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20740Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20741
20742It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20743
20744Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20745file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20746command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20747that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20748
20749Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20750nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20751FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20752save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20753PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20754file name.
20755
20756See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20757
20758\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20759
20760(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20761Preview buffer using ghostview.
20762
20763Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20764prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20765the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20766
20767Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20768argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20769temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20770with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20771
20772\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20773
20774(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20775Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20776
20777Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20778prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20779the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20780
20781Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20782argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20783printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20784that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20785
20786\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20787
20788(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20789Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20790
20791Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20792prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20793the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20794
20795Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20796argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20797printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20798that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20799
20800\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20801
20802(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20803Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20804
20805It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20806
20807Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20808prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20809the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20810
20811Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
20812argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20813printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20814that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20815
20816\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20817
20818(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
20819Preview region using ghostview.
20820
20821See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20822
20823\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20824
20825(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20826Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
20827
20828See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20829
20830\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20831
20832(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
20833Print region using PostScript printer.
20834
20835See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20836
20837\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20838
20839(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
20840Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20841
20842See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20843
20844\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20845
20846(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
20847Preview major mode using ghostview.
20848
20849See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
20850
20851\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20852
20853(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20854Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
20855
20856See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
20857
20858\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20859
20860(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
20861Print major mode using PostScript printer.
20862
20863See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
20864
20865\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20866
20867(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
20868Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
20869
20870See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
20871
20872\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20873
20874(autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
20875Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
20876The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20877The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20878
20879Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20880matching.
20881
20882Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20883prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20884
20885See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20886
20887\(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20888
20889(autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
20890Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
20891The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20892The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20893
20894\(fn)" t nil)
20895
20896(autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
20897Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
20898The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
20899The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
20900
20901\(fn)" t nil)
20902
20903(autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
20904Print directory using text printer.
20905
20906Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
20907matching.
20908
20909Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
20910prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
20911
20912See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20913
20914\(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
20915
20916(autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
20917Print buffer using text printer.
20918
20919\(fn)" t nil)
20920
20921(autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
20922Print region using text printer.
20923
20924\(fn)" t nil)
20925
20926(autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
20927Print major mode using text printer.
20928
20929\(fn)" t nil)
20930
20931(autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
20932Preview spooled PostScript.
20933
20934Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20935user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20936instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20937
20938Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20939save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20940PostScript image in a file with that name.
20941
20942\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20943
20944(autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20945Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
20946
20947Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20948user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20949instead of sending it to the printer.
20950
20951Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20952send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20953image in a file with that name.
20954
20955\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20956
20957(autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
20958Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
20959
20960Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20961user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20962instead of sending it to the printer.
20963
20964Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20965send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20966image in a file with that name.
20967
20968\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20969
20970(autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
20971Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
20972
20973Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
20974user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
20975instead of sending it to the printer.
20976
20977Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
20978send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
20979image in a file with that name.
20980
20981\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20982
20983(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
20984Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20985
20986\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20987
20988(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
20989Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
20990
20991\(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
20992
20993(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20994Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
20995
20996\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
20997
20998(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
20999Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21000
21001\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21002
21003(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21004Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21005
21006\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21007
21008(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21009Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21010
21011Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21012PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21013command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21014saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21015
21016Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21017argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21018PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21019PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21020nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21021PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21022file name.
21023
21024\(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21025
21026(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21027Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21028
21029\(fn)" t nil)
21030
21031(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21032Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21033
21034If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21035right.
21036If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21037bottom.
21038
21039\(fn)" t nil)
21040
21041(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21042Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21043
21044\(fn)" t nil)
21045
21046(autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21047Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21048
21049\(fn)" t nil)
21050
21051(autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21052Toggle printing with faces.
21053
21054\(fn)" t nil)
21055
21056(autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21057Toggle spooling.
21058
21059\(fn)" t nil)
21060
21061(autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21062Toggle duplex.
21063
21064\(fn)" t nil)
21065
21066(autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21067Toggle tumble.
21068
21069If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21070right.
21071If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21072bottom.
21073
21074\(fn)" t nil)
21075
21076(autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21077Toggle landscape.
21078
21079\(fn)" t nil)
21080
21081(autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21082Toggle upside-down.
21083
21084\(fn)" t nil)
21085
21086(autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21087Toggle line number.
21088
21089\(fn)" t nil)
21090
21091(autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21092Toggle zebra stripes.
21093
21094\(fn)" t nil)
21095
21096(autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21097Toggle printing header.
21098
21099\(fn)" t nil)
21100
21101(autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21102Toggle printing header frame.
21103
21104\(fn)" t nil)
21105
21106(autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21107Toggle menu lock.
21108
21109\(fn)" t nil)
21110
21111(autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21112Toggle auto region.
21113
21114\(fn)" t nil)
21115
21116(autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21117Toggle auto mode.
21118
21119\(fn)" t nil)
21120
21121(autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21122Customization of the `printing' group.
21123
21124\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21125
21126(autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21127Customization of the `lpr' group.
21128
21129\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21130
21131(autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21132Help for the printing package.
21133
21134\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21135
21136(autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21137Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21138
21139\(fn)" t nil)
21140
21141(autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21142Interactively select a text printer.
21143
21144\(fn)" t nil)
21145
21146(autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21147Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21148
21149\(fn)" t nil)
21150
21151(autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21152Show current ps-print settings.
21153
21154\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21155
21156(autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21157Show current printing settings.
21158
21159\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21160
21161(autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21162Show current lpr settings.
21163
21164\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21165
21166(autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21167Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21168
21169If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21170Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21171`pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21172printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21173
21174
21175Interactively, you have the following situations:
21176
21177   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21178      The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21179      immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21180
21181   C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21182   C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21183      The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21184      PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21185      current active printer.
21186
21187   C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21188      The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21189      and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21190      printer.
21191
21192   C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21193      The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21194      PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21195      printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21196      that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21197
21198
21199Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21200zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21201
21202   If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21203
21204   If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21205   the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21206   be done using the new current active printer.
21207
21208   If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21209   and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21210   printer.
21211
21212   If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21213   current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21214   printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21215   instead of sending it to the printer.
21216
21217   If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21218   active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21219   printer.
21220
21221   Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21222
21223
21224Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21225are both set to t.
21226
21227\(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21228
21229(autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21230Fast fire function for text printing.
21231
21232If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21233Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21234`pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21235printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21236
21237Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21238user for a new active text printer.
21239
21240Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21241
21242   If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21243
21244   If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21245   active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21246   printer.
21247
21248   If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21249
21250Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21251are both set to t.
21252
21253\(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21254
21255;;;***
21256
21257;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21258;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
21259;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21260
21261(autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21262Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21263Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s start comments.
21264Commands:
21265\\{prolog-mode-map}
21266Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21267if that value is non-nil.
21268
21269\(fn)" t nil)
21270
21271(defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21272
21273(autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21274Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21275With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21276
21277\(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21278
21279;;;***
21280
21281;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17842 58279))
21282;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21283
21284(defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21285*List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21286The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21287
21288;;;***
21289
21290;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17842
21291;;;;;;  56332))
21292;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21293
21294(autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21295Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21296
21297Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21298
21299The following variables hold user options, and can
21300be set through the `customize' command:
21301
21302  `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21303  `ps-mode-tab'
21304  `ps-mode-paper-size'
21305  `ps-mode-print-function'
21306  `ps-run-prompt'
21307  `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21308  `ps-run-x'
21309  `ps-run-dumb'
21310  `ps-run-init'
21311  `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21312  `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21313
21314Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21315
21316
21317\\{ps-mode-map}
21318
21319
21320When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21321a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21322The keymap for this second window is:
21323
21324\\{ps-run-mode-map}
21325
21326
21327When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21328with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21329point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21330to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21331Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21332
21333\(fn)" t nil)
21334
21335;;;***
21336
21337;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21338;;;;;;  ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21339;;;;;;  ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21340;;;;;;  "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17842 58279))
21341;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21342
21343(defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21344*Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21345
21346Valid values are:
21347
21348  nil                     This is the value to use the default settings which
21349			  is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21350			  and Latin characters.   The default setting can be
21351			  changed by setting the variable
21352			  `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21353			  The initial value of this variable is
21354			  `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21355			  documentation).
21356
21357  `non-latin-printer'     This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21358			  or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21359			  buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21360			  JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters.  At present,
21361			  it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21362			  If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21363			  test it.
21364
21365  `bdf-font'              This is the value to use when you want to print
21366			  buffer with BDF fonts.  BDF fonts include both latin
21367			  and non-latin fonts.  BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21368			  Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21369			  source file.  BDF fonts are included in
21370			  `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21371			  for all characters supported by Emacs.  In order to
21372			  use this value, be sure to have installed
21373			  `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21374			  `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21375			  documentation of this variable).
21376
21377  `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21378			  PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21379			  characters.  This is convenient when you want or
21380			  need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21381			  the same buffer.  See `ps-font-family',
21382			  `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21383
21384Any other value is treated as nil.")
21385
21386(custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21387
21388(autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21389Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21390STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21391
21392\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21393
21394(autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21395Not documented
21396
21397\(fn)" nil nil)
21398
21399(autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21400Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21401
21402It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21403
21404Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21405
21406Returns the value:
21407
21408	(ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21409
21410Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21411the sequence.
21412
21413\(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21414
21415(autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21416Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21417
21418It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21419composition.
21420
21421Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21422
21423Returns the value:
21424
21425	(ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21426
21427Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21428the sequence.
21429
21430\(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21431
21432(autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21433Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21434
21435\(fn)" nil nil)
21436
21437(autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21438Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21439FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21440
21441\(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21442
21443(autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21444Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21445This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21446
21447\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21448
21449(autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21450Not documented
21451
21452\(fn)" nil nil)
21453
21454;;;***
21455
21456;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21457;;;;;;  ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21458;;;;;;  ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21459;;;;;;  ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21460;;;;;;  ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21461;;;;;;  ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18006
21462;;;;;;  55796))
21463;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21464
21465(defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21466*List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21467See `ps-paper-type'.")
21468
21469(custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21470
21471(defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21472*Specify the size of paper to format for.
21473Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21474example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21475
21476(custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21477
21478(defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21479*Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21480
21481Valid values are:
21482
21483   nil		Do not print colors.
21484
21485   t		Print colors.
21486
21487   black-white	Print colors on black/white printer.
21488		See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21489
21490Any other value is treated as t.")
21491
21492(custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21493
21494(autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21495Customization of ps-print group.
21496
21497\(fn)" t nil)
21498
21499(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21500Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21501
21502Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21503user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21504sending it to the printer.
21505
21506Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21507send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21508image in a file with that name.
21509
21510\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21511
21512(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21513Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21514Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21515the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21516so it has a way to determine color values.
21517
21518\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21519
21520(autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21521Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21522Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21523
21524\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21525
21526(autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21527Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21528Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21529the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21530so it has a way to determine color values.
21531
21532\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533
21534(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21535Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21536Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21537buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21538
21539Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21540
21541\(fn)" t nil)
21542
21543(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21544Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21545Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21546the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21547so it has a way to determine color values.
21548
21549Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21550
21551\(fn)" t nil)
21552
21553(autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21554Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21555Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21556
21557Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21558
21559\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21560
21561(autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21562Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21563Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21564the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21565so it has a way to determine color values.
21566
21567Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21568
21569\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21570
21571(autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21572Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21573
21574Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21575user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21576instead of sending it to the printer.
21577
21578Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21579send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21580image in a file with that name.
21581
21582\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21583
21584(autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21585Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21586Done using the current ps-print setup.
21587Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21588\", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21589
21590\(fn)" t nil)
21591
21592(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21593Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21594The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21595
21596\(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21597
21598(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21599Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21600The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21601
21602\(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21603
21604(autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21605Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21606
21607\(fn)" nil nil)
21608
21609(autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21610Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21611
21612If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21613with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21614
21615If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21616otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21617
21618The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21619
21620See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21621
21622\(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21623
21624(autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21625Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21626
21627If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21628with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21629
21630If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21631otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21632
21633The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21634
21635   (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21636
21637FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21638
21639FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21640foreground and background colors respectively.
21641
21642EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21643   bold      - use bold font.
21644   italic    - use italic font.
21645   underline - put a line under text.
21646   strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21647   overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21648   shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21649   box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21650   outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21651
21652If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21653
21654\(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21655
21656;;;***
21657
21658;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21659;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
21660;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21661
21662(add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21663
21664(add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21665
21666(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21667
21668(autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21669Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21670CMD is the Python command to run.  NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21671buffer automatically.
21672
21673Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21674switch to that buffer.  Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21675the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21676will be added to this as appropriate.  A new process is started if:
21677one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21678default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil.  See also the
21679documentation for `python-buffer'.
21680
21681Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21682`comint-mode-hook' is run).  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21683buffer for a list of commands.)
21684
21685\(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21686
21687(autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21688Major mode for editing Python files.
21689Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21690See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21691contain Jython code.  See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21692commands for running Python under Emacs.
21693
21694The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21695with nested `def' and `class' blocks.  They take the innermost one as
21696current without distinguishing method and class definitions.  Used multiple
21697times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21698the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21699\\<python-mode-map>
21700Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21701an else statement.  \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21702deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21703deletes a character backward.  TAB indents the current line relative to
21704the preceding code.  Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21705through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21706
21707\\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21708effect outside them.
21709
21710Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21711Info-Look and Imenu.  In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21712lines count as headers.  Symbol completion is available in the
21713same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21714and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21715Hippie Expand mode is turned on.  Completion of symbols of the
21716form x.y only works if the components are literal
21717module/attribute names, not variables.  An abbrev table is set up
21718with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21719
21720\\{python-mode-map}
21721
21722\(fn)" t nil)
21723
21724(autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21725Major mode for editing Jython files.
21726Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21727Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21728
21729\(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731;;;***
21732
21733;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21734;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
21735;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21736
21737(autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21738Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21739If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21740coding-system.
21741
21742Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21743with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21744
21745The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21746QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
21747them into characters should be done separately.
21748
21749\(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21750
21751;;;***
21752
21753;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21754;;;;;;  quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21755;;;;;;  quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21756;;;;;;  quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21757;;;;;;  "international/quail.el" (17921 16827))
21758;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21759
21760(autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21761Return the title of the current Quail package.
21762
21763\(fn)" nil nil)
21764
21765(autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21766Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21767The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21768
21769This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21770`quail-activate', which see.
21771
21772\(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21773
21774(autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21775Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21776TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21777Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21778 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21779 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21780 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21781
21782GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21783If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21784 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21785If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
21786 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21787 shown.
21788If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21789
21790DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
21791`describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21792\\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
21793string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21794replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21795list of candidates.
21796
21797TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21798region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21799command to be called.
21800
21801FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21802for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
21803translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21804first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21805
21806DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21807selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21808translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
21809no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21810programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21811to t.
21812
21813KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21814user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
21815documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21816`quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21817
21818SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
21819the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
21820If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
21821this package defines no translations for single character keys.
21822
21823CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
21824map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21825Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21826other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21827convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21828characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21829
21830MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21831length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
21832key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21833the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
21834packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
21835break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21836
21837OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21838covers Quail translation region.
21839
21840UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21841the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
21842default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21843for it) is inserted.
21844
21845CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
21846conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
21847vs. corresponding command to be called.
21848
21849If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
21850commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
21851non-Quail commands.
21852
21853\(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
21854
21855(autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21856Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
21857
21858Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
21859characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
21860standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
21861function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
21862you type is correctly handled.
21863
21864\(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
21865
21866(autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
21867Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
21868
21869The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
21870keyboard type.
21871
21872\(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
21873
21874(autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
21875Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
21876Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
21877KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21878TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
21879If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21880If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21881If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21882  for the translation.
21883In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21884
21885If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21886 it is used to handle KEY.
21887
21888The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
21889rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
21890ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
21891the following annotation types are supported.
21892
21893  append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
21894	be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
21895
21896  face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
21897	candidate list.
21898
21899  advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
21900	selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
21901	selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
21902	inserted.
21903
21904  no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
21905	generated for the following translations.
21906
21907\(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
21908
21909(autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
21910Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
21911
21912Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21913which to install MAP.
21914
21915The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
21916
21917\(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21918
21919(autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
21920Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
21921
21922Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
21923which to install MAP.
21924
21925The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
21926
21927\(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
21928
21929(autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
21930Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
21931KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
21932TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
21933 a function, or a cons.
21934It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
21935If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
21936If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
21937 for the translation.
21938If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
21939 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
21940 variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
21941 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
21942In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
21943
21944If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
21945 it is used to handle KEY.
21946
21947Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
21948to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
21949current Quail package.
21950
21951Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
21952to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21953
21954\(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
21955
21956(autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
21957Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
21958
21959If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
21960current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
21961
21962Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
21963
21964Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
21965function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
21966
21967\(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
21968
21969(autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
21970Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
21971DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
21972normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
21973of the Emacs source tree.
21974
21975It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
21976and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
21977
21978When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
21979directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
21980of each directory.
21981
21982\(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
21983
21984;;;***
21985
21986;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
21987;;;;;;  quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
21988;;;;;;  quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17842
21989;;;;;;  55218))
21990;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
21991
21992(defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
21993Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
21994`quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
21995`quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
21996
21997To make use of this do something like:
21998
21999  (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22000
22001in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22002
22003(autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22004Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22005
22006If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22007buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22008`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22009
22010\(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22011
22012(autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22013Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22014
22015\(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22016
22017(autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22018Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22019
22020See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22021is decided.
22022
22023\(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22024
22025(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22026Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22027
22028If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22029current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22030`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22031
22032\(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22033
22034(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22035Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22036
22037\(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22038
22039(autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22040Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22041
22042\(fn)" t nil)
22043
22044(autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22045A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22046
22047The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22048
22049\\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22050
22051\(fn)" t nil)
22052
22053(autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22054Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22055
22056\(fn)" t nil)
22057
22058;;;***
22059
22060;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22061;;;;;;  "net/rcirc.el" (18006 55797))
22062;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22063
22064(autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22065Connect to IRC.
22066If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22067
22068\(fn ARG)" t nil)
22069
22070(defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22071
22072(autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22073Not documented
22074
22075\(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22076
22077(defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22078Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22079See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22080Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22081either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22082or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22083
22084(custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22085
22086(autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22087Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22088
22089\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22090
22091;;;***
22092
22093;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17842
22094;;;;;;  55218))
22095;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22096
22097(autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22098Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST.  Log in as USER.
22099See \\[compile].
22100
22101\(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22102
22103;;;***
22104
22105;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22106;;;;;;  (17917 37732))
22107;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22108
22109(defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22110
22111(autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22112Construct a regexp interactively.
22113
22114\(fn)" t nil)
22115
22116;;;***
22117
22118;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17930 34071))
22119;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22120
22121(defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22122Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22123See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22124Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22125either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22126or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22127
22128(custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22129
22130(autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22131Toggle recentf mode.
22132With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22133Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22134
22135When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22136that were operated on recently.
22137
22138\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22139
22140;;;***
22141
22142;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22143;;;;;;  delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22144;;;;;;  yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22145;;;;;;  delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17842
22146;;;;;;  58279))
22147;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22148
22149(autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22150If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22151As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22152the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22153
22154\(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22155
22156(make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22157
22158(autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22159Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22160The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22161line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22162ends.
22163
22164When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22165With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22166to be deleted.
22167
22168\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22169
22170(autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22171Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22172Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22173
22174When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22175With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22176deleted.
22177
22178\(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22179
22180(autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22181Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22182Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22183
22184\(fn START END)" nil nil)
22185
22186(autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22187Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22188
22189When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22190You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22191
22192With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22193deleted.
22194
22195If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22196the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22197you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22198\(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22199even beep.)
22200
22201\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22202
22203(autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22204Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22205
22206\(fn)" t nil)
22207
22208(autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22209Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22210RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22211line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22212RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22213After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22214and point is at the lower right corner.
22215
22216\(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22217
22218(autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22219Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22220
22221The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22222but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22223
22224When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22225With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22226on the right side of the rectangle.
22227
22228\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22229
22230(defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22231
22232(autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22233Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22234The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22235at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22236rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22237
22238When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22239With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22240
22241\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22242
22243(autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22244Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22245The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22246
22247Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22248
22249\(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22250
22251(defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22252
22253(autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22254Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22255
22256When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22257The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22258This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22259
22260\(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22261
22262(autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22263Blank out the region-rectangle.
22264The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22265
22266When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22267With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22268rectangle which were empty.
22269
22270\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22271
22272;;;***
22273
22274;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17842
22275;;;;;;  58277))
22276;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22277
22278(autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22279Toggle Refill minor mode.
22280With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22281
22282When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22283changes are made within it.  Self-inserting characters only cause
22284refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22285
22286\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22287
22288;;;***
22289
22290;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22291;;;;;;  turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17923 8784))
22292;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22293
22294(autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22295Turn on RefTeX mode.
22296
22297\(fn)" nil nil)
22298
22299(autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22300Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22301
22302\\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22303capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22304
22305Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22306When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22307context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22308\\ref macro.
22309
22310Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22311to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22312database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22313
22314Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22315or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22316`\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22317
22318Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22319pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22320
22321Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22322You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22323
22324\\{reftex-mode-map}
22325Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22326on the menu bar.
22327
22328------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22329
22330\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22331
22332(autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22333Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22334This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22335
22336\(fn)" nil nil)
22337
22338;;;***
22339
22340;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22341;;;;;;  (17923 8784))
22342;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22343
22344(autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22345Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22346After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22347bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22348matching entries for selection.  The selected entry is formatted according
22349to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22350
22351If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22352
22353FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22354
22355When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22356cite macros.  When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22357citations.  When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22358command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22359`reftex-cite-format'.
22360
22361The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22362Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22363While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22364`=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22365
22366\(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22367
22368;;;***
22369
22370;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22371;;;;;;  (17923 8784))
22372;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22373
22374(autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22375When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22376This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22377the current TeX document.
22378
22379With no argument, this command toggles
22380`reftex-isearch-minor-mode'.  With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22381`reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22382
22383\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22384
22385;;;***
22386
22387;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22388;;;;;;  (17923 8784))
22389;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22390
22391(autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22392Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22393This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22394
22395To insert new phrases, use
22396 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22397 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22398
22399To index phrases use one of:
22400
22401\\[reftex-index-this-phrase]     index current phrase
22402\\[reftex-index-next-phrase]     index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22403\\[reftex-index-all-phrases]     index all phrases
22404\\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases]     index current and following phrases
22405\\[reftex-index-region-phrases]     index the phrases in the region
22406
22407You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22408To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22409
22410For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22411
22412Here are all local bindings.
22413
22414\\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22415
22416\(fn)" t nil)
22417
22418;;;***
22419
22420;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22421;;;;;;  (17923 8784))
22422;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22423
22424(autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22425Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22426When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22427of master file.
22428
22429\(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22430
22431;;;***
22432
22433;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17923
22434;;;;;;  8784))
22435;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22436(put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22437(put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22438(put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22439(put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22440
22441;;;***
22442
22443;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22444;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
22445;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22446
22447(autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22448Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22449Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22450quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22451is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22452The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22453
22454 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22455   (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22456
22457If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22458by \\=\\< and \\>.
22459
22460\(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22461
22462(autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22463Return the depth of REGEXP.
22464This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22465\(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22466
22467\(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22468
22469;;;***
22470
22471;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17842 58279))
22472;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22473
22474(autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22475Repeat most recently executed command.
22476With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22477the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22478This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22479
22480If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22481be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence.  This behavior
22482can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22483
22484\(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22485
22486;;;***
22487
22488;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22489;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
22490;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22491
22492(autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22493Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22494
22495ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22496the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22497you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22498Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22499Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22500and point is left after the salutation.
22501
22502VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22503for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22504passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22505to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22506left after that text.
22507
22508This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22509is non-nil.
22510
22511This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22512to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22513\(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22514mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22515
22516\(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22517
22518;;;***
22519
22520;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22521;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
22522;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22523
22524(autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22525Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22526Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22527visibility of comments that precede it.
22528  Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22529  If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22530window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22531definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22532which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22533as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22534  Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22535preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22536the comment lines.
22537  If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22538visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22539visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22540comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22541first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22542
22543\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22544 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22545
22546;;;***
22547
22548;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17842
22549;;;;;;  58279))
22550;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22551
22552(autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22553Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22554
22555\(fn)" nil nil)
22556
22557;;;***
22558
22559;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22560;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
22561;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22562
22563(autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22564Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22565Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22566
22567Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22568With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22569With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22570
22571\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22572
22573(defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22574Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22575See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22576Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22577either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22578or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22579
22580(custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22581
22582(autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22583Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22584Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22585
22586Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22587With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22588With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22589
22590\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22591
22592;;;***
22593
22594;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22595;;;;;;  (17842 54152))
22596;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22597
22598(autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22599Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22600
22601\(fn X)" nil nil)
22602
22603(autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22604Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22605
22606\(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22607
22608;;;***
22609
22610;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17842 55218))
22611;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22612 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22613
22614(autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22615Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22616INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22617other arguments for `rlogin'.
22618
22619Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22620
22621Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22622\(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22623If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22624a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22625
22626When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22627a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22628
22629The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22630run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22631
22632The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22633the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22634INPUT-ARGS.
22635
22636If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22637default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22638access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22639an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22640error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22641
22642If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22643directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22644This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22645share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
22646
22647If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22648function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22649variable.
22650
22651\(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22652
22653;;;***
22654
22655;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22656;;;;;;  rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22657;;;;;;  rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22658;;;;;;  rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22659;;;;;;  rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22660;;;;;;  rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22661;;;;;;  rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18006
22662;;;;;;  55797))
22663;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22664
22665(autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22666Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22667Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22668
22669\(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22670
22671(defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22672*A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22673A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22674plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22675
22676(custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22677
22678(defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22679A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22680variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22681`rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly.  (The other part of the default
22682value is the user's email address and name.)
22683It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22684
22685(defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22686*Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22687\(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22688This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22689which normally happens once for each message,
22690when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22691To make a change in this variable take effect
22692for a message that you have already viewed,
22693go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22694
22695(custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22696
22697(defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22698*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22699If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22700`rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22701
22702(custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22703
22704(defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22705*Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22706
22707(custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22708
22709(defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22710*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22711A value of nil means don't highlight.
22712See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22713
22714(custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22715
22716(defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22717*Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22718
22719(custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22720
22721(defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22722*Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22723
22724(custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22725
22726(defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22727*List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22728nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22729\(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22730and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22731
22732(custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22733
22734(defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22735*Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22736This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22737the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22738
22739(custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22740
22741(defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22742*Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22743
22744(custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22745
22746(defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22747*Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22748
22749(custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22750
22751(defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22752*Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22753
22754(custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22755
22756(defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22757List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22758
22759(defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22760List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22761
22762(defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22763List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22764
22765(custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22766
22767(defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22768List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22769
22770(defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22771List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22772When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22773still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22774
22775(defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22776Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22777
22778This is set to nil by default.")
22779
22780(defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22781*If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22782If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22783If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22784until a user explicitly requires it.
22785
22786Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22787if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22788in your session.")
22789
22790(custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22791
22792(defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22793Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22794This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22795It is called with no argument.")
22796
22797(defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22798Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22799This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22800`rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22801It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22802buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
22803is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22804
22805(defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22806Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22807This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22808It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22809buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
22810is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22811
22812(defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
22813Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
22814This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22815It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
22816MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
22817
22818(defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
22819Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
22820This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22821It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
22822MSG is the message number,
22823REGEXP is the regular expression,
22824LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
22825
22826(defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
22827Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
22828When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
22829this feature is required with `require'.
22830
22831The default value is `rmail-mime'.  This feature is provided by
22832the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
22833
22834(defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
22835*Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
22836If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
22837the message is decoded as normal way.
22838
22839If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
22840ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
22841the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
22842
22843(defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ 	]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ 	\n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ 	\n]*charset=\"?\\([^ 	\n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
22844Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
22845The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
22846
22847(autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
22848Read and edit incoming mail.
22849Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
22850 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
22851Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22852
22853May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22854that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22855Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22856have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22857
22858If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22859
22860\(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22861
22862(autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
22863Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22864All normal editing commands are turned off.
22865Instead, these commands are available:
22866
22867\\[rmail-beginning-of-message]	Move point to front of this message.
22868\\[rmail-end-of-message]	Move point to bottom of this message.
22869\\[scroll-up]	Scroll to next screen of this message.
22870\\[scroll-down]	Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22871\\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]	Move to Next non-deleted message.
22872\\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]	Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22873\\[rmail-next-message]	Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22874\\[rmail-previous-message]	Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22875\\[rmail-first-message]	Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22876\\[rmail-last-message]	Move to the last message in Rmail file.
22877\\[rmail-show-message]	Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
22878\\[rmail-search]	Search for string and show message it is found in.
22879\\[rmail-delete-forward]	Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
22880\\[rmail-delete-backward]	Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
22881\\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]	Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
22882	till a deleted message is found.
22883\\[rmail-edit-current-message]	Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
22884\\[rmail-expunge]	Expunge deleted messages.
22885\\[rmail-expunge-and-save]	Expunge and save the file.
22886\\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
22887\\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
22888\\[rmail-get-new-mail]	Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
22889\\[rmail-mail]	Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
22890\\[rmail-continue]	Continue composing outgoing message started before.
22891\\[rmail-reply]	Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
22892\\[rmail-retry-failure]	Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
22893\\[rmail-forward]	Forward this message to another user.
22894\\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file]       Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
22895\\[rmail-output]	Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
22896\\[rmail-output-body-to-file]	Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
22897\\[rmail-input]	Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
22898\\[rmail-add-label]	Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
22899\\[rmail-kill-label]	Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
22900\\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
22901          (label defaults to last one specified).
22902          Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
22903          Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
22904\\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
22905\\[rmail-summary]	Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
22906\\[rmail-summary-by-labels]	Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
22907\\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
22908\\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
22909\\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
22910\\[rmail-toggle-header]	Toggle display of complete header.
22911
22912\(fn)" t nil)
22913
22914(autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
22915Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
22916
22917\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22918
22919(autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
22920Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
22921
22922\(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
22923
22924;;;***
22925
22926;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
22927;;;;;;  (17887 18399))
22928;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
22929
22930(autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
22931Edit the contents of this message.
22932
22933\(fn)" t nil)
22934
22935;;;***
22936
22937;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
22938;;;;;;  rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
22939;;;;;;  "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17842 55035))
22940;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
22941
22942(autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22943Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22944Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22945
22946\(fn STRING)" t nil)
22947
22948(autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22949Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
22950Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
22951
22952\(fn STRING)" t nil)
22953
22954(autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
22955Not documented
22956
22957\(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
22958
22959(autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22960Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
22961LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22962If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22963With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
22964
22965\(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22966
22967(autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
22968Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
22969LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
22970If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
22971With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
22972
22973\(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
22974
22975;;;***
22976
22977;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
22978;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
22979;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
22980
22981(autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
22982Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
22983You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
22984If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
22985
22986\(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
22987
22988;;;***
22989
22990;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
22991;;;;;;  rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
22992;;;;;;  "mail/rmailout.el" (17842 55035))
22993;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
22994
22995(defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
22996*Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
22997This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
22998The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
22999NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23000or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23001a file name as a string.")
23002
23003(custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23004
23005(autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23006Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23007If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23008If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23009buffer visiting that file.
23010If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23011appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23012
23013The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23014which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23015
23016A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23017starting with the current one.  Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23018
23019If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23020message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23021
23022\(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23023
23024(defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23025*Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23026
23027(custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23028
23029(autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23030Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23031A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23032starting with the current one.  Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23033When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23034
23035If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23036messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23037will be appended with their original headers.
23038
23039The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23040which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23041
23042The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23043to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23044
23045The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23046
23047\(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23048
23049(autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23050Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23051FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23052
23053\(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23054
23055;;;***
23056
23057;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23058;;;;;;  rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23059;;;;;;  rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17842
23060;;;;;;  55035))
23061;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23062
23063(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23064Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23065If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23066
23067\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23068
23069(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23070Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23071If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23072
23073\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23074
23075(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23076Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23077If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23078
23079\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23080
23081(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23082Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23083If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23084
23085\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23086
23087(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23088Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23089If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23090
23091\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23092
23093(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23094Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23095If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23096
23097\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23098
23099(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23100Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23101If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23102KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23103
23104\(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23105
23106;;;***
23107
23108;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23109;;;;;;  rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23110;;;;;;  rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23111;;;;;;  rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23112;;;;;;  "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17842 55035))
23113;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23114
23115(defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23116*Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23117
23118(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23119
23120(defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23121*Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23122
23123(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23124
23125(autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23126Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23127
23128\(fn)" t nil)
23129
23130(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23131Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23132LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23133
23134\(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23135
23136(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23137Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23138Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23139but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23140 only look in the To and From fields.
23141RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23142
23143\(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23144
23145(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23146Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23147If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23148\(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23149Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23150
23151\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23152
23153(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23154Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23155Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23156but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23157 look in the whole message.
23158SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23159
23160\(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23161
23162(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23163Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23164SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23165
23166\(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23167
23168(defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23169*Function to decode summary-line.
23170
23171By default, `identity' is set.")
23172
23173(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23174
23175(defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23176*Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23177If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23178when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
23179the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23180If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23181are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23182
23183Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23184sent by you under different user names.
23185Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23186
23187Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23188
23189(custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23190
23191;;;***
23192
23193;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23194;;;;;;  rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17842 58279))
23195;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23196
23197(autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23198Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23199
23200\(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23201
23202(autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23203Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23204
23205\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23206
23207(autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23208ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23209
23210\(fn START END)" t nil)
23211
23212(autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23213Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23214The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23215
23216To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23217is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23218in ROT13.
23219
23220See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23221
23222\(fn)" t nil)
23223
23224(autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23225Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23226
23227\(fn)" t nil)
23228
23229;;;***
23230
23231;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17833
23232;;;;;;  43069))
23233;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23234
23235(autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23236Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23237
23238\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23239
23240;;;***
23241
23242;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (18011
23243;;;;;;  44080))
23244;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23245
23246(autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23247Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23248FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23249NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23250
23251\(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23252
23253(autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23254Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23255REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23256See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23257
23258The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23259notation.
23260
23261STRING
23262     matches string STRING literally.
23263
23264CHAR
23265     matches character CHAR literally.
23266
23267`not-newline', `nonl'
23268     matches any character except a newline.
23269			.
23270`anything'
23271     matches any character
23272
23273`(any SET ...)'
23274`(in SET ...)'
23275`(char SET ...)'
23276     matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23277     Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23278     Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23279
23280     SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23281     `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23282     `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23283     `word', or one of their synonyms.
23284
23285`(not (any SET ...))'
23286     matches any character not in SET ...
23287
23288`line-start', `bol'
23289     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23290     in the text being matched
23291
23292`line-end', `eol'
23293     is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23294
23295`string-start', `bos', `bot'
23296     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23297     string being matched against.
23298
23299`string-end', `eos', `eot'
23300     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23301     string being matched against.
23302
23303`buffer-start'
23304     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23305     buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23306
23307`buffer-end'
23308     matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23309     buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23310
23311`point'
23312     matches the empty string, but only at point.
23313
23314`word-start', `bow'
23315     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23316
23317`word-end', `eow'
23318     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23319
23320`word-boundary'
23321     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23322     word.
23323
23324`(not word-boundary)'
23325`not-word-boundary'
23326     matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23327     word.
23328
23329`symbol-start'
23330     matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23331
23332`symbol-end'
23333     matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23334
23335`digit', `numeric', `num'
23336     matches 0 through 9.
23337
23338`control', `cntrl'
23339     matches ASCII control characters.
23340
23341`hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23342     matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23343
23344`blank'
23345     matches space and tab only.
23346
23347`graphic', `graph'
23348     matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23349     space, and DEL.
23350
23351`printing', `print'
23352     matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23353     and DEL.
23354
23355`alphanumeric', `alnum'
23356     matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23357     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23358
23359`letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23360     matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23361     it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23362
23363`ascii'
23364     matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23365
23366`nonascii'
23367     matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23368
23369`lower', `lower-case'
23370     matches anything lower-case.
23371
23372`upper', `upper-case'
23373     matches anything upper-case.
23374
23375`punctuation', `punct'
23376     matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23377     it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23378
23379`space', `whitespace', `white'
23380     matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23381
23382`word', `wordchar'
23383     matches anything that has word syntax.
23384
23385`not-wordchar'
23386     matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23387
23388`(syntax SYNTAX)'
23389     matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23390     of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23391     character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23392
23393     `whitespace'		(\\s- in string notation)
23394     `punctuation'		(\\s.)
23395     `word'			(\\sw)
23396     `symbol'			(\\s_)
23397     `open-parenthesis'		(\\s()
23398     `close-parenthesis'	(\\s))
23399     `expression-prefix'	(\\s')
23400     `string-quote'		(\\s\")
23401     `paired-delimiter'		(\\s$)
23402     `escape'			(\\s\\)
23403     `character-quote'		(\\s/)
23404     `comment-start'		(\\s<)
23405     `comment-end'		(\\s>)
23406     `string-delimiter'		(\\s|)
23407     `comment-delimiter'	(\\s!)
23408
23409`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23410     matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23411
23412`(category CATEGORY)'
23413     matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23414     either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23415
23416     `consonant'			(\\c0 in string notation)
23417     `base-vowel'			(\\c1)
23418     `upper-diacritical-mark'		(\\c2)
23419     `lower-diacritical-mark'		(\\c3)
23420     `tone-mark'		        (\\c4)
23421     `symbol'			        (\\c5)
23422     `digit'			        (\\c6)
23423     `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark'	(\\c7)
23424     `vowel-sign'			(\\c8)
23425     `semivowel-lower'			(\\c9)
23426     `not-at-end-of-line'		(\\c<)
23427     `not-at-beginning-of-line'		(\\c>)
23428     `alpha-numeric-two-byte'		(\\cA)
23429     `chinse-two-byte'			(\\cC)
23430     `greek-two-byte'			(\\cG)
23431     `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'	(\\cH)
23432     `indian-tow-byte'			(\\cI)
23433     `japanese-katakana-two-byte'	(\\cK)
23434     `korean-hangul-two-byte'		(\\cN)
23435     `cyrillic-two-byte'		(\\cY)
23436     `combining-diacritic'		(\\c^)
23437     `ascii'				(\\ca)
23438     `arabic'				(\\cb)
23439     `chinese'				(\\cc)
23440     `ethiopic'				(\\ce)
23441     `greek'				(\\cg)
23442     `korean'				(\\ch)
23443     `indian'				(\\ci)
23444     `japanese'				(\\cj)
23445     `japanese-katakana'		(\\ck)
23446     `latin'				(\\cl)
23447     `lao'				(\\co)
23448     `tibetan'				(\\cq)
23449     `japanese-roman'			(\\cr)
23450     `thai'				(\\ct)
23451     `vietnamese'			(\\cv)
23452     `hebrew'				(\\cw)
23453     `cyrillic'				(\\cy)
23454     `can-break'			(\\c|)
23455
23456`(not (category CATEGORY))'
23457     matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23458
23459`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23460`(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23461`(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23462`(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23463     matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23464
23465`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23466`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23467     like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23468     `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23469
23470`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23471     another name for `submatch'.
23472
23473`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23474`(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23475     matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23476     args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23477     regular expression.
23478
23479`(minimal-match SEXP)'
23480     produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23481     zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23482     match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23483     still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23484
23485`(maximal-match SEXP)'
23486     produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23487
23488Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23489enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23490
23491`(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23492`(0+ SEXP ...)'
23493     matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23494
23495`(* SEXP ...)'
23496     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23497     of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23498
23499`(*? SEXP ...)'
23500     like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23501     independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23502
23503`(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23504`(1+ SEXP ...)'
23505     matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23506
23507`(+ SEXP ...)'
23508     like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23509
23510`(+? SEXP ...)'
23511     like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23512
23513`(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23514`(optional SEXP ...)'
23515`(opt SEXP ...)'
23516     matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23517
23518`(? SEXP ...)'
23519     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23520
23521`(?? SEXP ...)'
23522     like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23523
23524`(repeat N SEXP)'
23525`(= N SEXP ...)'
23526     matches N occurrences.
23527
23528`(>= N SEXP ...)'
23529     matches N or more occurrences.
23530
23531`(repeat N M SEXP)'
23532`(** N M SEXP ...)'
23533     matches N to M occurrences.
23534
23535`(backref N)'
23536    matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23537
23538`(backref N)'
23539     matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23540
23541`(backref N)'
23542    matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23543
23544`(eval FORM)'
23545     evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23546     `regexp-quote' it.
23547
23548`(regexp REGEXP)'
23549     include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23550
23551\(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23552
23553;;;***
23554
23555;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23556;;;;;;  (17842 58279))
23557;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23558
23559(defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23560Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23561Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23562interface.")
23563
23564(custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23565
23566(autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23567Toggle savehist-mode.
23568Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'.  When on, savehist-mode causes
23569minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23570When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23571previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23572
23573This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23574Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23575which is probably undesirable.
23576
23577\(fn ARG)" t nil)
23578
23579;;;***
23580
23581;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23582;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
23583;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23584
23585(autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23586Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23587Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23588
23589In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23590commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23591the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23592modeline of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23593with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23594Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23595documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23596start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23597
23598Commands:
23599Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23600Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23601\\{scheme-mode-map}
23602Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23603if that value is non-nil.
23604
23605\(fn)" t nil)
23606
23607(autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23608Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23609Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23610
23611Commands:
23612Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23613Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23614\\{scheme-mode-map}
23615Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23616`dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23617that variable's value is a string.
23618
23619\(fn)" t nil)
23620
23621;;;***
23622
23623;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23624;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
23625;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23626
23627(autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23628Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23629This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23630
23631\\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23632
23633\(fn)" t nil)
23634
23635;;;***
23636
23637;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23638;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
23639;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23640
23641(defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23642Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23643See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23644Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23645either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23646or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23647
23648(custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23649
23650(autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23651Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23652With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23653When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23654apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23655
23656\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23657
23658;;;***
23659
23660;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23661;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
23662;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23663
23664(autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23665Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23666Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23667the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23668will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23669during scrolling.
23670
23671\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23672
23673;;;***
23674
23675;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23676;;;;;;  mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23677;;;;;;  mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23678;;;;;;  mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23679;;;;;;  mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23680;;;;;;  mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23681;;;;;;  mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23682;;;;;;  mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23683;;;;;;  "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17942 63381))
23684;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23685
23686(defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23687Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23688
23689If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23690	king@grassland.com
23691If `parens', they look like:
23692	king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23693If `angles', they look like:
23694	Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23695If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23696derived from the envelope-from address.
23697
23698In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23699Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23700to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address.  But that is now
23701controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23702
23703(custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23704
23705(defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23706If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23707The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23708the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23709
23710On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23711privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
23712smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23713variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23714
23715(custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23716
23717(defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23718Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23719This is done when the message is initialized,
23720so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23721
23722(custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23723
23724(defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23725Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23726nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23727
23728(custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23729
23730(put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23731
23732(defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23733Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23734The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23735not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23736that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23737This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
23738`message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23739
23740(custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
23741
23742(defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
23743Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23744
23745(custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
23746
23747(defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23748Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23749This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
23750
23751(custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
23752
23753(defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23754Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23755If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23756when you first send mail.")
23757
23758(custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
23759
23760(defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
23761If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
23762This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
23763feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
23764This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
23765
23766(custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23767
23768(defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
23769If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23770This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23771the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23772This file need not actually exist.")
23773
23774(custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
23775
23776(defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23777Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
23778The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
23779
23780(custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
23781
23782(defvar mail-aliases t "\
23783Alist of mail address aliases,
23784or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23785\(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23786can specify a different file name.)
23787The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23788    alias ALIAS MEANING")
23789
23790(defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
23791Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23792nil means use indentation.")
23793
23794(custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
23795
23796(defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23797Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23798Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23799
23800(custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
23801
23802(defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23803Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23804Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23805and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23806The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23807in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23808in the cited portion of the message.
23809
23810If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23811instead of no action.")
23812
23813(custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
23814
23815(defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ 	]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ 	]*\\|[ 	]*" "\
23816Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23817It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23818with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23819The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23820
23821(custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
23822
23823(defvar mail-signature nil "\
23824Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
23825If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
23826If a string, that string is inserted.
23827 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
23828  which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
23829Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
23830and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
23831
23832(custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
23833
23834(defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
23835File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
23836
23837(custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
23838
23839(defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
23840Directory for mail buffers.
23841Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
23842This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
23843
23844(custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
23845
23846(defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
23847A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
23848It is inserted before you edit the message,
23849so you can edit or delete these lines.")
23850
23851(custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
23852
23853(defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
23854If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
23855The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
23856the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
23857is non-nil.")
23858
23859(custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
23860
23861(defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
23862Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
23863If t, that means do allow it.  nil means don't allow it.
23864`query' means ask the user each time.
23865`mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
23866The default is `mime'.
23867Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
23868for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
23869
23870(custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
23871
23872(autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
23873Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
23874Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
23875
23876\\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
23877\\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
23878
23879Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
23880	 \\[mail-to]  move to To:	\\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
23881	 \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:	\\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
23882	 \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:	\\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
23883         \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
23884         \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
23885\\[mail-text]  move to message text.
23886\\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
23887\\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
23888\\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
23889\\[mail-sent-via]  mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
23890Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
23891`mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
23892
23893\(fn)" t nil)
23894
23895(defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
23896*List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
23897
23898The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
23899header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
23900
23901(custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
23902
23903(defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
23904*Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23905This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
23906and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
23907but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
23908See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23909
23910(defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
23911Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
23912This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
23913
23914This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
23915User should not set this variable manually,
23916instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
23917of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
23918See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
23919 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
23920
23921(autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
23922Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
23923When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
23924The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
23925
23926Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
23927end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
23928
23929\\<mail-mode-map>
23930While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
23931
23932Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
23933to move to message header fields:
23934\\{mail-mode-map}
23935
23936If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
23937when the message is initialized.
23938
23939If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
23940a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
23941
23942If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
23943is inserted.
23944
23945The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
23946initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
23947
23948The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
23949an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
23950existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
23951keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
23952`new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
23953one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
23954buffer without erasing the contents.
23955
23956The second through fifth arguments,
23957 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
23958 the initial contents of those header fields.
23959 These arguments should not have final newlines.
23960The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
23961 original message being replied to, or else an action
23962 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
23963 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
23964The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
23965 if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
23966 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
23967 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
23968
23969\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
23970
23971(autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
23972Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
23973
23974\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23975
23976(autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
23977Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
23978
23979\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
23980
23981;;;***
23982
23983;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
23984;;;;;;  (17921 16827))
23985;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
23986
23987(autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
23988Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
23989This starts a server communications subprocess through which
23990client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
23991To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
23992Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
23993
23994Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
23995kill any existing server communications subprocess.
23996
23997\(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
23998
23999(defvar server-mode nil "\
24000Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24001See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24002Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24003either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24004or call the function `server-mode'.")
24005
24006(custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24007
24008(autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24009Toggle Server mode.
24010With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24011Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24012`emacsclient' program.  See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24013
24014\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24015
24016;;;***
24017
24018;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17902 31690))
24019;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24020
24021(autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24022Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24023See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24024
24025Key definitions:
24026\\{ses-mode-map}
24027These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24028\\{ses-mode-print-map}
24029These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24030\\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24031
24032\(fn)" t nil)
24033
24034;;;***
24035
24036;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24037;;;;;;  (18010 58080))
24038;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24039
24040(autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24041Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24042Makes > match <.
24043Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24044`sgml-quick-keys'.
24045
24046An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24047the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24048N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24049
24050If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24051in your `.emacs' file.
24052
24053Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24054
24055Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24056Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24057\\{sgml-mode-map}
24058
24059\(fn)" t nil)
24060
24061(defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24062
24063(autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24064Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24065This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24066completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24067\\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24068which this is based.
24069
24070Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24071
24072To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24073browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24074you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24075can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24076
24077<title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24078have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24079<hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24080
24081<p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24082ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24083<b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24084Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24085
24086Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24087to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24088href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24089directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24090
24091Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24092
24093If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24094interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24095To work around that, do:
24096   (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24097
24098\\{html-mode-map}
24099
24100\(fn)" t nil)
24101
24102;;;***
24103
24104;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24105;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
24106;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24107(put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24108
24109(autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24110Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24111This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24112as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24113Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24114assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24115
24116This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24117means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24118mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24119shell-specific features.
24120
24121The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24122The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24123following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24124\\<sh-mode-map>
24125\\[sh-case]	 case statement
24126\\[sh-for]	 for loop
24127\\[sh-function]	 function definition
24128\\[sh-if]	 if statement
24129\\[sh-indexed-loop]	 indexed loop from 1 to n
24130\\[sh-while-getopts]	 while getopts loop
24131\\[sh-repeat]	 repeat loop
24132\\[sh-select]	 select loop
24133\\[sh-until]	 until loop
24134\\[sh-while]	 while loop
24135
24136For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24137\\[sh-show-indent]	Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24138\\[sh-set-indent]	Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24139\\[sh-learn-line-indent]	Change the indentation variable so this line
24140would indent to the way it currently is.
24141\\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24142buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24143
24144
24145\\[backward-delete-char-untabify]	 Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24146\\[sh-newline-and-indent]	 Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24147\\[sh-end-of-command]	 Go to end of successive commands.
24148\\[sh-beginning-of-command]	 Go to beginning of successive commands.
24149\\[sh-set-shell]	 Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24150\\[sh-execute-region]	 Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24151
24152\\[sh-maybe-here-document]	 Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24153{, (, [, ', \", `
24154	Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24155
24156If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24157set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24158indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24159
24160If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24161with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24162
24163\(fn)" t nil)
24164
24165(defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24166
24167;;;***
24168
24169;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17842 54741))
24170;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24171
24172(autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24173Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24174OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24175Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24176hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24177If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24178
24179\(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24180
24181;;;***
24182
24183;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24184;;;;;;  (17853 57352))
24185;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24186
24187(autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24188Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24189
24190This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24191the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24192files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24193message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24194the earlier.
24195
24196For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24197
24198\(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24199
24200and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24201XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24202\(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24203
24204The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24205the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24206
24207When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24208problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24209XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
2421019.30.  An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24211it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24212Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24213will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24214Emacs version).
24215
24216This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24217shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24218\(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24219XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24220considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24221
24222When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24223buffer called `*Shadows*'.  Shadowings are located by calling the
24224\(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24225
24226\(fn)" t nil)
24227
24228;;;***
24229
24230;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24231;;;;;;  shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17842
24232;;;;;;  58278))
24233;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24234
24235(autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24236Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24237This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24238one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24239defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24240files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24241in the cluster.
24242
24243\(fn NAME)" t nil)
24244
24245(autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24246Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24247It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24248new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24249specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24250
24251\(fn)" t nil)
24252
24253(autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24254Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24255Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24256of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24257hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24258Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24259`shadow-define-cluster').
24260
24261\(fn)" t nil)
24262
24263(autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24264Set up file shadowing.
24265
24266\(fn)" t nil)
24267
24268;;;***
24269
24270;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24271;;;;;;  (17899 1575))
24272;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24273
24274(defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24275Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24276don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24277match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24278shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24279arguments.")
24280
24281(custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24282
24283(autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24284Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24285Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24286If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24287If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24288Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24289 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24290 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24291If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24292it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24293error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24294The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24295and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24296See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24297
24298To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24299in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24300before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24301in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24302The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24303`default-process-coding-system'.
24304
24305The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24306such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24307its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24308Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24309
24310\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24311
24312\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24313 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24314
24315;;;***
24316
24317;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24318;;;;;;  "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17842 54741))
24319;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24320
24321(autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24322Not documented
24323
24324\(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24325
24326(autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24327Not documented
24328
24329\(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24330
24331(autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24332Not documented
24333
24334\(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24335
24336;;;***
24337
24338;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24339;;;;;;  (17842 54741))
24340;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24341
24342(autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24343Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24344This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24345inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24346indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24347
24348Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24349
24350\(fn)" t nil)
24351
24352;;;***
24353
24354;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18009 38727))
24355;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24356(put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24357
24358;;;***
24359
24360;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17842
24361;;;;;;  56332))
24362;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24363
24364(autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24365Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24366\\{simula-mode-map}
24367Variables controlling indentation style:
24368 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24369    Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24370    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24371 `simula-indent-level'
24372    Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24373 `simula-substatement-offset'
24374    Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24375 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24376    Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24377    e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24378    line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24379    with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24380 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24381    Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24382 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24383    Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24384    Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24385    extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24386 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24387    Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24388    corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24389    extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24390 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24391    If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24392    will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24393 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24394    Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24395    the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24396    or nil if they should not be changed.
24397 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24398    Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24399    expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24400    (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24401
24402Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24403with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24404
24405\(fn)" t nil)
24406
24407;;;***
24408
24409;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24410;;;;;;  define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17842 58278))
24411;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24412
24413(defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24414Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24415
24416(autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24417Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24418DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24419SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24420
24421\(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24422
24423(autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24424Insert SKELETON.
24425Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24426If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24427on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24428This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24429\\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24430
24431Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24432of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24433
24434\(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24435
24436(autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24437Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24438
24439With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24440\(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24441If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24442REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24443
24444An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24445points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24446alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24447But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24448
24449The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24450variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24451interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24452
24453SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24454not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24455
24456If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24457`skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24458
24459	\\n	go to next line and indent according to mode
24460	_	interesting point, interregion here
24461	-	interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24462		interesting point set by _
24463	>	indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24464	@	add position to `skeleton-positions'
24465	&	do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24466	|	do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24467	-num	delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24468	resume:	skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24469	nil	skipped
24470
24471After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24472or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24473
24474Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.  ELEMENT may
24475itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted repeatedly for
24476different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24477non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24478continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in such
24479a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24480formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24481strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24482
24483Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24484Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24485Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24486endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24487to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24488available:
24489
24490	str	first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24491		then: insert previously read string once more
24492	help	help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24493	input	initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24494	v1, v2	local variables for memorizing anything you want
24495
24496When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24497`skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24498
24499\(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24500
24501(autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24502Insert the character you type ARG times.
24503
24504With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24505is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24506Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24507word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24508Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24509such as backslash.
24510
24511If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24512the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24513symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24514
24515\(fn ARG)" t nil)
24516
24517;;;***
24518
24519;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24520;;;;;;  (17904 28230))
24521;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24522
24523(autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24524Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24525NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24526buffer names.
24527
24528\(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24529
24530(autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24531Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24532\\{smerge-mode-map}
24533
24534\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24535
24536;;;***
24537
24538;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24539;;;;;;  (17875 18370))
24540;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24541
24542(autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24543Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24544A list of images is returned.
24545
24546\(fn START END)" t nil)
24547
24548(autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24549Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24550interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24551
24552\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24553
24554;;;***
24555
24556;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24557;;;;;;  "mail/smtpmail.el" (17939 50716))
24558;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24559
24560(autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24561Not documented
24562
24563\(fn)" nil nil)
24564
24565(autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24566Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24567
24568\(fn)" t nil)
24569
24570;;;***
24571
24572;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17842 55395))
24573;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24574
24575(autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24576Play the Snake game.
24577Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24578
24579Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24580
24581Snake mode keybindings:
24582   \\<snake-mode-map>
24583\\[snake-start-game]	Starts a new game of Snake
24584\\[snake-end-game]	Terminates the current game
24585\\[snake-pause-game]	Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24586\\[snake-move-left]	Makes the snake move left
24587\\[snake-move-right]	Makes the snake move right
24588\\[snake-move-up]	Makes the snake move up
24589\\[snake-move-down]	Makes the snake move down
24590
24591\(fn)" t nil)
24592
24593;;;***
24594
24595;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24596;;;;;;  (17842 55218))
24597;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24598
24599(autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24600Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24601Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24602Tab indents for C code.
24603Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24604Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24605\\{snmp-mode-map}
24606Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24607`snmp-mode-hook'.
24608
24609\(fn)" t nil)
24610
24611(autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24612Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24613Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24614Tab indents for C code.
24615Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24616Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24617\\{snmp-mode-map}
24618Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24619then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24620
24621\(fn)" t nil)
24622
24623;;;***
24624
24625;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24626;;;;;;  calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24627;;;;;;  "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17956 13479))
24628;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24629
24630(defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24631*The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24632
24633A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24634`12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24635and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24636
24637For example, the form
24638
24639  '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24640    (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24641
24642would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24643
24644(custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24645
24646(defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24647*Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24648
24649The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24650sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24651can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24652York City.
24653
24654This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24655
24656(custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24657
24658(defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24659*Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24660
24661The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24662sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24663can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24664York City.
24665
24666This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24667
24668(custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24669
24670(defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24671*Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24672For example, \"New York City\".  Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24673pair.
24674
24675This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24676
24677(custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24678
24679(autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24680Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
24681If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24682
24683If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24684latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24685
24686This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24687
24688\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24689
24690(autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24691*local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24692Requires floating point.
24693
24694\(fn)" nil nil)
24695
24696;;;***
24697
24698;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17842
24699;;;;;;  55395))
24700;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24701
24702(autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24703Play Solitaire.
24704
24705To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24706\\<solitaire-mode-map>
24707Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24708Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24709Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24710Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24711\(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24712check after each move or undo)
24713
24714What is Solitaire?
24715
24716I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24717its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
24718Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24719
24720	Le Solitaire
24721	============
24722
24723		o   o   o
24724
24725		o   o   o
24726
24727	o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24728
24729	o   o   o   .   o   o   o
24730
24731	o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24732
24733		o   o   o
24734
24735		o   o   o
24736
24737Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
24738hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
24739aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24740one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24741
24742A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24743after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24744horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24745this:  o  o  .
24746
24747Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24748which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
24749
24750That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
24751
24752		o   o   o
24753
24754		.   o   o
24755
24756	o   o   .   o   o   o   o
24757
24758	o   .   o   o   o   o   o
24759
24760	o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24761
24762		o   o   o
24763
24764		o   o   o
24765
24766Pick your favourite shortcuts:
24767
24768\\{solitaire-mode-map}
24769
24770\(fn ARG)" t nil)
24771
24772;;;***
24773
24774;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
24775;;;;;;  sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
24776;;;;;;  sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17842 58278))
24777;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24778
24779(autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
24780General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24781
24782We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24783called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24784it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
24785buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
24786contiguous.
24787
24788Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24789If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24790The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24791the sort order.
24792
24793The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24794across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24795
24796NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24797It moves point to the start of the next record.
24798It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24799The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24800is called.
24801
24802ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24803It should move point to the end of the record.
24804
24805STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24806It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24807else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24808STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24809starts at the beginning of the record.
24810
24811ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24812ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
24813same as ENDRECFUN.
24814
24815PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys.  If keys are numbers,
24816it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
24817
24818\(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
24819
24820(autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
24821Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24822Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24823REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24824The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24825the sort order.
24826
24827\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24828
24829(autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
24830Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24831Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24832REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24833The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24834the sort order.
24835
24836\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24837
24838(autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
24839Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
24840Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24841REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
24842The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24843the sort order.
24844
24845\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
24846
24847(autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
24848Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
24849Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24850Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
24851which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
24852Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
24853With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24854Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24855FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
24856
24857\(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24858
24859(autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
24860Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
24861Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
24862With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
24863Called from a program, there are three arguments:
24864FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
24865The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24866the sort order.
24867
24868\(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
24869
24870(autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
24871Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
24872RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
24873  For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
24874KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
24875  is to be used for sorting.
24876  If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
24877  RECORD-REGEXP is used.
24878  If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
24879  Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
24880If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
24881
24882With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
24883
24884The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24885the sort order.
24886
24887For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
24888 starting with the letter \"f\",
24889 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
24890
24891\(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
24892
24893(autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
24894Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
24895For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
24896the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
24897The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
24898A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
24899The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24900the sort order.
24901
24902Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
24903because tabs could be split across the specified columns
24904and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
24905it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
24906Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
24907
24908\(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
24909
24910(autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
24911Reverse the order of lines in a region.
24912From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
24913
24914\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
24915
24916;;;***
24917
24918;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17842
24919;;;;;;  54741))
24920;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
24921
24922(autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
24923Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
24924
24925\(fn)" t nil)
24926
24927;;;***
24928
24929;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
24930;;;;;;  spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
24931;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-report.el" (17842 54741))
24932;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
24933
24934(autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
24935Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
24936
24937If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
24938If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
24939symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
24940
24941\(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
24942
24943(autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
24944Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
24945the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
24946server.
24947
24948\(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24949
24950(autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
24951Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
24952Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
24953
24954\(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
24955
24956(autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
24957Add spam-report support to the Agent.
24958Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
24959the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
24960Agent is plugged.
24961
24962\(fn)" t nil)
24963
24964(autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
24965Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
24966Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
24967\\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
24968
24969\(fn)" t nil)
24970
24971;;;***
24972
24973;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
24974;;;;;;  "speedbar.el" (17881 43027))
24975;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
24976
24977(defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
24978
24979(autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
24980Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
24981A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
24982`speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
24983supported at a time.
24984`speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
24985`speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
24986
24987\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24988
24989(autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
24990Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
24991If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
24992selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
24993
24994\(fn)" t nil)
24995
24996;;;***
24997
24998;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
24999;;;;;;  "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17842 58276))
25000;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25001
25002(put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25003
25004(autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25005Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25006For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25007and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25008If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25009as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25010
25011\(fn)" t nil)
25012
25013(autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25014Check spelling of word at or before point.
25015If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25016and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25017
25018\(fn)" t nil)
25019
25020(autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25021Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25022Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25023DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25024for example, \"word\".
25025
25026\(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25027
25028(autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25029Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25030
25031\(fn STRING)" t nil)
25032
25033;;;***
25034
25035;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17842
25036;;;;;;  55395))
25037;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25038
25039(autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25040Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25041
25042\(fn)" t nil)
25043
25044(autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25045Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25046
25047\(fn)" nil nil)
25048
25049;;;***
25050
25051;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25052;;;;;;  sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25053;;;;;;  sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25054;;;;;;  sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17842
25055;;;;;;  56332))
25056;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25057
25058(autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25059Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25060
25061PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25062`oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25063`font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25064of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25065`set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25066If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25067of the current highlighting list.
25068
25069For example:
25070
25071 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25072  '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25073
25074adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25075`_t' as data types.
25076
25077\(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25078
25079(autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25080Show short help for the SQL modes.
25081
25082Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer.  This buffer is
25083usually named `*SQL*'.  The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25084
25085Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25086
25087    PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25088    MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25089    SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25090
25091Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25092
25093    Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25094    Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25095    Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25096    Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25097    Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25098    Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25099    DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25100    Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25101    Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25102
25103But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25104
25105Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25106buffer.  The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25107is generated.  See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25108that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25109
25110If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25111procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer.  Put the new buffer in
25112`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode].  The name of this buffer can be
25113anything.  The name of the major mode is SQL.
25114
25115In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25116buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode).  The results are
25117appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25118
25119\(fn)" t nil)
25120
25121(autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25122Major mode to edit SQL.
25123
25124You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25125\\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25126See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25127
25128\\{sql-mode-map}
25129Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25130
25131When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25132buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25133will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25134SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25135determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25136value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25137
25138For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25139`sql-interactive-mode'.
25140
25141Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25142one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25143you must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25144
25145\(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25146          (lambda ()
25147	    (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25148
25149\(fn)" t nil)
25150
25151(autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25152Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25153
25154If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25155If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25156`*SQL*'.
25157
25158\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25159
25160\(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25161
25162(autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25163Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25164
25165If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25166If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25167`*SQL*'.
25168
25169Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25170the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25171defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25172the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25173
25174The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25175input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25176
25177To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25178in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25179before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25180in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25181The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25182`default-process-coding-system'.
25183
25184\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25185
25186\(fn)" t nil)
25187
25188(autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25189Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25190
25191If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25192If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25193`*SQL*'.
25194
25195Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25196the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25197`sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25198can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25199
25200The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25201input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25202
25203To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25204in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25205before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25206in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25207The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25208`default-process-coding-system'.
25209
25210\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25211
25212\(fn)" t nil)
25213
25214(autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25215Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25216
25217If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25218If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25219`*SQL*'.
25220
25221Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25222the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25223
25224The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25225input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25226
25227To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25228in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25229before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25230in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25231The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25232`default-process-coding-system'.
25233
25234\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25235
25236\(fn)" t nil)
25237
25238(autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25239Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25240
25241SQLite is free software.
25242
25243If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25244If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25245`*SQL*'.
25246
25247Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25248the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25249`sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25250can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25251
25252The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25253input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25254
25255To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25256in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25257before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25258in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25259The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25260`default-process-coding-system'.
25261
25262\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25263
25264\(fn)" t nil)
25265
25266(autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25267Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25268
25269Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25270
25271If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25272If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25273`*SQL*'.
25274
25275Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25276the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25277`sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25278can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25279
25280The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25281input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25282
25283To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25284in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25285before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25286in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25287The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25288`default-process-coding-system'.
25289
25290\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25291
25292\(fn)" t nil)
25293
25294(autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25295Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25296
25297If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25298If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25299`*SQL*'.
25300
25301Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25302the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25303defaults, if set.
25304
25305The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25306input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25307
25308To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25309in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25310before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25311in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25312The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25313`default-process-coding-system'.
25314
25315\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25316
25317\(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319(autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25320Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25321
25322If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25323If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25324`*SQL*'.
25325
25326Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25327the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25328
25329The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25330input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25331
25332To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25333in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25334before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25335in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25336The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25337`default-process-coding-system'.
25338
25339\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25340
25341\(fn)" t nil)
25342
25343(autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25344Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25345
25346If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25347If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25348`*SQL*'.
25349
25350Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25351variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25352as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25353in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25354
25355The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25356input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25357
25358To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25359in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25360before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25361in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25362The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25363`default-process-coding-system'.
25364
25365\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25366
25367\(fn)" t nil)
25368
25369(autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25370Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25371
25372If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25373If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25374`*SQL*'.
25375
25376Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25377the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25378Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25379`sql-postgres-options'.
25380
25381The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25382input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25383
25384To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25385in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25386before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25387in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25388The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25389`default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25390your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25391Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25392
25393\(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25394					     '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25395
25396\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25397
25398\(fn)" t nil)
25399
25400(autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25401Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25402
25403If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25404If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25405`*SQL*'.
25406
25407Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25408uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25409defaults, if set.
25410
25411The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25412input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413
25414To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25415in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25416before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25417in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25418The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25419`default-process-coding-system'.
25420
25421\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25422
25423\(fn)" t nil)
25424
25425(autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25426Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25427
25428If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25429If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25430`*SQL*'.
25431
25432Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25433automatic login.
25434
25435The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25436input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25437
25438If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25439db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25440`comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25441advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25442
25443To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25444in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25445before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25446in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25447The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25448`default-process-coding-system'.
25449
25450\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25451
25452\(fn)" t nil)
25453
25454(autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25455Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25456
25457If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25458If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25459`*SQL*'.
25460
25461Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25462Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25463`sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25464can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25465parameters.
25466
25467`sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25468local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25469`nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25470for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25471an empty password.
25472
25473The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25474input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25475
25476\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25477
25478\(fn)" t nil)
25479
25480;;;***
25481
25482;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25483;;;;;;  strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25484;;;;;;  strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25485;;;;;;  strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25486;;;;;;  strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17842
25487;;;;;;  58278))
25488;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25489
25490(autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25491Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25492Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25493COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE
25494is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25495documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25496
25497See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25498
25499\(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25500
25501(autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25502Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25503Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25504This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25505entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25506`strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25507Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25508
25509\(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25510
25511(autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25512Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25513Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25514Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25515is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25516then complete the stroke with button 3.
25517Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25518
25519\(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25520
25521(autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25522Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25523This must be bound to a mouse event.
25524
25525\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25526
25527(autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25528Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25529This must be bound to a mouse event.
25530
25531\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25532
25533(autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25534Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25535
25536\(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25537
25538(autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25539Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25540
25541\(fn)" t nil)
25542
25543(autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25544Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25545
25546\(fn)" t nil)
25547
25548(autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25549Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25550With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25551chronologically by command name.
25552If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25553
25554\(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25555
25556(defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25557Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25558See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25559Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25560either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25561or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25562
25563(custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25564
25565(autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25566Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25567With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25568Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25569Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25570new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25571\\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25572
25573To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25574\\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25575Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25576\\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25577
25578\\{strokes-mode-map}
25579
25580\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25581
25582(autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25583Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25584Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25585Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25586
25587\(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25588
25589(autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25590Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25591
25592\(fn)" t nil)
25593
25594;;;***
25595
25596;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25597;;;;;;  "studly" "play/studly.el" (16211 27038))
25598;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25599
25600(autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25601Studlify-case the region.
25602
25603\(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25604
25605(autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25606Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25607
25608\(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25609
25610(autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25611Studlify-case the current buffer.
25612
25613\(fn)" t nil)
25614
25615;;;***
25616
25617;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17964 48351))
25618;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25619
25620(autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25621Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25622This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25623to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25624Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25625to the specified name LIBRARY.
25626
25627If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25628is used instead of `load-path'.
25629
25630When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25631string.  When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25632and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25633
25634\(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25635
25636;;;***
25637
25638;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25639;;;;;;  (17854 7564))
25640;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25641
25642(autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25643Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25644This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25645function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
25646info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25647`sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25648original message but it does require a few things:
25649
25650     1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25651
25652     2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25653        reply buffer.
25654
25655     3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25656        inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25657        original message.
25658
25659     4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25660
25661     5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25662
25663For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25664when this function is called.  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25665before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25666
25667\(fn)" nil nil)
25668
25669;;;***
25670
25671;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18006 55796))
25672;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25673
25674(defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25675Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25676See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25677Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25678either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25679or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25680
25681(custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25682
25683(autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25684Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25685With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25686
25687This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25688same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25689It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25690
25691\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25692
25693;;;***
25694
25695;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17842 58278))
25696;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25697
25698(autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25699Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25700Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25701START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25702The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25703
25704\(fn START END)" t nil)
25705
25706(autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25707Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25708A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25709when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25710Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25711START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25712The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25713
25714\(fn START END)" t nil)
25715
25716;;;***
25717
25718;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25719;;;;;;  table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25720;;;;;;  table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25721;;;;;;  table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25722;;;;;;  table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25723;;;;;;  table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25724;;;;;;  table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
25725;;;;;;  table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
25726;;;;;;  table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
25727;;;;;;  table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
25728;;;;;;  table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
25729;;;;;;  table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
25730;;;;;;  "table" "textmodes/table.el" (18012 17784))
25731;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
25732
25733(defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
25734*Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
25735User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
25736
25737(custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
25738
25739(defvar table-load-hook nil "\
25740*List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
25741
25742(custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
25743
25744(defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
25745*List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
25746
25747(custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
25748
25749(defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
25750*List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
25751
25752(custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
25753
25754(autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
25755Insert an editable text table.
25756Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
25757parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
25758cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
25759is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
25760for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
25761entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
25762delimiting them.
25763
25764Examples:
25765
25766\\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
25767
25768Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
25769location of point.
25770
25771    -!-
25772
25773Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
25774specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
257755 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
25776table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
25777first cell.
25778
25779    +-----+-----+-----+
25780    |-!-  |     |     |
25781    +-----+-----+-----+
25782
25783Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
25784
25785M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
25786width, which results as
25787
25788    +--------------+-----+-----+
25789    |-!-           |     |     |
25790    +--------------+-----+-----+
25791
25792Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
25793TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
25794
25795    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25796    |              |      |-!-                             |
25797    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25798
25799If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
25800what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
25801width information to `table-insert'.
25802
25803Cell width(s): 14 6 32
25804
25805instead of
25806
25807Cell width(s): 5
25808
25809This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
25810work all together.
25811
25812If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
25813first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
25814
25815    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25816    |-!-           |      |                                |
25817    |              |      |                                |
25818    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25819
25820Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
25821
25822    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25823    |-!-           |      |                                |
25824    |              |      |                                |
25825    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25826    |              |      |                                |
25827    |              |      |                                |
25828    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25829
25830Move the point under the table as shown below.
25831
25832    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25833    |              |      |                                |
25834    |              |      |                                |
25835    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25836    |              |      |                                |
25837    |              |      |                                |
25838    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25839    -!-
25840
25841Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
25842when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
25843outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
25844
25845    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25846    |              |      |                                |
25847    |              |      |                                |
25848    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25849    |              |      |                                |
25850    |              |      |                                |
25851    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25852    |-!-           |      |                                |
25853    |              |      |                                |
25854    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25855
25856Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
25857results.
25858
25859    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25860    |              |      |                                |
25861    |              |      |                                |
25862    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25863    |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
25864    |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
25865    |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
25866    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25867    |              |      |                                |
25868    |              |      |                                |
25869    +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
25870
25871Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
25872
25873\\{table-cell-map}
25874
25875\(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
25876
25877(autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
25878Insert N table row(s).
25879When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
25880the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
25881the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
25882are appended at the bottom of the table.
25883
25884\(fn N)" t nil)
25885
25886(autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
25887Insert N table column(s).
25888When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
25889of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
25890right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
25891created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
25892
25893\(fn N)" t nil)
25894
25895(autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
25896Insert row(s) or column(s).
25897See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
25898
25899\(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
25900
25901(autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
25902Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
25903Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
25904optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
25905buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
25906all the table specific features.
25907
25908\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25909
25910(autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
25911Not documented
25912
25913\(fn)" t nil)
25914
25915(autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
25916Recognize all tables within region.
25917BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
25918prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
25919inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
25920specific features.
25921
25922\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
25923
25924(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
25925Not documented
25926
25927\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25928
25929(autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
25930Recognize a table at point.
25931If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
25932becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
25933the table specific features.
25934
25935\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25936
25937(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
25938Not documented
25939
25940\(fn)" t nil)
25941
25942(autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
25943Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
25944Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
25945optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
25946must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
25947is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
25948plain text and loses all the table specific features.
25949
25950\(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
25951
25952(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
25953Not documented
25954
25955\(fn)" t nil)
25956
25957(autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
25958Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
25959Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
25960cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
25961heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
25962optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
25963specified.
25964
25965\(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25966
25967(autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
25968Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
25969Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
25970and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefor, the cell
25971must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
25972is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
25973one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
25974table structure.
25975
25976\(fn N)" t nil)
25977
25978(autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
25979Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
25980Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
25981table's rectangle structure.
25982
25983\(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
25984
25985(autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
25986Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
25987Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
25988table's rectangle structure.
25989
25990\(fn N)" t nil)
25991
25992(autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
25993Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
25994With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
25995a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
25996Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
25997
25998Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
25999
26000You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26001\\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26002\\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26003
26004+-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26005|0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26006+--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26007|2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26008|  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26009|  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26010+--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26011
26012+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26013|0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26014|  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26015+--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26016|3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26017|  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26018+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26019
26020+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26021|0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |	|0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26022|  +--+  |  |  +--+  |	|  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26023|  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |	+--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26024+--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+	|5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26025|5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |	|  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26026|  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |	+--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26027+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26028
26029\(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26030
26031(autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26032Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26033With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26034a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26035
26036\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26037
26038(autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26039Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26040DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26041
26042\(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26043
26044(autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26045Split current cell vertically.
26046Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26047
26048\(fn)" t nil)
26049
26050(autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26051Split current cell horizontally.
26052Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26053
26054\(fn)" t nil)
26055
26056(autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26057Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26058ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26059
26060\(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26061
26062(autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26063Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26064WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26065'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26066
26067\(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26068
26069(autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26070Justify cell contents.
26071JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26072'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26073non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26074otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26075
26076\(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26077
26078(autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26079Justify cells of a row.
26080JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26081'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26082
26083\(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26084
26085(autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26086Justify cells of a column.
26087JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26088'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26089
26090\(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26091
26092(autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26093Toggle fixing width mode.
26094In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26095width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26096order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26097
26098\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26099
26100(autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26101Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26102The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26103width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26104height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26105is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26106frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26107and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26108the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26109non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26110WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26111
26112\(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26113
26114(autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26115Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26116LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26117structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26118The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26119object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26120buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26121the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26122When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26123buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26124generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26125buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26126untouched.
26127
26128References used for this implementation:
26129
26130HTML:
26131        http://www.w3.org
26132
26133LaTeX:
26134        http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26135
26136CALS (DocBook DTD):
26137        http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26138        http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26139
26140\(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26141
26142(autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26143Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26144STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26145empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26146numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26147parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26148last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26149number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26150traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26151entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26152elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26153INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26154insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26155INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26156is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26157structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26158'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26159
26160Example:
26161
26162  (progn
26163    (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26164    (table-forward-cell 15)
26165    (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26166    (table-forward-cell 16)
26167    (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26168    (table-forward-cell 1)
26169    (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26170
26171  (progn
26172    (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26173    (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26174    (table-forward-cell 1)
26175    (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26176
26177\(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26178
26179(autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26180Delete N row(s) of cells.
26181Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26182contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26183consists from cells of same height.
26184
26185\(fn N)" t nil)
26186
26187(autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26188Delete N column(s) of cells.
26189Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26190the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26191column must consists from cells of same width.
26192
26193\(fn N)" t nil)
26194
26195(autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26196Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26197Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26198specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26199The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26200COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26201is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26202delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26203columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26204ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26205the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26206is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26207justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26208width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26209ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26210
26211
26212Example 1:
26213
262141, 2, 3, 4
262155, 6, 7, 8
26216, 9, 10
26217
26218Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26219\",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26220this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26221specified as 5.
26222
26223+-----+-----+-----+-----+
26224|  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26225+-----+-----+-----+-----+
26226|  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26227+-----+-----+-----+-----+
26228|     |  9  | 10  |     |
26229+-----+-----+-----+-----+
26230
26231Note:
26232
26233In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26234in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26235of each row is optional.
26236
26237
26238Example 2:
26239
26240This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26241Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26242-!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26243name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26244COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26245
26246-!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26247requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26248
26249Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26250		      expression and raw delimiter regular
26251		      expression, it parses the specified text
26252		      area and extracts cell items from
26253		      non-table text and then forms a table out
26254		      of them.
26255
26256Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26257		      creates a single cell table.  The text in
26258		      the specified region is placed in that
26259		      cell.-*-
26260
26261Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26262like this.
26263
26264+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26265|`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26266|requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26267|                                                                 |
26268|Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26269|                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26270|                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26271|                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26272|                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26273|                      of them.                                   |
26274|                                                                 |
26275|Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26276|                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26277|                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26278|                      cell.                                      |
26279+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26280
26281By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26282paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26283independently.
26284
26285+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26286|`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26287|requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26288+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26289|Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26290|                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26291|                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26292|                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26293|                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26294|                     |of them.                                   |
26295+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26296|Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26297|                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26298|                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26299|                     |cell.                                      |
26300+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26301
26302By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26303contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26304companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26305
26306\(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26307
26308(autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26309Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26310Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table.  This command
26311converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26312`table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26313
26314\(fn)" t nil)
26315
26316;;;***
26317
26318;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17842 58278))
26319;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26320
26321(autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26322Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26323
26324\(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26325
26326;;;***
26327
26328;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (18010 5426))
26329;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26330
26331(autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26332Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26333You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26334Letters no longer insert themselves.
26335Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26336or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26337Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26338
26339If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26340save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26341saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26342inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26343
26344See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26345\\{tar-mode-map}
26346
26347\(fn)" t nil)
26348
26349;;;***
26350
26351;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26352;;;;;;  "progmodes/tcl.el" (17842 56332))
26353;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26354
26355(autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26356Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26357Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26358Tab indents for Tcl code.
26359Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26360Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26361
26362Variables controlling indentation style:
26363  `tcl-indent-level'
26364    Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26365  `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26366    Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26367
26368Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26369documentation for details):
26370  `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26371    Controls action of TAB key.
26372  `tcl-auto-newline'
26373    Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26374    and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26375  `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26376    If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26377    word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26378
26379Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26380`tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26381already exist.
26382
26383Commands:
26384\\{tcl-mode-map}
26385
26386\(fn)" t nil)
26387
26388(autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26389Run inferior Tcl process.
26390Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26391See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26392
26393\(fn CMD)" t nil)
26394
26395(autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26396Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26397Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26398
26399\(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26400
26401;;;***
26402
26403;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17842 55218))
26404;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26405 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26406
26407(autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26408Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26409Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26410Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26411
26412Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26413where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26414is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26415falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26416Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26417
26418\(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26419 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26420
26421(autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26422Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26423Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26424Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26425
26426\(fn HOST)" t nil)
26427
26428;;;***
26429
26430;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17952
26431;;;;;;  11093))
26432;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26433
26434(autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26435Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26436The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26437If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26438Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26439the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26440
26441\(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26442
26443(autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26444Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26445The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26446commands to use in that buffer.
26447
26448\\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26449
26450\(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26451
26452(autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26453Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26454
26455\(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26456
26457;;;***
26458
26459;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17842
26460;;;;;;  58278))
26461;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26462
26463(autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26464Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26465ARGS is a list of argument-strings.  Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26466BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26467and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26468program as keyboard input.
26469
26470Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26471are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26472WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26473-- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26474
26475To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26476to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26477type Control-^.  The following character is an emulator command.
26478Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26479This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26480
26481`Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26482
26483Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26484of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26485terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26486terminal-redisplay-interval.
26487
26488This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26489and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26490subprocess started.
26491
26492\(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26493
26494;;;***
26495
26496;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26497;;;;;;  (17925 52793))
26498;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26499
26500(autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26501Start coverage on function under point.
26502
26503\(fn)" t nil)
26504
26505;;;***
26506
26507;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17941 38806))
26508;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26509
26510(autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26511Play the Tetris game.
26512Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26513rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26514as to form complete rows.
26515
26516tetris-mode keybindings:
26517   \\<tetris-mode-map>
26518\\[tetris-start-game]	Starts a new game of Tetris
26519\\[tetris-end-game]	Terminates the current game
26520\\[tetris-pause-game]	Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26521\\[tetris-move-left]	Moves the shape one square to the left
26522\\[tetris-move-right]	Moves the shape one square to the right
26523\\[tetris-rotate-prev]	Rotates the shape clockwise
26524\\[tetris-rotate-next]	Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26525\\[tetris-move-bottom]	Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26526
26527\(fn)" t nil)
26528
26529;;;***
26530
26531;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26532;;;;;;  plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26533;;;;;;  tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26534;;;;;;  tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26535;;;;;;  tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26536;;;;;;  tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26537;;;;;;  tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26538;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
26539;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26540
26541(defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26542*If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26543
26544(custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26545
26546(defvar tex-directory "." "\
26547*Directory in which temporary files are written.
26548You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26549and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26550`\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26551
26552(custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26553
26554(defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26555Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26556If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26557if it matches the first line of the file,
26558`tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26559
26560(custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26561
26562(defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26563*The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26564The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26565if the variable is non-nil.")
26566
26567(custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26568
26569(defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26570*If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26571
26572(custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26573
26574(defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26575*Command used to run TeX subjob.
26576TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26577See the documentation of that variable.")
26578
26579(custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26580
26581(defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26582*Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26583LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26584See the documentation of that variable.")
26585
26586(custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26587
26588(defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26589*Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26590SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26591See the documentation of that variable.")
26592
26593(custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26594
26595(defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26596*TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26597These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26598and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26599If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26600
26601(custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26602
26603(defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26604*TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26605They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26606If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26607
26608(custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26609
26610(defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26611*User defined LaTeX block names.
26612Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26613
26614(custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26615
26616(defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26617*Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26618If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26619otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26620
26621(custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26622
26623(defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26624*Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26625If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26626otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26627
26628(custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26629
26630(defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26631*Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26632If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26633otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26634
26635If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26636`tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26637for example,
26638
26639    (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26640         '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26641
26642would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26643use.")
26644
26645(custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26646
26647(defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26648*Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26649If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26650If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26651otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26652
26653If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26654
26655(custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26656
26657(defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26658*Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26659Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26660
26661(custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26662
26663(defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26664*Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26665This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26666is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26667Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26668
26669(custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26670
26671(defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26672*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26673
26674(custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26675
26676(defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26677*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26678
26679(custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26680
26681(autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26682Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26683Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26684this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26685`latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
26686such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26687says which mode to use.
26688
26689\(fn)" t nil)
26690
26691(defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26692
26693(defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26694
26695(defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26696
26697(autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26698Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26699Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26700Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26701and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26702
26703Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26704copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26705running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26706\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26707\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26708\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26709\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26710
26711Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26712mismatched $'s or braces.
26713
26714Special commands:
26715\\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26716
26717Mode variables:
26718tex-run-command
26719	Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26720tex-directory
26721	Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
26722	run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26723tex-dvi-print-command
26724	Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26725tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26726	Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26727	argument) to print a .dvi file.
26728tex-dvi-view-command
26729	Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26730tex-show-queue-command
26731	Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26732	queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26733
26734Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26735`tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
26736special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26737
26738\(fn)" t nil)
26739
26740(autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26741Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
26742Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26743Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26744and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26745
26746Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26747copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26748running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26749\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26750\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26751\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26752\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26753
26754Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26755mismatched $'s or braces.
26756
26757Special commands:
26758\\{latex-mode-map}
26759
26760Mode variables:
26761latex-run-command
26762	Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26763tex-directory
26764	Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
26765	run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26766tex-dvi-print-command
26767	Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26768tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26769	Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26770	argument) to print a .dvi file.
26771tex-dvi-view-command
26772	Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26773tex-show-queue-command
26774	Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26775	queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26776
26777Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
26778`tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
26779subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
26780
26781\(fn)" t nil)
26782
26783(autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26784Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
26785Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26786Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26787and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26788
26789Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
26790copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
26791running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26792\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26793\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26794\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26795\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26796
26797Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26798mismatched $'s or braces.
26799
26800Special commands:
26801\\{slitex-mode-map}
26802
26803Mode variables:
26804slitex-run-command
26805	Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26806tex-directory
26807	Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
26808	run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
26809tex-dvi-print-command
26810	Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26811tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26812	Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
26813	argument) to print a .dvi file.
26814tex-dvi-view-command
26815	Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
26816tex-show-queue-command
26817	Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
26818	queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
26819
26820Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
26821`tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
26822`slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
26823`tex-shell-hook' is run.
26824
26825\(fn)" t nil)
26826
26827(autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
26828Not documented
26829
26830\(fn)" nil nil)
26831
26832(autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26833Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
26834
26835\(fn)" t nil)
26836
26837;;;***
26838
26839;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
26840;;;;;;  "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17842 58276))
26841;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
26842
26843(autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
26844Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
26845The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26846name specified in the @setfilename command.
26847
26848Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
26849and don't split the file if large.  You can use Info-tagify and
26850Info-split to do these manually.
26851
26852\(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26853
26854(autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
26855Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
26856This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
26857The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
26858converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
26859
26860\(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
26861
26862(autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
26863Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
26864The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
26865names specified in the @setfilename command.
26866
26867This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
26868creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
26869is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
26870Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
26871
26872Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
26873if large.  You can use Info-split to do this manually.
26874
26875\(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
26876
26877;;;***
26878
26879;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
26880;;;;;;  "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17842 58276))
26881;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
26882
26883(defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
26884*String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26885
26886(custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
26887
26888(defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
26889*String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26890
26891(custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
26892
26893(autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
26894Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
26895
26896  It has these extra commands:
26897\\{texinfo-mode-map}
26898
26899  These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
26900and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
26901the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
26902modified version of TeX input format.
26903
26904  Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
26905set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
26906what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
26907use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
26908
26909  You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
26910This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
26911lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
26912These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
26913In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
26914use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
26915in the Texinfo file.
26916
26917  In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
26918frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
26919commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
26920\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
26921move forward past the closing brace.
26922
26923Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
26924updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
26925
26926  * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
26927  * insert or update the menu for a section, and
26928  * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
26929
26930Here are the functions:
26931
26932    texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
26933    texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
26934    texinfo-sequential-node-update
26935
26936    texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
26937    texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
26938    texinfo-master-menu
26939
26940    texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
26941
26942The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
26943which menu descriptions are indented.
26944
26945Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
26946`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
26947in the region.
26948
26949To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
26950hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
26951Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
26952`@chapter' or `@section' line.
26953
26954If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
26955be the first node in the file.
26956
26957Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
26958value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
26959
26960\(fn)" t nil)
26961
26962;;;***
26963
26964;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
26965;;;;;;  thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
26966;;;;;;  thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
26967;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
26968;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
26969
26970(autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
26971Compose Thai characters in the region.
26972When called from a program, expects two arguments,
26973positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
26974
26975\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26976
26977(autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
26978Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
26979
26980\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
26981
26982(autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
26983Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
26984
26985\(fn)" t nil)
26986
26987(autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
26988Not documented
26989
26990\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
26991
26992(autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
26993Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
26994The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
26995Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
26996to compose.
26997
26998The return value is number of composed characters.
26999
27000\(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27001
27002(autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27003Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27004
27005\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27006
27007;;;***
27008
27009;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27010;;;;;;  sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27011;;;;;;  "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17842 58278))
27012;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27013
27014(autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27015Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27016
27017\(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27018
27019(autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27020Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27021THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27022Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27023`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27024
27025See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27026a symbol as a valid THING.
27027
27028The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27029of the textual entity that was found.
27030
27031\(fn THING)" nil nil)
27032
27033(autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27034Return the THING at point.
27035THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27036Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27037`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27038
27039See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27040a symbol as a valid THING.
27041
27042\(fn THING)" nil nil)
27043
27044(autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27045Not documented
27046
27047\(fn)" nil nil)
27048
27049(autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27050Not documented
27051
27052\(fn)" nil nil)
27053
27054(autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27055Not documented
27056
27057\(fn)" nil nil)
27058
27059(autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27060Not documented
27061
27062\(fn)" nil nil)
27063
27064;;;***
27065
27066;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27067;;;;;;  thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27068;;;;;;  (17963 26308))
27069;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27070
27071(autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27072Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27073
27074\(fn IMG)" t nil)
27075
27076(autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27077Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27078Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27079and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27080
27081\(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27082
27083(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27084In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27085
27086\(fn)" t nil)
27087
27088(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27089In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27090
27091\(fn)" t nil)
27092
27093(defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27094
27095(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27096In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27097
27098\(fn)" t nil)
27099
27100;;;***
27101
27102;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27103;;;;;;  tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27104;;;;;;  tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27105;;;;;;  tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27106;;;;;;  tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27107;;;;;;  "language/tibet-util.el" (17842 58278))
27108;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27109
27110(autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27111Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27112Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27113
27114\(fn CH)" nil nil)
27115
27116(autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27117Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27118
27119\(fn STR)" nil nil)
27120
27121(autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27122Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27123The returned string has no composition information.
27124
27125\(fn STR)" nil nil)
27126
27127(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27128Compose Tibetan string STR.
27129
27130\(fn STR)" nil nil)
27131
27132(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27133Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27134
27135\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27136
27137(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27138Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27139This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27140are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27141
27142\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27143
27144(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27145Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27146This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27147are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27148
27149\(fn STR)" nil nil)
27150
27151(autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27152Not documented
27153
27154\(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27155
27156(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27157Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27158See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27159
27160\(fn)" t nil)
27161
27162(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27163Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27164See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27165
27166\(fn)" t nil)
27167
27168(autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27169Not documented
27170
27171\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27172
27173(autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27174Not documented
27175
27176\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27177
27178(autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27179Not documented
27180
27181\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27182
27183;;;***
27184
27185;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27186;;;;;;  (17842 58276))
27187;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27188
27189(autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27190Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27191See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27192`tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27193parameters.
27194This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27195
27196\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27197
27198(autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27199Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27200See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27201`tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27202parameters.
27203This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27204
27205\(fn)" t nil)
27206
27207;;;***
27208
27209;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27210;;;;;;  "time" "time.el" (18006 55796))
27211;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27212
27213(defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27214*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27215
27216(custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27217
27218(autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27219Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27220This display updates automatically every minute.
27221If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27222are displayed as well.
27223This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27224
27225\(fn)" t nil)
27226
27227(defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27228Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27229See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27230Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27231either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27232or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27233
27234(custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27235
27236(autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27237Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27238With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27239
27240When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27241If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27242are displayed as well.
27243This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27244
27245\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27246
27247;;;***
27248
27249;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27250;;;;;;  date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27251;;;;;;  time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27252;;;;;;  date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17842
27253;;;;;;  53792))
27254;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27255
27256(autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27257Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27258
27259\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27260
27261(autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27262Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27263You can use `float-time' instead.
27264
27265\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27266
27267(autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27268Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27269
27270\(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27271
27272(autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27273Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27274
27275\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27276
27277(autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27278Convert DAYS into a time value.
27279
27280\(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27281
27282(autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27283Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27284TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27285
27286\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27287
27288(defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27289
27290(autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27291Subtract two time values.
27292Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27293
27294\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27295
27296(autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27297Add two time values.  One should represent a time difference.
27298
27299\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27300
27301(autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27302Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27303DATE should be a date-time string.
27304
27305\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27306
27307(autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27308Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27309DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27310
27311\(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27312
27313(autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27314Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27315
27316\(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27317
27318(autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27319Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27320
27321\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27322
27323(autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27324The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27325TIME should be a time value.
27326The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27327
27328\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27329
27330(autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27331Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27332If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27333
27334\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27335
27336;;;***
27337
27338;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27339;;;;;;  "time-stamp.el" (17842 58278))
27340;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27341(put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27342(put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27343(put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27344(put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27345(put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27346(put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27347(put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27348
27349(autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27350Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27351A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27352every time you save the file.  Add this line to your .emacs file:
27353    (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27354or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27355Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27356look like one of the following:
27357      Time-stamp: <>
27358      Time-stamp: \" \"
27359The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27360      Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27361The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27362The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27363`time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27364`time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27365`time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27366the template.
27367
27368\(fn)" t nil)
27369
27370(autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27371Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27372With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27373
27374\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27375
27376;;;***
27377
27378;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27379;;;;;;  timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27380;;;;;;  timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27381;;;;;;  timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27382;;;;;;  (17992 30878))
27383;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27384
27385(autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27386Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27387If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27388the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27389will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27390the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27391updating.  With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27392if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27393display (non-nil means on).
27394
27395\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27396
27397(autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27398Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27399With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27400many hours in it to be worked.  If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27401\(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27402weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27403_seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27404this function is called within a day.
27405
27406PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27407FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27408interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27409discover the name of the project.
27410
27411\(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27412
27413(autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27414Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27415If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27416begun during the last time segment.
27417
27418REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27419FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27420interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27421discover the reason.
27422
27423\(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27424
27425(autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27426Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27427If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27428If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27429worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27430
27431\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27432
27433(autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27434Change to working on a different project.
27435This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27436With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27437time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27438working on.
27439
27440\(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27441
27442(autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27443Ask the user whether to clock out.
27444This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27445
27446\(fn)" nil nil)
27447
27448(autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27449Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27450Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27451
27452\(fn)" t nil)
27453
27454(autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27455Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27456Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27457is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27458See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27459\"relative to today\".
27460
27461\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27462
27463(autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27464Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27465Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27466non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27467
27468\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27469
27470(autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27471Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27472This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27473SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27474seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27475relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27476
27477\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27478
27479;;;***
27480
27481;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27482;;;;;;  run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27483;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17935 13348))
27484;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27485
27486(defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27487
27488(autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27489Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27490
27491\(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27492
27493(autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27494Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27495This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27496and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27497
27498\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27499
27500(autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27501Perform an action at time TIME.
27502Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27503TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27504\"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27505`diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27506today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27507\"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27508recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27509seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27510REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.  REPEAT may
27511be an integer or floating point number.  The action is to call
27512FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27513
27514This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27515
27516\(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27517
27518(autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27519Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27520Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27521SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27522The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27523
27524This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27525
27526\(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27527
27528(autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27529Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27530If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27531This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27532
27533\(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27534
27535(autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27536Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27537The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27538SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27539time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27540If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27541then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27542
27543If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27544exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27545
27546This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27547
27548\(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27549 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27550
27551(autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27552Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27553If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27554The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27555event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27556if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27557be detected.
27558
27559\(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27560
27561;;;***
27562
27563;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27564;;;;;;  "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17870 32853))
27565;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27566
27567(autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27568Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27569Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27570the generated Quail package is saved.
27571
27572\(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27573
27574(autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27575Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27576Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27577it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27578For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27579 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27580To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27581
27582\(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27583
27584;;;***
27585
27586;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27587;;;;;;  tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17842
27588;;;;;;  58278))
27589;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27590
27591(autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27592Not documented
27593
27594\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27595
27596(autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27597Not documented
27598
27599\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27600
27601(autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27602Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27603Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27604PATTERN regexp.
27605
27606\(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27607
27608;;;***
27609
27610;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27611;;;;;;  "tmm.el" (17952 58711))
27612;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27613 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27614 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
27615 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27616
27617(autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27618Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27619See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27620X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27621we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27622
27623\(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27624
27625(autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27626Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27627This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27628on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27629See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27630
27631\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27632
27633(autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27634Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27635Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
27636in the menu in two ways:
27637   *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27638   *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27639The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27640
27641MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27642keymap or an alist of alists.
27643DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27644Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27645
27646\(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27647
27648;;;***
27649
27650;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27651;;;;;;  todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27652;;;;;;  "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17962 52848))
27653;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27654
27655(autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27656Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27657
27658\(fn CAT)" t nil)
27659
27660(autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27661Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27662
27663\(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27664
27665(autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27666Insert new TODO list entry.
27667With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27668category.
27669
27670\(fn ARG)" t nil)
27671
27672(autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27673List top priorities for each category.
27674
27675Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27676defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27677
27678If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27679between each category.
27680
27681\(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27682
27683(autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27684Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27685If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27686between each category.
27687
27688Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27689
27690\(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27691
27692(autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27693Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27694
27695\\{todo-mode-map}
27696
27697\(fn)" t nil)
27698
27699(autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27700Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27701
27702\(fn)" nil nil)
27703
27704(autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27705Show TODO list.
27706
27707\(fn)" t nil)
27708
27709;;;***
27710
27711;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27712;;;;;;  tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el"
27713;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
27714;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27715
27716(put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
27717
27718(autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
27719Add an item to the tool bar.
27720ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27721for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27722PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27723Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27724
27725ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27726function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27727is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27728ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27729
27730Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27731To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27732
27733\(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27734
27735(autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
27736Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27737ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27738for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27739PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27740Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27741
27742ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27743function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
27744is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27745ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27746
27747\(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27748
27749(autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27750Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
27751This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
27752binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27753modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
27754finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
27755properties to add to the binding.
27756
27757MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
27758
27759Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27760To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
27761
27762\(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27763
27764(autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
27765Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
27766This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
27767the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
27768modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
27769finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
27770properties to add to the binding.
27771
27772FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
27773holds a keymap.
27774
27775\(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27776
27777;;;***
27778
27779;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
27780;;;;;;  (18006 55796))
27781;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
27782
27783(defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
27784Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
27785See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27786Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27787either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27788or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
27789
27790(custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
27791
27792(autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
27793TPU/edt emulation.
27794
27795\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27796
27797(defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
27798
27799(autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
27800Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
27801
27802\(fn)" t nil)
27803
27804;;;***
27805
27806;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
27807;;;;;;  "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17842 54264))
27808;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
27809
27810(autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
27811Set scroll margins.
27812
27813\(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
27814
27815(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
27816Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
27817
27818\(fn)" t nil)
27819
27820(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
27821Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
27822
27823\(fn)" t nil)
27824
27825;;;***
27826
27827;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17842 54152))
27828;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
27829
27830(autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
27831Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
27832PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
27833streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
27834to a tcp server on another machine.
27835
27836\(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
27837
27838;;;***
27839
27840;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
27841;;;;;;  "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17842 54152))
27842;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
27843
27844(defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
27845*Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
27846
27847(custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
27848
27849(autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
27850Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
27851For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
27852and return values will be inserted into BUFFER.  This function generates the
27853trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
27854there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
27855Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
27856display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
27857
27858\(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27859
27860(autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
27861Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
27862When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
27863a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
27864into BUFFER.  This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
27865and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
27866The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
27867the window or buffer configuration.
27868
27869BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
27870
27871\(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27872
27873;;;***
27874
27875;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
27876;;;;;;  tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
27877;;;;;;  tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
27878;;;;;;  tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17934 45069))
27879;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
27880
27881(defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
27882Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
27883Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
27884
27885(defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
27886Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27887Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27888Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27889
27890(defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
27891Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27892XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27893See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27894
27895(defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27896*Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
27897This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
27898\(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
27899`file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
27900if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
27901and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
27902files which are not really tramp files.
27903
27904Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27905this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
27906before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27907updated after changing this variable.
27908
27909Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27910
27911(custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27912
27913(defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
27914Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
27915Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
27916Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
27917
27918(defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
27919Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
27920XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
27921See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
27922
27923(defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
27924*Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
27925This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
27926
27927Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
27928this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
27929before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
27930updated after changing this variable.
27931
27932Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
27933
27934(custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
27935
27936(defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
27937Alist of completion handler functions.
27938Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
27939mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
27940normal Emacs functions.")
27941
27942(defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27943Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
27944First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27945pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27946
27947(defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
27948Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
27949First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
27950pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
27951
27952(autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
27953Invoke Tramp file name handler.
27954Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
27955
27956\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
27957
27958(defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
27959Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
27960Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
27961
27962(defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
27963Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27964
27965(defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
27966Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
27967(tramp-register-file-name-handler)
27968(add-hook
27969 'after-init-hook
27970 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
27971
27972(autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
27973Not documented
27974
27975\(fn)" nil nil)
27976
27977(autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
27978Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
27979
27980\(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
27981
27982(autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
27983Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
27984
27985\(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
27986
27987(autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
27988Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
27989
27990\(fn)" t nil)
27991
27992;;;***
27993
27994;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
27995;;;;;;  (17842 55218))
27996;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
27997
27998(autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
27999Not documented
28000
28001\(fn)" nil nil)
28002
28003;;;***
28004
28005;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18006
28006;;;;;;  55796))
28007;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28008
28009(autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28010Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28011If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28012of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28013If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28014With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28015If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28016any question when restarting the tutorial.
28017
28018If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28019tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28020shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28021
28022When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28023position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28024resumed later.
28025
28026\(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28027
28028;;;***
28029
28030;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28031;;;;;;  "textmodes/two-column.el" (17842 58276))
28032;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28033 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28034 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28035 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28036
28037(autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28038Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28039\\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28040buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28041for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28042When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28043first and the associated buffer to its right.
28044
28045\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28046
28047(autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28048Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28049Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28050accepting the proposed default buffer.
28051
28052\(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28053
28054\(fn)" t nil)
28055
28056(autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28057Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28058Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28059have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28060ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28061value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28062columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28063
28064This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28065write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28066
28067First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28068		       \\___/\\
28069			/    \\
28070   5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28071
28072\(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28073
28074\(fn ARG)" t nil)
28075
28076;;;***
28077
28078;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28079;;;;;;  type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28080;;;;;;  type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28081;;;;;;  type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28082;;;;;;  (17908 29123))
28083;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28084
28085(defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28086Toggle typing break mode.
28087See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28088Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28089use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28090
28091(custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28092
28093(defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28094*Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28095
28096(custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28097
28098(defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28099*Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28100
28101When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28102keystrokes.  If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28103rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28104
28105If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28106asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28107
28108(custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28109
28110(defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28111*Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28112
28113When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28114length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28115overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'.  This provides querying of
28116break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28117
28118(custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28119
28120(defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28121*Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28122This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28123
28124The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28125entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28126the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28127if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached.  If this first value is nil,
28128then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28129elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28130
28131The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28132before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28133scheduled break.  If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28134will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28135
28136Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28137keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28138
28139The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28140guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28141
28142(custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28143
28144(autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28145Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28146This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28147
28148When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28149appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28150user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28151is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28152again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28153to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28154annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28155
28156A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28157No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28158
28159The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28160same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28161reset the keystroke counter.
28162
28163If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28164calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28165make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28166break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28167
28168The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28169schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28170affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28171`type-break-schedule' command.
28172
28173If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28174amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28175that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28176later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28177is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28178or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28179break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28180between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28181the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28182
28183If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28184`type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28185interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28186have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28187together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28188
28189The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28190thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28191the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28192approximate good values for this.
28193
28194There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28195imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28196
28197        `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28198        `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28199        `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28200        `type-break-warning-repeat'
28201        `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28202        `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28203
28204There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28205a typing break occur.  They include:
28206
28207        `type-break-query-mode'
28208        `type-break-query-function'
28209        `type-break-query-interval'
28210
28211The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28212
28213Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28214across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28215sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28216problems.
28217
28218\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28219
28220(autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28221Take a typing break.
28222
28223During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28224`type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28225
28226After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28227as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28228
28229\(fn)" t nil)
28230
28231(autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28232Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28233This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28234scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28235
28236\(fn)" t nil)
28237
28238(autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28239Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28240
28241If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28242many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28243maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28244can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28245tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28246documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28247average typing speed.)
28248
28249From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28250based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28251length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28252the computed maximum threshold.
28253
28254When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28255used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28256fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28257FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
282582 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28259
28260\(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28261
28262;;;***
28263
28264;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28265;;;;;;  "textmodes/underline.el" (17842 58276))
28266;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28267
28268(autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28269Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28270Works by overstriking underscores.
28271Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28272which specify the range to operate on.
28273
28274\(fn START END)" t nil)
28275
28276(autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28277Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28278Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28279which specify the range to operate on.
28280
28281\(fn START END)" t nil)
28282
28283;;;***
28284
28285;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28286;;;;;;  "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17842 55035))
28287;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28288
28289(autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28290Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28291Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28292
28293\(fn)" t nil)
28294
28295(autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28296Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28297This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28298following the containing message.
28299
28300\(fn)" t nil)
28301
28302;;;***
28303
28304;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28305;;;;;;  (17842 55035))
28306;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28307
28308(autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28309Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28310Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28311For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28312is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28313For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28314
28315\(fn)" nil nil)
28316
28317(autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28318Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28319
28320\(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28321
28322;;;***
28323
28324;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17842
28325;;;;;;  54152))
28326;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28327
28328(autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28329Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28330otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.  UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28331of symbols with local bindings.
28332
28333\(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28334
28335;;;***
28336
28337;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28338;;;;;;  "url/url.el" (17842 56569))
28339;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28340
28341(autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28342Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28343URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28344
28345CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28346the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28347with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28348STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28349what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28350or an empty list if no events have occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28351
28352\(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28353\(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28354signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28355
28356Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28357already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28358the callback is not called).
28359
28360The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28361`url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28362request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28363take effect.
28364
28365\(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28366
28367(autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28368Retrieve URL synchronously.
28369Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28370associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28371no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28372
28373\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28374
28375;;;***
28376
28377;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28378;;;;;;  "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17854 10173))
28379;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28380
28381(autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28382Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28383header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28384
28385URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28386       string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28387       `url-generic-parse-url'
28388REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28389       string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28390       specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28391       realm
28392TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28393       representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28394       to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28395       the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28396       wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28397       what type of auth to use
28398PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28399       if one cannot be found in the cache
28400
28401\(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28402
28403(autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28404Register an HTTP authentication method.
28405
28406TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.   This
28407         should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28408         header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28409FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.  This
28410         defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28411RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28412         This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28413         URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28414
28415\(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28416
28417;;;***
28418
28419;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28420;;;;;;  url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17842
28421;;;;;;  56569))
28422;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28423
28424(autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28425Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28426
28427\(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28428
28429(autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28430Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28431
28432\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28433
28434(autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28435Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28436
28437\(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28438
28439(autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28440Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28441
28442\(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28443
28444;;;***
28445
28446;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17842 56569))
28447;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28448
28449(autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28450Not documented
28451
28452\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28453
28454;;;***
28455
28456;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28457;;;;;;  "url/url-dav.el" (17842 56569))
28458;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28459
28460(autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28461Not documented
28462
28463\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28464
28465(autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28466Not documented
28467
28468\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28469
28470;;;***
28471
28472;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17842
28473;;;;;;  56569))
28474;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28475
28476(autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28477Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28478
28479\(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28480
28481;;;***
28482
28483;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28484;;;;;;  "url/url-gw.el" (17842 56569))
28485;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28486
28487(autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28488Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28489
28490\(fn HOST)" t nil)
28491
28492(autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28493Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28494Args per `open-network-stream'.
28495Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28496Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28497
28498\(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28499
28500;;;***
28501
28502;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28503;;;;;;  url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17842
28504;;;;;;  56569))
28505;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28506
28507(defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28508Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28509See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28510Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28511either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28512or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28513
28514(custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28515
28516(autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28517Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28518
28519\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28520
28521(autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28522Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
28523Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28524unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28525A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28526This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28527Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28528last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
28529A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28530
28531\(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28532
28533(autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28534Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28535Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28536accessible.
28537
28538\(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28539
28540(autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28541Not documented
28542
28543\(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28544
28545;;;***
28546
28547;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28548;;;;;;  url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17952 11683))
28549;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28550
28551(autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28552Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28553URL must be a parsed URL.  See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28554When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28555CBARGS as the arguments.
28556
28557\(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28558
28559(autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28560Not documented
28561
28562\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28563
28564(defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28565
28566(autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28567Not documented
28568
28569\(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28570
28571(autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28572Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28573This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28574
28575Property list members:
28576
28577methods
28578  A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28579  supports.
28580
28581dav
28582  A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28583  supported.
28584
28585dasl
28586  A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28587
28588ranges
28589  A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28590
28591p3p
28592  The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28593  Currently this is just the raw header contents.  This is likely to
28594  change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28595  Emacs/W3.
28596
28597\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28598
28599(defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28600Default HTTPS port.")
28601
28602(defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28603HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28604
28605(defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28606 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28607 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28608 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28609 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28610
28611;;;***
28612
28613;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17842 56569))
28614;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28615
28616(autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28617Not documented
28618
28619\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28620
28621;;;***
28622
28623;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17842
28624;;;;;;  56569))
28625;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28626
28627(autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28628Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28629The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28630URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28631`url-generic-parse-url'.
28632
28633\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28634
28635;;;***
28636
28637;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28638;;;;;;  (18012 18089))
28639;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28640
28641(autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28642Not documented
28643
28644\(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28645
28646(autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28647Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28648
28649\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28650
28651;;;***
28652
28653;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28654;;;;;;  url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17842 56569))
28655;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28656
28657(autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28658Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28659
28660\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28661
28662(autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28663Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28664
28665\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28666
28667(autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28668Not documented
28669
28670\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28671
28672(defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28673
28674(defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28675
28676(defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28677
28678(autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28679Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28680
28681\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28682
28683;;;***
28684
28685;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28686;;;;;;  (17842 56569))
28687;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28688
28689(autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28690Not documented
28691
28692\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28693
28694(autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28695Not documented
28696
28697\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28698
28699;;;***
28700
28701;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28702;;;;;;  dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28703;;;;;;  (17842 56569))
28704;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28705
28706(autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28707Not documented
28708
28709\(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28710
28711(autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28712Not documented
28713
28714\(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28715
28716(autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
28717Not documented
28718
28719\(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28720
28721(autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
28722Not documented
28723
28724\(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28725
28726(autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
28727Not documented
28728
28729\(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
28730
28731(autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
28732Not documented
28733
28734\(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
28735
28736(autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
28737Not documented
28738
28739\(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
28740
28741;;;***
28742
28743;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
28744;;;;;;  "url/url-parse.el" (17954 22157))
28745;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
28746
28747(autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
28748Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
28749
28750\(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
28751
28752(autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
28753Return a vector of the parts of URL.
28754Format is:
28755\[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
28756
28757\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28758
28759;;;***
28760
28761;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
28762;;;;;;  (17842 56569))
28763;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
28764
28765(autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
28766Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
28767
28768\(fn)" t nil)
28769
28770;;;***
28771
28772;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
28773;;;;;;  url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
28774;;;;;;  url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
28775;;;;;;  url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
28776;;;;;;  url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
28777;;;;;;  url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
28778;;;;;;  (17842 56569))
28779;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
28780
28781(defvar url-debug nil "\
28782*What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
28783Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
28784
28785If t, all messages will be logged.
28786If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
28787If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
28788
28789(custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
28790
28791(autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
28792Not documented
28793
28794\(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28795
28796(autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
28797Not documented
28798
28799\(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
28800
28801(autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
28802Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
28803Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
28804  an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
28805  conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
28806    &  ==>  &amp;
28807    <  ==>  &lt;
28808    >  ==>  &gt;
28809    \"  ==>  &quot;
28810
28811\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28812
28813(autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
28814Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
28815Strips out default port numbers, etc.
28816
28817\(fn URL)" nil nil)
28818
28819(autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
28820Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
28821Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
28822
28823\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28824
28825(autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
28826Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
28827
28828\(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
28829
28830(autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
28831Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
28832
28833\(fn X)" nil nil)
28834
28835(autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
28836Remove spaces at the front of a string.
28837
28838\(fn X)" nil nil)
28839
28840(autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
28841Not documented
28842
28843\(fn N)" nil nil)
28844
28845(autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
28846Not documented
28847
28848\(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28849
28850(autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
28851Not documented
28852
28853\(fn X Y)" nil nil)
28854
28855(autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
28856Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
28857
28858\(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
28859
28860(autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
28861Not documented
28862
28863\(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28864
28865(autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
28866Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
28867If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
28868decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
28869forbidden in URL encoding.
28870
28871\(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
28872
28873(autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
28874Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
28875First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary.  Then, for each
28876character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
28877are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
28878string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
28879
28880\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28881
28882(autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
28883Return the filename extension of FNAME.
28884If optional variable X is t,
28885then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
28886
28887\(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
28888
28889(autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
28890Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
28891WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
28892
28893\(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
28894
28895(autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
28896View the current document's URL.
28897Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
28898the minibuffer.
28899
28900This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
28901
28902\(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
28903
28904;;;***
28905
28906;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
28907;;;;;;  "userlock" "userlock.el" (17842 58278))
28908;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
28909
28910(autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
28911Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
28912This function has a choice of three things to do:
28913  do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
28914    to refrain from editing the file
28915  return t (grab the lock on the file)
28916  return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
28917You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
28918in any way you like.
28919
28920\(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
28921
28922(autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
28923Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
28924This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
28925of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
28926in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
28927
28928You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
28929The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
28930
28931\(fn FN)" nil nil)
28932
28933;;;***
28934
28935;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17842 54888))
28936;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
28937(autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
28938
28939;;;***
28940
28941;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
28942;;;;;;  uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
28943;;;;;;  (17855 50203))
28944;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
28945
28946(autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
28947Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
28948If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
28949used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
28950
28951\(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28952
28953(autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
28954Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
28955If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28956
28957\(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28958
28959(autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
28960Uudecode region between START and END.
28961If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
28962
28963\(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
28964
28965;;;***
28966
28967;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
28968;;;;;;  vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
28969;;;;;;  vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
28970;;;;;;  vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
28971;;;;;;  vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
28972;;;;;;  with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
28973;;;;;;  vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17992 30877))
28974;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
28975
28976(defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
28977Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
28978See `run-hooks'.")
28979
28980(custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
28981
28982(defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
28983Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
28984See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
28985
28986(custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28987
28988(defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
28989Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
28990See `run-hooks'.")
28991
28992(custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
28993
28994(autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
28995Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
28996
28997\(fn REV)" nil nil)
28998
28999(autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29000Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29001
29002\(fn REV)" nil nil)
29003
29004(autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29005Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29006Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29007FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29008`save-excursion'.  If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29009somebody else, signal error.
29010
29011\(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29012
29013(autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29014Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29015Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29016This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29017However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29018
29019\(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29020
29021(autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29022Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29023Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29024current buffer if BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not
29025already current, set it up properly and erase it.  The command is
29026considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29027OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29028means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29029ignore all execution errors).  FILE is the
29030name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29031don't expect a file name).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29032that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29033
29034\(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29035
29036(autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29037Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29038
29039If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29040it will operate on the file in the current line.
29041
29042If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29043files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29044each one.  The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29045or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts.  Attempted
29046lock steals will raise an error.
29047
29048A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29049
29050For RCS and SCCS files:
29051   If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29052control.
29053   If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29054a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29055   If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29056first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout.  If not,
29057it performs a revert.
29058   If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29059of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29060resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary.  If
29061the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29062read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29063   If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29064the option to steal the lock.
29065
29066For CVS files:
29067   If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29068control.  This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29069   If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29070   If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29071unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29072message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29073with the logmessage as change commentary.  A writable file is retained.
29074   If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29075merge in the changes into your working copy.
29076
29077\(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29078
29079(autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29080Register the current file into a version control system.
29081With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29082level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29083
29084The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29085`vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29086itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29087directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29088register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29089first backend that could register the file is used.
29090
29091\(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29092
29093(autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29094Display diffs between file versions.
29095Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29096recent checked in version of that file.  This uses no arguments.  With
29097a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29098version designators specifying which versions to compare.  The
29099optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29100saving the buffer.
29101
29102\(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29103
29104(autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29105Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29106If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29107If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29108
29109\(fn REV)" t nil)
29110
29111(autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29112Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29113Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29114the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29115
29116\(fn)" t nil)
29117
29118(autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29119Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29120This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the
29121first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29122branch.  If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29123from the current branch.
29124
29125See Info node `Merging'.
29126
29127\(fn)" t nil)
29128
29129(defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29130
29131(autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29132Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29133
29134See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29135
29136With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29137`dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29138
29139\(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29140
29141(autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29142Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29143For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29144becomes part of the named configuration.  If the prefix argument
29145BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29146are checked out in that new branch.
29147
29148\(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29149
29150(autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29151Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29152If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29153If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29154locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29155allowed and simply skipped).
29156
29157\(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29158
29159(autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29160List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29161If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29162
29163\(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29164
29165(autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29166Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29167This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29168to that version.  This function does not automatically pick up newer
29169changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29170
29171\(fn)" t nil)
29172
29173(autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29174Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29175If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29176the working file with the latest version on its branch.  If the file contains
29177changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29178the current branch are merged into the working file.
29179
29180\(fn)" t nil)
29181
29182(autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29183Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29184A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29185
29186\(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29187
29188(autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29189Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29190FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29191permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29192VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29193By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29194To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29195
29196\(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29197
29198(autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29199Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29200If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29201\(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29202NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29203base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29204backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29205backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29206\(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29207
29208\(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29209
29210(autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29211Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29212
29213\(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29214
29215(autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29216Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29217Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29218directory.
29219
29220With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29221
29222With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29223files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29224log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29225
29226From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29227log entries should be gathered.
29228
29229\(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29230
29231(autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29232Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29233
29234This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29235file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29236used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29237youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29238default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29239everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29240
29241With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29242minibuffer.  First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29243displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29244\(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29245you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29246should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29247over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29248age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29249
29250Customization variables:
29251
29252`vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29253mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29254`vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29255colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29256
29257\(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29258
29259;;;***
29260
29261;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17930 34221))
29262;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29263 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29264  (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29265      (progn
29266        (load "vc-arch")
29267        (vc-arch-registered file))))
29268
29269;;;***
29270
29271;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17842 58278))
29272;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29273 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29274  (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29275 			  "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29276      (load "vc-cvs")
29277      (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29278
29279;;;***
29280
29281;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17842 58278))
29282;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29283 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29284  (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29285      (progn
29286        (load "vc-mcvs")
29287        (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29288
29289;;;***
29290
29291;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29292;;;;;;  (17925 15266))
29293;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29294
29295(defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29296*Where to look for RCS master files.
29297For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29298
29299(custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29300 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29301
29302;;;***
29303
29304;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29305;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
29306;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29307
29308(defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29309*Where to look for SCCS master files.
29310For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29311
29312(custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29313 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29314
29315(defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29316Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29317Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29318find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29319
29320;;;***
29321
29322;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17881 64914))
29323;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29324 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29325  (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29326                               (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29327                          "_svn")
29328                         (t ".svn"))))
29329    (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29330                            (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29331                            (file-name-directory f)))
29332      (load "vc-svn")
29333      (vc-svn-registered f))))
29334
29335(add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29336
29337;;;***
29338
29339;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29340;;;;;;  (17962 27361))
29341;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29342
29343(autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29344Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29345
29346Usage:
29347------
29348
29349  TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29350    After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29351    arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
29352    `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29353    template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
29354    brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
29355    mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29356    empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
29357    electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29358
29359      Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29360    template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
29361    electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29362    setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29363
29364      Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29365    bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29366    the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29367    `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29368    conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29369
29370      Template styles can be customized in customization group
29371    `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29372
29373
29374  HEADER INSERTION:
29375    A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
29376    (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29377    See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29378
29379
29380  STUTTERING:
29381    Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29382    Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29383    option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29384    the modeline.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29385
29386      ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
29387      ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
29388      ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
29389      ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
29390      ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
29391
29392
29393  WORD COMPLETION:
29394    Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29395    word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29396    Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
29397    works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29398
29399      Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29400    expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
29401    standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29402    (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29403    beginning with \"std\").
29404
29405      Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29406    beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29407    inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29408    stop.
29409
29410
29411  COMMENTS:
29412        `--'       puts a single comment.
29413        `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29414        `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29415                   with a comment in between.
29416        `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
29417                   out following lines.
29418        `C-c c'    comments out a region if not commented out,
29419                   uncomments a region if already commented out.
29420
29421      You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29422    variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29423    specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29424    Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29425    begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29426    non-nil.
29427
29428      Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29429    are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
29430    maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
29431    will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29432    in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
29433    multi-line comments.
29434
29435
29436  INDENTATION:
29437    `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
29438    indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
29439    always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29440    `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29441
29442      Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29443    (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
29444    indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29445    according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29446
29447      If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29448    tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29449    and vice versa.
29450
29451      Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
29452    `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29453
29454
29455  ALIGNMENT:
29456    The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29457    to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29458    separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29459    indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29460    a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29461    C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
29462    C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29463    for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29464
29465      If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29466    separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29467    aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29468    blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
29469    are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29470    is non-nil.
29471
29472      Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29473    `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29474    `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29475
29476      `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
29477    symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29478
29479
29480  CODE FILLING:
29481    Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29482    maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29483    lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29484    enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29485    blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29486    `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29487
29488
29489  CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29490    `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29491    buffer respectively.  This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29492    fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29493    command:
29494
29495      emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29496
29497
29498  PORT TRANSLATION:
29499    Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29500    copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29501    as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29502    signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29503    internal signal initializations (menu).
29504
29505      To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29506    `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
29507    see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29508
29509      A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29510    flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
29511    direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29512    outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
29513    reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29514    in subsequent paste operations.)
29515
29516      Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29517    design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29518    to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29519
29520
29521  SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29522    Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29523    subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
29524    and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29525    association list with formals).
29526
29527
29528  TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29529    A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
29530    testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29531    configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
29532    instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29533    declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
29534    names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29535    structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29536   `vhdl-testbench'.
29537
29538
29539  KEY BINDINGS:
29540    Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29541
29542
29543  VHDL MENU:
29544    All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29545
29546
29547  FILE BROWSER:
29548    The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
29549    be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29550    `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29551
29552      In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29553    browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29554
29555
29556  DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29557    The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29558    contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29559    projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29560
29561      The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29562    project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29563    `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29564
29565      In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29566    their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
29567    from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
29568    complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29569
29570      The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29571    file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
29572    hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29573    speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29574    options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29575
29576      Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29577    multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29578    required by secondary units.
29579
29580
29581  STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29582    Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29583    for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29584    instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29585    (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
29586    all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29587    and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29588      - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29589        connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29590      - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29591        inputs to this component -> input port created
29592      - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29593        outputs from this component -> output port created
29594      - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29595        considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29596
29597      Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29598    create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29599    strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29600    component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29601    browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29602
29603      Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29604    components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29605
29606      Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29607    `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29608    an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
29609    component instantiation is also supported (option
29610    `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29611
29612|     Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29613|   the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29614|   the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
29615|   configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29616|   component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29617|   `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29618|   (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
29619|   subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29620|   (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
29621|   can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29622|   generating the configuration.
29623|
29624|     Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29625|   declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29626|   configurations in speedbar.
29627
29628      See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29629
29630
29631  SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29632    The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29633    compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
29634    option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
29635    `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29636    command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29637    information.  New compilers can be added.
29638
29639      All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29640    command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29641
29642
29643  MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29644    Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29645    routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
29646    obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
29647    customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29648
29649      Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29650    command:
29651
29652        emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29653              [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29654              -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29655
29656      The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29657    target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29658    library directory if not existent.  The Makefile also includes a target
29659    for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29660    unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29661    a design specified by a configuration).  User specific parts can be
29662    inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29663
29664    Limitations:
29665      - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29666        considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29667        not (yet) supported.
29668      - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29669        but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29670      - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29671
29672
29673  PROJECTS:
29674    Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29675    project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29676    the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
29677    description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29678    (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29679    compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29680    specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29681    `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29682
29683      Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29684    Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29685    can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
29686    Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29687    vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29688    automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29689    `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
29690    files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
29691    project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29692    This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29693    `vhdl-project-alist'.
29694
29695
29696  SPECIAL MENUES:
29697    As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29698    option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29699    (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29700    file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29701    larger than `font-lock-maximum-size').  Also, a source file menu can be
29702    added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29703    current directory for VHDL source files.
29704
29705
29706  VHDL STANDARDS:
29707    The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29708    Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29709
29710
29711  KEYWORD CASE:
29712    Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29713    and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
29714    `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
29715    lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
29716    types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
29717    types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
29718    region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
29719    `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
29720
29721
29722  HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
29723    Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
29724    function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
29725    as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
29726    different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
29727    parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
29728    highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
29729
29730      Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
29731    that should be avoided) can be specified in option
29732    `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
29733    a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
29734    keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
29735    `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
29736
29737      Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
29738    syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
29739    option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
29740    establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
29741    of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
29742    visually.
29743
29744      Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
29745    to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
29746    highlighted if written in lower case.
29747
29748      Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
29749    highlighted using a different background color if option
29750    `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
29751
29752      For documentation and customization of the used colors see
29753    customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
29754    highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
29755    `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
29756    option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
29757
29758
29759  USER MODELS:
29760    VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
29761    in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
29762    electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
29763
29764
29765  HIDE/SHOW:
29766    The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
29767    instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
29768    be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
29769    the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
29770    functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
29771
29772
29773  CODE UPDATING:
29774    - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
29775      current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
29776      Limitations:
29777        - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
29778          architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
29779        - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
29780          Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
29781        - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
29782      Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
29783      (used to obtain the port names).
29784
29785
29786  CODE FIXING:
29787    `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
29788    (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
29789
29790
29791  PRINTING:
29792    Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
29793    used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
29794    `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
29795    postscript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
29796    appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
29797    The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
29798    switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
29799    printers.
29800
29801
29802  OPTIONS:
29803    User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
29804    accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
29805    and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
29806    customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
29807    sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
29808
29809      Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
29810    the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
29811    customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
29812    after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
29813    Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
29814    INSTALL file).
29815
29816      Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
29817    what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
29818
29819
29820  FILE EXTENSIONS:
29821    As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
29822    automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
29823    \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
29824
29825      (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
29826
29827
29828  HINTS:
29829    - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
29830      a VHDL file first, use the command:
29831
29832        emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
29833
29834    - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
29835
29836    - Some features only work on properly indented code.
29837
29838
29839  RELEASE NOTES:
29840    See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
29841
29842
29843Maintenance:
29844------------
29845
29846To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
29847Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29848
29849Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
29850
29851The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
29852The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
29853releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
29854to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
29855
29856VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
29857http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
29858where the latest version can be found.
29859
29860
29861Known problems:
29862---------------
29863
29864- Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
29865- XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
29866- XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
29867
29868
29869                                                The VHDL Mode Authors
29870                                            Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
29871
29872Key bindings:
29873-------------
29874
29875\\{vhdl-mode-map}
29876
29877\(fn)" t nil)
29878
29879;;;***
29880
29881;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17788 40208))
29882;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
29883
29884(autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
29885Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
29886The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
29887the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
29888
29889This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
29890It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
29891\(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
29892Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
29893is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
29894
29895To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
29896Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
29897
29898Major differences between this mode and real vi :
29899
29900* Limitations and unsupported features
29901  - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
29902    not supported.
29903  - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
29904  - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
29905
29906* Modifications
29907  - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
29908    pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
29909    Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
29910  - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
29911    to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
29912    for undoing a repeated change command.
29913  - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
29914    in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
29915  - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
29916
29917* Extensions
29918  - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
29919    incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
29920  - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
29921    esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
29922  - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
29923    `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
29924    `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
29925  - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
29926
29927Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
29928
29929\(fn)" t nil)
29930
29931;;;***
29932
29933;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
29934;;;;;;  viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
29935;;;;;;  viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
29936;;;;;;  "language/viet-util.el" (17842 58278))
29937;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
29938
29939(autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
29940Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
29941
29942\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
29943
29944(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29945Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
29946When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29947positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29948
29949\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29950
29951(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29952Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
29953
29954\(fn)" t nil)
29955
29956(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
29957Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29958When called from a program, expects two arguments,
29959positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
29960
29961\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29962
29963(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
29964Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
29965
29966\(fn)" t nil)
29967
29968(autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29969Not documented
29970
29971\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29972
29973(autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
29974Not documented
29975
29976\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29977
29978;;;***
29979
29980;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
29981;;;;;;  view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
29982;;;;;;  view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18006
29983;;;;;;  55796))
29984;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
29985
29986(defvar view-mode nil "\
29987Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
29988Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
29989functions that enable or disable view mode.")
29990
29991(make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
29992
29993(autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
29994View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
29995Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
29996a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
29997are defined for moving around in the buffer.
29998Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
29999For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30000
30001This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30002
30003\(fn FILE)" t nil)
30004
30005(autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30006View FILE in View mode in another window.
30007Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30008Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30009a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30010are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30011Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30012For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30013
30014This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30015
30016\(fn FILE)" t nil)
30017
30018(autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30019View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30020Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30021Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30022a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30023are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30024Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30025For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30026
30027This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30028
30029\(fn FILE)" t nil)
30030
30031(autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30032View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30033Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30034a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30035are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30036Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30037For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30038
30039This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30040
30041Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30042argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30043Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30044
30045\(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30046
30047(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30048View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30049Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30050Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30051a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30052are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30053Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30054For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30055
30056This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30057
30058Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30059argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30060Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30061
30062\(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30063
30064(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30065View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30066Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30067Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30068a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30069are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30070Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30071For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30072
30073This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30074
30075Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30076argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30077Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30078
30079\(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30080
30081(autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30082Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30083With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30084
30085Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30086Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete.  Other commands
30087\(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30088read-only.
30089\\<view-mode-map>
30090The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands take prefix
30091arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30092window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].  Half page commands default to
30093and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full.  Search
30094commands default to a repeat count of one.
30095
30096H, h, ?	 This message.
30097Digits	provide prefix arguments.
30098\\[negative-argument]	negative prefix argument.
30099\\[beginning-of-buffer]	move to the beginning of buffer.
30100>	move to the end of buffer.
30101\\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]	scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30102SPC	scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30103	  With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30104DEL	scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30105	  With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30106\\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]	like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30107\\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]	like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30108\\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]	scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30109	  \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30110\\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]	scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30111	  \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30112RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30113y	scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30114\\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]	revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30115	  Use this to view a changing file.
30116\\[what-line]	prints the current line number.
30117\\[View-goto-percent]	goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30118\\[View-goto-line]	goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30119.	set the mark.
30120x	exchanges point and mark.
30121\\[View-back-to-mark]	return to mark and pops mark ring.
30122	  Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30123	  jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30124\\[point-to-register]	save current position in character register.
30125'	go to position saved in character register.
30126s	do forward incremental search.
30127r	do reverse incremental search.
30128\\[View-search-regexp-forward]	searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30129	  ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30130	  ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
30131	  search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30132\\	searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30133\\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]	searches forward for last regular expression.
30134p	searches backward for last regular expression.
30135\\[View-quit]	quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30136	  \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30137\\[View-exit]	exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
30138	  viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30139	  This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30140\\[View-exit-and-edit]	exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30141	  even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30142\\[View-quit-all]	quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30143\\[View-leave]	quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30144\\[View-kill-and-leave]	quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30145
30146The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
30147entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30148\\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30149\\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30150then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30151If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30152\\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30153\\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30154then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30155
30156Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30157
30158\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30159
30160(autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30161Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30162If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30163`view-return-to-alist'.
30164Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30165It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30166This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30167
30168RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30169it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30170WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30171OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30172OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting.  It is one of:
301731) nil       Do nothing.
301742) t         Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
301753) (OLD-BUFF START POINT)  Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30176                           starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
301774) quit-window   Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30178
30179For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30180
30181This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30182
30183\(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30184
30185(autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30186Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30187
30188\(fn)" t nil)
30189
30190;;;***
30191
30192;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17842
30193;;;;;;  54264))
30194;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30195
30196(autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30197Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30198
30199\(fn)" nil nil)
30200
30201(autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30202Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30203
30204\(fn)" t nil)
30205
30206;;;***
30207
30208;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30209;;;;;;  (17921 23052))
30210;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30211
30212(autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30213Toggle Viper on/off.
30214If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
30215
30216\(fn)" t nil)
30217
30218(autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30219Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30220
30221\(fn)" t nil)
30222
30223;;;***
30224
30225;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30226;;;;;;  (17935 13348))
30227;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30228
30229(defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30230Function to generate warning prefixes.
30231This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30232the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30233and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30234The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30235and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
30236the beginning of the warning.")
30237
30238(defvar warning-series nil "\
30239Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30240A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30241which is the start of the current series; it means that
30242additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30243t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30244A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30245also call that function before the next warning.")
30246
30247(defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30248Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30249
30250(defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30251Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30252The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30253message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30254
30255(autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30256Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30257TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30258or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30259\(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30260only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30261
30262LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30263\(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30264Default is :warning.
30265
30266:emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30267	      if you do not attend to it promptly.
30268:error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30269:warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30270	      but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30271:debug     -- info for debugging only.
30272
30273BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30274the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
30275has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30276
30277See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30278
30279See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30280`warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30281
30282\(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30283
30284(autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30285Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30286Aside from generating the message with `format',
30287this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30288
30289TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30290or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30291\(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30292can be whatever you like.)
30293
30294LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30295\(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30296
30297:emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30298	      if you do not attend to it promptly.
30299:error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
30300:warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30301:debug     -- info for debugging only.
30302
30303\(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30304
30305(autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30306Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30307Aside from generating the message with `format',
30308this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30309`emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30310
30311\(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30312
30313;;;***
30314
30315;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30316;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
30317;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30318
30319(autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30320Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30321\\<wdired-mode-map>
30322This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30323typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30324in disk.
30325
30326See `wdired-mode'.
30327
30328\(fn)" t nil)
30329
30330;;;***
30331
30332;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17842 55218))
30333;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30334
30335(autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30336Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30337
30338See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30339hotlist.
30340
30341Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30342<nwv@acm.org>.
30343
30344\(fn)" t nil)
30345
30346;;;***
30347
30348;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30349;;;;;;  (17842 56332))
30350;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30351 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30352 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30353
30354(defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30355
30356(defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30357Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30358See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30359Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30360either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30361or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30362
30363(custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30364
30365(autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30366Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30367When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30368continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30369
30370With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30371and off otherwise.
30372
30373\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30374
30375;;;***
30376
30377;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30378;;;;;;  whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30379;;;;;;  whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30380;;;;;;  whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30381;;;;;;  whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30382;;;;;;  (17925 15266))
30383;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30384
30385(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30386Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30387
30388\(fn)" t nil)
30389
30390(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30391Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30392
30393\(fn)" t nil)
30394
30395(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30396Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30397
30398\(fn)" t nil)
30399
30400(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30401Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30402
30403\(fn)" t nil)
30404
30405(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30406Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30407
30408\(fn)" t nil)
30409
30410(autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30411Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30412These are:
304131. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
304142. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
304153. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
304164. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
304175. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30418
30419Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30420and:
304211. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
304222. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30423
30424\(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30425
30426(autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30427Check the region for whitespace errors.
30428
30429\(fn S E)" t nil)
30430
30431(autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30432Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30433It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30434when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30435See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30436
30437\(fn)" t nil)
30438
30439(autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30440Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30441
30442\(fn S E)" t nil)
30443
30444(defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30445
30446(defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30447Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30448See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30449Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30450either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30451or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30452
30453(custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30454
30455(autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30456Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30457With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30458
30459When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30460`find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30461
30462\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30463
30464(autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30465Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30466This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30467
30468\(fn)" t nil)
30469
30470;;;***
30471
30472;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30473;;;;;;  widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17842 58278))
30474;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30475
30476(autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30477Browse the widget under point.
30478
30479\(fn POS)" t nil)
30480
30481(autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30482Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30483
30484\(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30485
30486(autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30487Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30488
30489\(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30490
30491(autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30492Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30493With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30494
30495\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30496
30497;;;***
30498
30499;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30500;;;;;;  widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17952
30501;;;;;;  11093))
30502;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30503
30504(autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30505Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30506
30507\(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30508
30509(autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30510Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30511The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30512
30513\(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30514
30515(autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30516Create widget of TYPE.
30517The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30518
30519\(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30520
30521(autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30522Delete WIDGET.
30523
30524\(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30525
30526(autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30527Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30528
30529\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30530
30531(defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30532
30533(defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "	" (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "	" (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map "
30534" (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30535Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30536Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30537
30538(autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30539Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30540
30541\(fn)" nil nil)
30542
30543;;;***
30544
30545;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30546;;;;;;  windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17842
30547;;;;;;  58278))
30548;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30549
30550(autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30551Select the window to the left of the current one.
30552With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30553\"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30554it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30555\(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30556If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30557
30558\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30559
30560(autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30561Select the window above the current one.
30562With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30563is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30564relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30565negative ARG) of the current window.
30566If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30567
30568\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30569
30570(autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30571Select the window to the right of the current one.
30572With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30573\"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30574otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30575bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30576If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30577
30578\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30579
30580(autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30581Select the window below the current one.
30582With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30583\"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30584it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30585\(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30586If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30587
30588\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30589
30590(autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30591Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30592Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30593Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30594
30595\(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30596
30597;;;***
30598
30599;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30600;;;;;;  (17842 58278))
30601;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30602
30603(defvar winner-mode nil "\
30604Toggle Winner mode.
30605Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30606use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30607
30608(custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30609
30610(autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30611Toggle Winner mode.
30612With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30613
30614\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30615
30616;;;***
30617
30618;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30619;;;;;;  "woman.el" (17949 41467))
30620;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30621
30622(autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30623Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30624The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30625Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30626topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30627`woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30628speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30629updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30630
30631Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30632should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30633
30634\(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30635
30636(autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30637In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30638
30639\(fn)" t nil)
30640
30641(autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30642Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30643Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30644When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30645of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30646No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30647decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
30648`woman' command for further details.
30649
30650\(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30651
30652;;;***
30653
30654;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30655;;;;;;  (17842 54264))
30656;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30657
30658(autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30659Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30660
30661BUGS:
30662 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30663   are not implemented
30664 - Options for search and replace
30665 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30666 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30667
30668No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30669Emacs-like.
30670
30671The key bindings are:
30672
30673  C-a		backward-word
30674  C-b		fill-paragraph
30675  C-c		scroll-up-line
30676  C-d		forward-char
30677  C-e		previous-line
30678  C-f		forward-word
30679  C-g		delete-char
30680  C-h		backward-char
30681  C-i		indent-for-tab-command
30682  C-j		help-for-help
30683  C-k		ordstar-C-k-map
30684  C-l		ws-repeat-search
30685  C-n		open-line
30686  C-p		quoted-insert
30687  C-r		scroll-down-line
30688  C-s		backward-char
30689  C-t		kill-word
30690  C-u		keyboard-quit
30691  C-v		overwrite-mode
30692  C-w		scroll-down
30693  C-x		next-line
30694  C-y		kill-complete-line
30695  C-z		scroll-up
30696
30697  C-k 0		ws-set-marker-0
30698  C-k 1		ws-set-marker-1
30699  C-k 2		ws-set-marker-2
30700  C-k 3		ws-set-marker-3
30701  C-k 4		ws-set-marker-4
30702  C-k 5		ws-set-marker-5
30703  C-k 6		ws-set-marker-6
30704  C-k 7		ws-set-marker-7
30705  C-k 8		ws-set-marker-8
30706  C-k 9		ws-set-marker-9
30707  C-k b		ws-begin-block
30708  C-k c		ws-copy-block
30709  C-k d		save-buffers-kill-emacs
30710  C-k f		find-file
30711  C-k h		ws-show-markers
30712  C-k i		ws-indent-block
30713  C-k k		ws-end-block
30714  C-k p		ws-print-block
30715  C-k q		kill-emacs
30716  C-k r		insert-file
30717  C-k s		save-some-buffers
30718  C-k t		ws-mark-word
30719  C-k u		ws-exdent-block
30720  C-k C-u	keyboard-quit
30721  C-k v		ws-move-block
30722  C-k w		ws-write-block
30723  C-k x		kill-emacs
30724  C-k y		ws-delete-block
30725
30726  C-o c		wordstar-center-line
30727  C-o b		switch-to-buffer
30728  C-o j		justify-current-line
30729  C-o k		kill-buffer
30730  C-o l		list-buffers
30731  C-o m		auto-fill-mode
30732  C-o r		set-fill-column
30733  C-o C-u	keyboard-quit
30734  C-o wd	delete-other-windows
30735  C-o wh	split-window-horizontally
30736  C-o wo	other-window
30737  C-o wv	split-window-vertically
30738
30739  C-q 0		ws-find-marker-0
30740  C-q 1		ws-find-marker-1
30741  C-q 2		ws-find-marker-2
30742  C-q 3		ws-find-marker-3
30743  C-q 4		ws-find-marker-4
30744  C-q 5		ws-find-marker-5
30745  C-q 6		ws-find-marker-6
30746  C-q 7		ws-find-marker-7
30747  C-q 8		ws-find-marker-8
30748  C-q 9		ws-find-marker-9
30749  C-q a		ws-query-replace
30750  C-q b		ws-to-block-begin
30751  C-q c		end-of-buffer
30752  C-q d		end-of-line
30753  C-q f		ws-search
30754  C-q k		ws-to-block-end
30755  C-q l		ws-undo
30756  C-q p		ws-last-cursorp
30757  C-q r		beginning-of-buffer
30758  C-q C-u	keyboard-quit
30759  C-q w		ws-last-error
30760  C-q y		ws-kill-eol
30761  C-q DEL	ws-kill-bol
30762
30763\(fn)" t nil)
30764
30765;;;***
30766
30767;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
30768;;;;;;  (17916 14776))
30769;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
30770
30771(autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
30772Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
30773If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
30774Returns the top node with all its children.
30775If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
30776If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30777
30778\(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30779
30780(autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
30781Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
30782If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
30783Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
30784is not well-formed XML.
30785If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
30786and returned as the first element of the list.
30787If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
30788
30789\(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
30790
30791;;;***
30792
30793;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18007
30794;;;;;;  39657))
30795;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
30796
30797(defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
30798Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
30799See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30800Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30801either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30802or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
30803
30804(custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
30805
30806(autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
30807Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
30808With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
30809
30810Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
30811This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
30812works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
30813single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
30814mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
30815down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
30816
30817\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30818
30819;;;***
30820
30821;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
30822;;;;;;  "gnus/yenc.el" (17842 54741))
30823;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
30824
30825(autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
30826Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
30827
30828\(fn START END)" t nil)
30829
30830(autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
30831Extract file name from an yenc header.
30832
30833\(fn)" nil nil)
30834
30835;;;***
30836
30837;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
30838;;;;;;  yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17842 55395))
30839;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
30840
30841(autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
30842Return or display a random Zippy quotation.  With prefix arg, insert it.
30843
30844\(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
30845
30846(autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
30847Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
30848
30849\(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
30850
30851(autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
30852Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
30853If called interactively, display a list of matches.
30854
30855\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
30856
30857(autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
30858Zippy goes to the analyst.
30859
30860\(fn)" t nil)
30861
30862;;;***
30863
30864;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17941 38806))
30865;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
30866
30867(autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
30868Zone out, completely.
30869
30870\(fn)" t nil)
30871
30872;;;***
30873
30874;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
30875;;;;;;  "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
30876;;;;;;  "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
30877;;;;;;  "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
30878;;;;;;  "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
30879;;;;;;  "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
30880;;;;;;  "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
30881;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
30882;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
30883;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
30884;;;;;;  "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
30885;;;;;;  "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
30886;;;;;;  "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
30887;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
30888;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
30889;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
30890;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
30891;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
30892;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
30893;;;;;;  "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
30894;;;;;;  "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
30895;;;;;;  "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
30896;;;;;;  "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
30897;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
30898;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
30899;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
30900;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
30901;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
30902;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
30903;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
30904;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
30905;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
30906;;;;;;  "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
30907;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
30908;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
30909;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
30910;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
30911;;;;;;  "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
30912;;;;;;  "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
30913;;;;;;  "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
30914;;;;;;  "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
30915;;;;;;  "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
30916;;;;;;  "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
30917;;;;;;  "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
30918;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
30919;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
30920;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
30921;;;;;;  "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
30922;;;;;;  "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
30923;;;;;;  "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
30924;;;;;;  "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
30925;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
30926;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
30927;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
30928;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
30929;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
30930;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
30931;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
30932;;;;;;  "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
30933;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
30934;;;;;;  "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
30935;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
30936;;;;;;  "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
30937;;;;;;  "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
30938;;;;;;  "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
30939;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
30940;;;;;;  "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
30941;;;;;;  "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
30942;;;;;;  "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
30943;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
30944;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
30945;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
30946;;;;;;  "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
30947;;;;;;  "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
30948;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
30949;;;;;;  "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
30950;;;;;;  "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
30951;;;;;;  "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
30952;;;;;;  "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
30953;;;;;;  "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
30954;;;;;;  "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
30955;;;;;;  "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
30956;;;;;;  "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
30957;;;;;;  "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
30958;;;;;;  "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
30959;;;;;;  "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
30960;;;;;;  "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
30961;;;;;;  "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
30962;;;;;;  "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
30963;;;;;;  "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
30964;;;;;;  "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
30965;;;;;;  "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
30966;;;;;;  "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
30967;;;;;;  "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
30968;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
30969;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
30970;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
30971;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
30972;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
30973;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
30974;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
30975;;;;;;  "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
30976;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
30977;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
30978;;;;;;  "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
30979;;;;;;  "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
30980;;;;;;  "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
30981;;;;;;  "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
30982;;;;;;  "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
30983;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
30984;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
30985;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
30986;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
30987;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
30988;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
30989;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
30990;;;;;;  "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
30991;;;;;;  "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
30992;;;;;;  "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
30993;;;;;;  "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el"
30994;;;;;;  "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
30995;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
30996;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el"
30997;;;;;;  "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "uniquify.el"
30998;;;;;;  "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
30999;;;;;;  "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31000;;;;;;  "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31001;;;;;;  "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31002;;;;;;  "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31003;;;;;;  "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31004;;;;;;  "x-dnd.el") (18016 62249 573562))
31005
31006;;;***
31007
31008;; Local Variables:
31009;; version-control: never
31010;; no-byte-compile: t
31011;; no-update-autoloads: t
31012;; End:
31013;;; loaddefs.el ends here
31014